diff options
31 files changed, 10425 insertions, 4918 deletions
diff --git a/po/el/installation-howto.po b/po/el/installation-howto.po index e9beb4dfa..c9fb95b39 100644 --- a/po/el/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/el/installation-howto.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-howto\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-16 18:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-08 18:12+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <yodesy@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: el <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -160,12 +160,13 @@ msgid "" "booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </" "phrase>" msgstr "" -"Κατεβάστε οποιονδήποτε τύπο εικόνας που προτιμάτε και γράψτε την σ' ένα κενό CD. " -"<phrase arch=\"x86\">Για να εκκινήσετε από το CD, ίσως χρειαστεί να αλλάξετε " -"τις ρυθμίσεις του BIOS, όπως εξηγείται στο <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\" />.</" -"phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> Για να εκκινήσετε ένα μηχάνημα PowerMac από CD, " -"πατήστε το πλήκτρο <keycap>c</keycap> κατά τη διάρκεια εκκίνησης του " -"υπολογιστή. Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\" /> για άλλους τρόπους εκκίνησης από CD.</phrase>" +"Κατεβάστε οποιονδήποτε τύπο εικόνας που προτιμάτε και γράψτε την σ' ένα κενό " +"CD. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Για να εκκινήσετε από το CD, ίσως χρειαστεί να " +"αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις του BIOS, όπως εξηγείται στο <xref linkend=\"bios-" +"setup\" />.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> Για να εκκινήσετε ένα " +"μηχάνημα PowerMac από CD, πατήστε το πλήκτρο <keycap>c</keycap> κατά τη " +"διάρκεια εκκίνησης του υπολογιστή. Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\" /> για " +"άλλους τρόπους εκκίνησης από CD.</phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:93 @@ -380,14 +381,15 @@ msgid "" "arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </" "phrase>" msgstr "" -"Είναι δυνατόν να ξεκινήσετε τον εγκαταστάτη χωρίς τη χρήση αφαιρούμενων μέσων, " -"αλλά μόνο από έναν υπάρχοντα σκληρό δίσκο, που ίσως και να έχει ένα διαφορετικό " -"λειτουργικό σύστημα. Κατεβάστε τα αρχεία <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</" -"filename>,<filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename>, και μια εικόνα CD του Debian " -"στον κατάλογο στο υψηλότερο επίπεδο του σκληρού δίσκου. Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η " -"εικόνα του CD έχει κατάληξη <literal>.iso</literal>. Τώρα είναι πλέον θέμα " -"εκκίνησης του linux από τον δίσκο μνήμης initrd.<phrase arch=\"x86\">Το <xref linkend=" -"\"boot-initrd\" /> εξηγεί μία πιθανή μέθοδο για να κάνετε ακριβώς αυτό.</phrase>" +"Είναι δυνατόν να ξεκινήσετε τον εγκαταστάτη χωρίς τη χρήση αφαιρούμενων " +"μέσων, αλλά μόνο από έναν υπάρχοντα σκληρό δίσκο, που ίσως και να έχει ένα " +"διαφορετικό λειτουργικό σύστημα. Κατεβάστε τα αρχεία <filename>hd-media/" +"initrd.gz</filename>,<filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename>, και μια εικόνα " +"CD του Debian στον κατάλογο στο υψηλότερο επίπεδο του σκληρού δίσκου. " +"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η εικόνα του CD έχει κατάληξη <literal>.iso</literal>. " +"Τώρα είναι πλέον θέμα εκκίνησης του linux από τον δίσκο μνήμης initrd." +"<phrase arch=\"x86\">Το <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\" /> εξηγεί μία πιθανή " +"μέθοδο για να κάνετε ακριβώς αυτό.</phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:210 @@ -407,14 +409,14 @@ msgid "" "default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a " "floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" msgstr "" -"Αφού ξεκινήσει ο εγκαταστάτης, θα βρεθείτε μπροστά σε μια αρχική οθόνη υποδοχής. " -"Πατήστε το πλήκτρο &enterkey; για εκκίνηση ή διαβάστε τις οδηγίες για " -"πιθανές μεθόδους εκκίνησης και παραμέτρους (βλ. <xref linkend=\"boot-parms" -"\" />). <phrase arch=\"i386\">. Αν θέλετε έναν πυρήνα 2.4, πληκτρολογήστε " -"<userinput>install24</userinput> στο προτρεπτικό εκκίνησης <prompt>boot:</" -"prompt>.<footnote><para>. Ο πυρήνας 2.6 είναι ο προκαθορισμένος για τις " -"περισσότερες μεθόδους εκκίνησης, αλλά δεν είναι διαθέσιμος για εκκίνηση από " -"δισκέττα. </para></footnote> </phrase>" +"Αφού ξεκινήσει ο εγκαταστάτης, θα βρεθείτε μπροστά σε μια αρχική οθόνη " +"υποδοχής. Πατήστε το πλήκτρο &enterkey; για εκκίνηση ή διαβάστε τις οδηγίες " +"για πιθανές μεθόδους εκκίνησης και παραμέτρους (βλ. <xref linkend=\"boot-" +"parms\" />). <phrase arch=\"i386\">. Αν θέλετε έναν πυρήνα 2.4, " +"πληκτρολογήστε <userinput>install24</userinput> στο προτρεπτικό εκκίνησης " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt>.<footnote><para>. Ο πυρήνας 2.6 είναι ο " +"προκαθορισμένος για τις περισσότερες μεθόδους εκκίνησης, αλλά δεν είναι " +"διαθέσιμος για εκκίνηση από δισκέττα. </para></footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:227 @@ -467,12 +469,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " -"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space " -"on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if " -"you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available " +"free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new " +"users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "Έφτασε η στιγμή για την κατάτμηση (διαμέριση) των δίσκων. Αρχικά θα σας " "δοθεί η ευκαιρία να κατατμήσετε αυτόματα, είτε μια ολόκληρη συσκευή, είτε " @@ -481,7 +484,7 @@ msgstr "" "από το μενού." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -497,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr "" "την εγκατάσταση Debian: απλά επιλέξτε το τμήμα και ορίστε το νέο του μέγεθος." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:265 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -521,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" "σχετικά με την διαδικασία διαμέρισης." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:275 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -531,7 +534,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματος, που μπορεί να πάρει κάποια ώρα. Κατόπιν εγκαθίσταται ο πυρήνας." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:280 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -545,12 +548,12 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστάτης ανιχνεύσει άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα στον υπολογιστή, θα τα " "προσθέσει στο μενού εκκίνησης και θα σας ενημερώσει σχετικά.<phrase arch=" "\"x86\">. Η προεπιλογή είναι η εγκατάσταση του GRUB στο master boot record " -"του πρώτου σκληρού δίσκου, που είναι γενικά μια καλή επιλογή. " -"Σας δίνεται όμως η ευκαιρία να παρακάμψετε αυτή την επιλογή και να " -"εγκαταστήσετε το GRUB κάπου αλλού.</phrase>" +"του πρώτου σκληρού δίσκου, που είναι γενικά μια καλή επιλογή. Σας δίνεται " +"όμως η ευκαιρία να παρακάμψετε αυτή την επιλογή και να εγκαταστήσετε το GRUB " +"κάπου αλλού.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:290 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -564,7 +567,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασίας εγκατάστασης, που εξηγείται στο <xref linkend=\"boot-new\" />." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:297 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -574,13 +577,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης, δείτε το <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\" />." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:306 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Στείλτε μας μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:307 +#: installation-howto.xml:308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -595,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr "" "installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:315 +#: installation-howto.xml:316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -612,13 +615,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:327 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "Και τέλος.." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:328 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " @@ -627,4 +630,3 @@ msgstr "" "Ελπίζουμε ότι η εγκατάσταση σάς είναι ευχάριστη και ότι βρίσκετε το Debian " "χρήσιμο. Ίσως να θέλετε να διαβάσετε και το <xref linkend=\"post-install\" /" ">." - diff --git a/po/el/preseed.po b/po/el/preseed.po index acbc259c9..5479a1c4c 100644 --- a/po/el/preseed.po +++ b/po/el/preseed.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-22 14:22+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <yodesy@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: el <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1259,9 +1259,8 @@ msgid "" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" "\n" -"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" -"# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format. If the method\n" -"# supports it, you can specify several disks separated by spaces.\n" +"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name\n" +"# can be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" "# For example, to use the first disk:\n" "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" "# In addition, you'll need to specify the method to use.\n" @@ -1272,6 +1271,8 @@ msgid "" "# contains an old LVM configuration, the user will normally receive a\n" "# warning. This can be preseeded away...\n" "d-i partman-auto/purge_lvm_from_device boolean true\n" +"# And the same goes for the confirmation to write the lvm partitions.\n" +"d-i partman-lvm/confirm boolean true\n" "\n" "# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" @@ -1381,12 +1382,100 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Partitioning using RAID" +msgstr "Διαμέριση" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:654 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " +"Supported are RAID levels 0, 1 and 5, creating degraded arrays and " +"specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to " +"install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootloader\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:664 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " +"new component that may still have some bugs or missing error handling. The " +"responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and " +"don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</" +"filename> if you run into problems." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:672 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " +"component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded arrays or " +"spare devices has only been tested lightly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:680 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" +"\n" +"# The method should be set to \"raid\".\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/method string raid\n" +"# Specify the disks to be partitioned. They will all get the same layout,\n" +"# so this will only work if the disks are the same size.\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc /dev/discs/disc1/disc\n" +"\n" +"# Next you need to specify the physical partitions that will be used. \n" +"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" +"# multiraid :: \\\n" +"# 1000 5000 4000 raid \\\n" +"# $primary{ } method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 64 512 300% raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 500 10000 1000000000 raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# Last you need to specify how the previously defined partitions will be\n" +"# used in the RAID setup. Remember to use the correct partition numbers\n" +"# for logical partitions.\n" +"# Parameters are:\n" +"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <mountpoint> \\\n" +"# <devices> <sparedevices>\n" +"# RAID levels 0, 1 and 5 are supported; devices are separated using \"#\"\n" +"#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 ext3 / \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part1#/dev/discs/disc1/part1 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 swap - \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part5#/dev/discs/disc1/part5 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 0 2 0 ext3 /home \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part6#/dev/discs/disc1/part6 \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" +"d-i partman-md/confirm boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" +" select Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" +"d-i partman/confirm boolean true" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "Ρύθμιση ρολογιού και χρονικής ζώνης" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:655 +#: preseed.xml:687 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1405,13 +1494,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:660 +#: preseed.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "Ρύθμιση setup" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:661 +#: preseed.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1425,7 +1514,7 @@ msgstr "" "προαιρετικά να προσθέσετε και άλλες (τοπικές) \"αποθήκες\" πακέτων." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:669 +#: preseed.xml:701 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1462,13 +1551,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:674 +#: preseed.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Λογαριασμού" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:675 +#: preseed.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1481,7 +1570,7 @@ msgstr "" "κρυπτογραφημένο (clear text) είτε MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:682 +#: preseed.xml:714 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1498,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr "" "force attack) του." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:724 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1541,7 +1630,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:694 +#: preseed.xml:726 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1561,7 +1650,7 @@ msgstr "" "(για παράδειγμα με χρήση αυθεντικοποίησης με κλειδί SSH ή sudo)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:704 +#: preseed.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." @@ -1570,19 +1659,19 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιώντας την ακόλουθη εντολή." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:708 +#: preseed.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:714 +#: preseed.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του βασικού συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:715 +#: preseed.xml:747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1594,7 +1683,7 @@ msgstr "" "ερωτήσεις που γίνονται αφορούν την εγκατάσταση του πυρήνα." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:722 +#: preseed.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1607,13 +1696,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:727 +#: preseed.xml:759 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση φορτωτή εκκίνησης" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:729 +#: preseed.xml:761 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1662,13 +1751,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:734 +#: preseed.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Επιλογή πακέτων" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1679,73 +1768,73 @@ msgstr "" "αυτό το κείμενο:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:744 +#: preseed.xml:776 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "Κανονικό σύστημα" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:747 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "επιφάνεια εργασίας" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:750 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "επιφάνεια εργασίας gnome" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "επιφάνεια εργασίας kde" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:756 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "Server ιστοσελίδων" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:759 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "Server εκτυπώσεων" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:762 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "server oνοματοδοσίας (dns-server)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "Server αρχείων" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:768 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "Server αλληλογραφίας" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:771 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "Βάση δεδομένων SQL" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:774 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "Φορητός υπολογιστής" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1758,7 +1847,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>Κανονικό σύστημα</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1768,7 +1857,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:794 +#: preseed.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1797,13 +1886,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:801 +#: preseed.xml:833 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1821,13 +1910,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:806 +#: preseed.xml:838 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση προγράμματος αλληλογραφίας" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:807 +#: preseed.xml:839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1838,7 +1927,7 @@ msgstr "" "σενάρια preseeding είναι πιθανά." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:814 +#: preseed.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1854,13 +1943,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:819 +#: preseed.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του περιβάλλοντος X" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:820 +#: preseed.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1873,7 +1962,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian δεν κάνει πλήρως αυτόματη ρύθμιση για το κάθετι." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:828 +#: preseed.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1927,13 +2016,13 @@ msgstr "" " επιλέξτε 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:833 +#: preseed.xml:865 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "Χρήση preseeding για άλλα πακέτα" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:835 +#: preseed.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1956,19 +2045,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:841 +#: preseed.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Προχωρημένες επιλογές" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:844 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Εντολές κελύφους" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:846 +#: preseed.xml:878 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -2013,13 +2102,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:883 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "Αλυσιδωτή φόρτωση (chainloading) αρχείων preseed" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:852 +#: preseed.xml:884 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -2036,7 +2125,7 @@ msgstr "" "συγκεκριμένες διαμορφώσεις σε άλλα αρχεία." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:862 +#: preseed.xml:894 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po index acb06435d..463b30ae3 100644 --- a/po/el/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-07 22:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-02 23:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1296,12 +1296,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " -"entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</" -"quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " -"<guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." +"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called " +"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, " +"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "Πρώτα θα σας δοθεί η ευκαιρία να διαμερίσετε αυτόματα είτε ολόκληρο τον " "οδηγό δίσκου, είτε κάποιον ελεύθερο χώρο του. Αυτή η διαδικασία ονομάζεται " @@ -1310,37 +1310,72 @@ msgstr "" "επεξεργασία του πίνακα διαμέρισης</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " -"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " -"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " -"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " -"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " -"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " +"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " +"LVM. Note: the options to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " +"architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#: using-d-i.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " -"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " -"is currently on the selected hard disk." +"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " +"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions " +"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the " +"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing " +"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:798 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " +"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while " +"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is " +"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them " +"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before " +"they are written to disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " +"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " +"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " +"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " +"differ from what you are used too. The size of the disks may help to " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " +"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " +"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " -"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " -"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" -"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " -"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " -"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " -"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " +"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in " +"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space " +"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends " +"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "Εάν επιλέξετε την καθοδηγούμενη διαμέριση, θα είστε σε θέση να επιλέξετε " "ανάμεσα σε σχήματα διαμέρισης τα οποία απαριθμούνται στον παρακάτω πίνακα. " @@ -1352,73 +1387,73 @@ msgstr "" "σχήμα), η διαμέριση αυτή θα αποτύχει. " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Σχήμα Διαμέρισης" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Ελάχιστος χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:823 +#: using-d-i.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Όλα τα αρχεία σε μια κατάτμηση" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:824 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:828 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:859 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:834 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:835 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1428,16 +1463,17 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " -"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " +"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other " +"partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM " +"partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1451,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμόρφωσης για την χειροκίνητη δημιουργία μιας κατάτμησης εκκίνησης EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1463,7 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιηθεί από τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:864 +#: using-d-i.xml:890 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1475,7 +1511,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμορφωθούν και που θα προσαρτηθούν οι διάφορες κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:896 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1526,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπάρχει)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1548,7 +1584,7 @@ msgstr "" "την χειροκίνητη διαμέριση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:893 +#: using-d-i.xml:919 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1564,13 +1600,13 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεων από το νέο σας σύστημα Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " -"space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is " -"needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled " -"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " +"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " +"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " +"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" "Εάν επιλέξετε έναν δίσκο που δεν έχει ούτε τμήματα ούτε ελεύθερο χώρο , θα " "σας προταθεί να δημιουργήσετε έναν νέο πίνακα διαμέρισης (αυτό είναι " @@ -1579,7 +1615,7 @@ msgstr "" "τίτλο <quote>ΕΛΕΎΘΕΡΟΣ ΧΏΡΟΣ</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1614,7 +1650,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>προγράμματος κατάτμησης</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1637,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap. Αυτό το μενού σας επιτρέπει επίσης να διαγράψετε ένα τμήμα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:938 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1654,7 +1690,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το προσαρτήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1666,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το δημιουργήσετε. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:952 +#: using-d-i.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1683,7 +1719,7 @@ msgstr "" "ή <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1698,13 +1734,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων δημιουργήθηκαν όπως ακριβώς το ζητήσατε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:988 +#: using-d-i.xml:1014 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Μονάδων Πολλαπλών Δίσκων (Λογισμικό RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:989 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1726,7 +1762,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>λογισμικό RAID</firstterm> μετά την διασημότερη παραλλαγή της)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1742,7 +1778,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσάρτησης κλπ.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1827,55 +1863,55 @@ msgstr "" "Ανακεφαλαιώνοντας:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Τύπος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1090 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Ελάχιστες Συσκευές" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1091 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Εφεδρική Συσκευή" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1092 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Η βλάβη δίσκου ξεπεράστηκε;" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1093 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Διαθέσιμος Χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1099 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>no</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1129 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -1883,43 +1919,43 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "προαιρετικό" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ναι</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1111 +#: using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Μέγεθος του μικρότερου τμήματος στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1929,7 +1965,7 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον μια)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1940,7 +1976,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1957,7 +1993,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1975,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr "" "με χειροκίνητη εκτέλεση κάποιων βημάτων ρύθμισης ή εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1996,7 +2032,7 @@ msgstr "" "τύπο μονάδας MD που επιλέξατε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2008,7 +2044,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματα που θα αποτελέσουν την μονάδα MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2029,7 +2065,7 @@ msgstr "" "συνεχίσετε μέχρι να διορθώσετε το λάθος." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1182 +#: using-d-i.xml:1208 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2040,7 +2076,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1190 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2059,7 +2095,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήμα μεγέθους 100 GB για <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1199 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2074,13 +2110,13 @@ msgstr "" "γι’αυτές τα συνήθη χαρακτηριστικά όπως τα σημεία προσάρτησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2097,7 +2133,7 @@ msgstr "" "ψευδοσυνδέσμων, κλπ " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1249 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2118,7 +2154,7 @@ msgstr "" "διάφορους φυσικούς δίσκους." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2140,7 +2176,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2157,7 +2193,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#: using-d-i.xml:1279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2170,7 +2206,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#: using-d-i.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2178,43 +2214,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2222,7 +2258,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2230,7 +2266,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -2240,7 +2276,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1332 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2253,13 +2289,13 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να τους διαχειριστείτε με τον ίδιο τρόπο)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2273,7 +2309,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2290,7 +2326,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2300,7 +2336,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2313,7 +2349,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2324,7 +2360,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2334,13 +2370,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2356,13 +2392,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2372,13 +2408,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1422 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1450 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2390,7 +2426,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2400,25 +2436,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1454 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2428,13 +2464,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2446,7 +2482,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2459,13 +2495,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2479,7 +2515,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2488,13 +2524,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1530 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2503,25 +2539,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1544 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2531,19 +2567,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2553,7 +2589,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1594 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2565,7 +2601,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2576,7 +2612,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1614 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2591,7 +2627,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1627 +#: using-d-i.xml:1653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2605,7 +2641,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2625,7 +2661,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1656 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2638,7 +2674,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2646,13 +2682,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1678 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2662,13 +2698,13 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιηθούν για την ρύθμιση του συστήματος που πρόκειται να εγκατασταθεί." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1690 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Ρύθμιση της Χρονικής Ζώνης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1718 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2682,13 +2718,13 @@ msgstr "" "ερωτηθείτε καθόλου και το σύστημα θα υποθέσει ότι ισχύει αυτή η χρονική ζώνη." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1710 +#: using-d-i.xml:1736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2703,7 +2739,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημμένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1717 +#: using-d-i.xml:1743 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2723,7 +2759,7 @@ msgstr "" "ώρα GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2733,19 +2769,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr " " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Ρύθμιση των Χρηστών και των Κωδικών Πρόσβασης" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1773 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον χρήστη Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2761,7 +2797,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρονικό διάστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2778,7 +2814,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορούσε κανείς να μαντέψει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1765 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2791,13 +2827,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν διαχειριστές συστήματος." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός απλού χρήστη" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1777 +#: using-d-i.xml:1803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2812,7 +2848,7 @@ msgstr "" "στο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2835,7 +2871,7 @@ msgstr "" "εξοικειωμένοι με τα θέματα αυτά." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2849,7 +2885,7 @@ msgstr "" "θα σας ζητηθεί να δώσετε ένα κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον λογαριασμό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2859,13 +2895,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν άλλο λογαριασμό χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2880,13 +2916,13 @@ msgstr "" "ώρα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2903,7 +2939,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2915,7 +2951,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση γίνεται σε μια σειριακή κονσόλα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1846 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2930,13 +2966,13 @@ msgstr "" "πυρήνων." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Επιπρόσθετου Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1860 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2953,13 +2989,13 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματος αν έχετε έναν αργό υπολογιστή ή μια αργή δικτυακή σύνδεση." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1876 +#: using-d-i.xml:1902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2995,7 +3031,7 @@ msgstr "" "ωραίο interface.για τον χρήστη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3013,13 +3049,13 @@ msgstr "" "και να το διορθώσετε όπως επιθυμείτε μετά την ολοκήρωση της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1942 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Επιλογή και εγκατάσταση Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1918 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3037,7 +3073,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή σας για την εκτέλεση διαφόρων \"καθηκόντων\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3075,7 +3111,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"καθήκοντα\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1952 +#: using-d-i.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3086,7 +3122,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστήσει τα πακέτα που έχετε διαλέξει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3097,7 +3133,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3112,7 +3148,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"καθήκοντα\" αυτά σ' αυτό το σημείο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3128,13 +3164,13 @@ msgstr "" "αυτής." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Πράκτορα Μεταφοράς Αλληλογραφίας (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3151,7 +3187,7 @@ msgstr "" "και εύκολο στην εκμάθηση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2019 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3167,7 +3203,7 @@ msgstr "" "σημαντικές πληροφορίες μέσω του ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2001 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3178,13 +3214,13 @@ msgstr "" "στις δικές σας ανάγκες:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "Διαδικτυακός τόπος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3199,13 +3235,13 @@ msgstr "" "μεταβιβάζετε αλληλογραφία." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2022 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "αλληλογραφία που αποστέλλεται μέσω smarthost" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2023 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3224,13 +3260,13 @@ msgstr "" "επιλογή αυτή είναι κατάλληλη για χρήστες dial-up." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "Μόνο τοπική παράδοση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3249,13 +3285,13 @@ msgstr "" "βολική για νέους χρήστες καθώς δεν συνοδεύεται από άλλες επιπλέον ερωτήσεις." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2050 +#: using-d-i.xml:2076 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "όχι ρύθμιση αυτή τη φορά" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2051 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3270,7 +3306,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματός σας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3286,13 +3322,13 @@ msgstr "" "μπορούν να βρεθούν στον κατάλογο <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Καθιστώντας το Σύστημα Εκκινήσιμο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2079 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3307,7 +3343,7 @@ msgstr "" "Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3324,13 +3360,13 @@ msgstr "" "οδηγίες χρήσης του φορτωτή σας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Ανίχνευση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3347,7 +3383,7 @@ msgstr "" "λειτουργικά συστήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2112 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3365,13 +3401,13 @@ msgstr "" "σας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2156 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του <command>aboot</command> σε Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3394,13 +3430,13 @@ msgstr "" "το GNU/Linux από δισκέτα. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2151 +#: using-d-i.xml:2177 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2152 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3417,20 +3453,20 @@ msgstr "" "πράγματι να διαβάσει τμήματα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2161 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2199 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3442,7 +3478,7 @@ msgstr "" "ορισμοί επιλογή του debian εγκαταστάτη για αρχάριους όπως και για βετεράνους." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2181 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3455,7 +3491,7 @@ msgstr "" "βιβλίο οδηγιών του grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3466,14 +3502,14 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης θέλετε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2227 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3491,7 +3527,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> ιστοσελίδα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2239 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3506,7 +3542,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματα όπως GNU/Linux και GNU/Hurd. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3516,13 +3552,13 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης <command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Κύρια Εγγραφή Εκκίνησης (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3532,13 +3568,13 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασίας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "νέο τμήμα Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3550,13 +3586,13 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματος Debian και θα χρησιμεύσει ως δευτερεύον φορτωτής εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Άλλη επιλογή" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3575,7 +3611,7 @@ msgstr "" "sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2256 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3594,14 +3630,14 @@ msgstr "" "παρακαλούμε να διαβάσετε το <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2273 +#: using-d-i.xml:2299 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3631,7 +3667,7 @@ msgstr "" "συντελεστεί στην πραγματικότητα η φόρτωση και εκκίνηση του πυρήνα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2291 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3649,13 +3685,13 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα αρχείων <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2303 +#: using-d-i.xml:2329 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό τμήμα!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2305 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3675,13 +3711,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης, διαγράφοντας τα πάντα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Περιεχόμενα του Τμήματος EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3712,13 +3748,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων στη διάρκεια αναβάθμισης του συστήματος ή επαναρύθμισής του." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2344 +#: using-d-i.xml:2370 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3730,13 +3766,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγμένα έτσι ώστε να αναφέρονται στα αρχεία του τμήματος EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2380 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3750,13 +3786,13 @@ msgstr "" "Εκκίνησης EFI</quote> του <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3771,13 +3807,13 @@ msgstr "" "συμβολικού δεσμού το <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3790,13 +3826,13 @@ msgstr "" "το <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2415 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3810,13 +3846,13 @@ msgstr "" "δείχνει μεσώ συμβολικού δεσμού το αρχείο <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3861,13 +3897,13 @@ msgstr "" "στη συνέχεια <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2430 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2431 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3877,13 +3913,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>0</userinput> για ελεγκτές ενσωματωμένους στην μητρική" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2439 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2440 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3893,13 +3929,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>arcboot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2449 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3909,13 +3945,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2483 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2458 +#: using-d-i.xml:2484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3925,13 +3961,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2480 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3961,13 +3997,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2500 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3978,13 +4014,13 @@ msgstr "" "μητρική αυτό είναι <userinput>3</userinput> " #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2508 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -3993,7 +4029,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>DELO </command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2518 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4003,13 +4039,13 @@ msgstr "" "delo.conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2552 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2527 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4019,7 +4055,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2537 +#: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4030,19 +4066,19 @@ msgstr "" "ρύθμισης, το σωστό είναι να χρησιμοποιήσετε" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2569 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Yaboot</command> " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4063,13 +4099,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware θα είναι ρυθμισμένο να ξεκινά το &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Quik</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2599 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4084,13 +4120,13 @@ msgstr "" "όπως επίσης και σε μερικούς τύπους Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2615 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4107,14 +4143,14 @@ msgstr "" "quote> στον δικτυακό τόπο των developerWorks της IBM." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2633 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4148,13 +4184,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2660 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Συνεχίστε Χωρίς Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4174,7 +4210,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα και να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την εκκίνηση του GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4197,13 +4233,13 @@ msgstr "" "επίσης να γνωρίζετε το σύστημα αρχείων του <filename>/boot</filename>. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Τελειώνοντας την Εγκατάσταση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2663 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4214,13 +4250,13 @@ msgstr "" "μετά την χρήση του &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2675 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση της Εγκατάστασης και Επανεκκίνηση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2703 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4235,7 +4271,7 @@ msgstr "" "να εισέλθετε στο νέο σας Debian σύστημα. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2684 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4251,13 +4287,13 @@ msgstr "" "στην διάρκεια του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2698 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Διάφορα" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2725 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4269,13 +4305,13 @@ msgstr "" "για να βοηθήσουν τον χρήστη σε περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ημερολογίου εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2714 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4288,7 +4324,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4305,13 +4341,13 @@ msgstr "" "σε ένα άλλο σύστημα ή να τα επισυνάψετε σε μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2741 +#: using-d-i.xml:2767 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Χρήση του Κελύφους και Παρακολούθηση των Καταγραφών Εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4335,7 +4371,7 @@ msgstr "" "τύπο κελύφους Bourne ονομαζόμενο <command>ash</command>. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4354,7 +4390,7 @@ msgstr "" "και το ιστορικό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4376,13 +4412,13 @@ msgstr "" "κέλυφος, πληκτρολογήστε <command>exit</command>. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2784 +#: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση μέσω δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2812 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4401,7 +4437,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4426,7 +4462,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2809 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4436,7 +4472,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέθοδος μετά την ρύθμιση του δικτύου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4460,7 +4496,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση από μακριά</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2826 +#: using-d-i.xml:2852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4472,7 +4508,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να διαλέξετε ένα άλλο συστατικό του εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4506,7 +4542,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιβεβαιώσετε ότι είναι σωστό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4525,7 +4561,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> και να ξαναπροσπαθήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4546,7 +4582,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε πολλαπλά κελύφη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4563,7 +4599,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " diff --git a/po/fi/installation-howto.po b/po/fi/installation-howto.po index 8c686eb0d..139d4fd3c 100644 --- a/po/fi/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/fi/installation-howto.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20060430 installation howto 36744\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-16 18:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-11 10:20+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -445,12 +445,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " -"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space " -"on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if " -"you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available " +"free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new " +"users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "Nyt tehdään levyosiot. Ensin on mahdollista tehdä levyosiot automaattisesti " "käyttäen koko levyä tai levyn vapaata tilaa. Tätä suositellaan uusille " @@ -458,7 +459,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekoa, valikosta löytyy mahdollisuus tehdä osiot itse." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -474,7 +475,7 @@ msgstr "" "määritetään sen uusi koko." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:265 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -495,7 +496,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:275 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -505,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr "" "saattaa viedä tovin. Sen jälkeen asennetaan ydin." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:280 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -522,7 +523,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tämä valinta voidaan ohittaa ja tehdä asennus muualle. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:290 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -536,7 +537,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:297 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -544,13 +545,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Lisätietoja asennuksesta löytyy luvusta <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:306 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Lähetä asennusraportti" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:307 +#: installation-howto.xml:308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -564,7 +565,7 @@ msgstr "" "komento <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:315 +#: installation-howto.xml:316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -580,13 +581,13 @@ msgstr "" "saatavilla luvussa <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:327 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "Ja lopuksi.." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:328 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " diff --git a/po/fi/preseed.po b/po/fi/preseed.po index 4b248d2f0..de7affe4b 100644 --- a/po/fi/preseed.po +++ b/po/fi/preseed.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-03 12:32+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1203,9 +1203,8 @@ msgid "" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" "\n" -"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" -"# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format. If the method\n" -"# supports it, you can specify several disks separated by spaces.\n" +"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name\n" +"# can be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" "# For example, to use the first disk:\n" "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" "# In addition, you'll need to specify the method to use.\n" @@ -1216,6 +1215,8 @@ msgid "" "# contains an old LVM configuration, the user will normally receive a\n" "# warning. This can be preseeded away...\n" "d-i partman-auto/purge_lvm_from_device boolean true\n" +"# And the same goes for the confirmation to write the lvm partitions.\n" +"d-i partman-lvm/confirm boolean true\n" "\n" "# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" @@ -1319,12 +1320,100 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Partitioning using RAID" +msgstr "Osiointi" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:654 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " +"Supported are RAID levels 0, 1 and 5, creating degraded arrays and " +"specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to " +"install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootloader\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:664 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " +"new component that may still have some bugs or missing error handling. The " +"responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and " +"don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</" +"filename> if you run into problems." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:672 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " +"component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded arrays or " +"spare devices has only been tested lightly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:680 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" +"\n" +"# The method should be set to \"raid\".\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/method string raid\n" +"# Specify the disks to be partitioned. They will all get the same layout,\n" +"# so this will only work if the disks are the same size.\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc /dev/discs/disc1/disc\n" +"\n" +"# Next you need to specify the physical partitions that will be used. \n" +"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" +"# multiraid :: \\\n" +"# 1000 5000 4000 raid \\\n" +"# $primary{ } method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 64 512 300% raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 500 10000 1000000000 raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# Last you need to specify how the previously defined partitions will be\n" +"# used in the RAID setup. Remember to use the correct partition numbers\n" +"# for logical partitions.\n" +"# Parameters are:\n" +"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <mountpoint> \\\n" +"# <devices> <sparedevices>\n" +"# RAID levels 0, 1 and 5 are supported; devices are separated using \"#\"\n" +"#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 ext3 / \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part1#/dev/discs/disc1/part1 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 swap - \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part5#/dev/discs/disc1/part5 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 0 2 0 ext3 /home \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part6#/dev/discs/disc1/part6 \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" +"d-i partman-md/confirm boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" +" select Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" +"d-i partman/confirm boolean true" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "Kellon ja aikavyöhykkeen asetukset" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:655 +#: preseed.xml:687 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1342,13 +1431,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string Europe/Helsinki" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:660 +#: preseed.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "Apt:n asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:661 +#: preseed.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1361,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" "perusteella. Muiden (paikallisten) varastoalueiden lisääminen on valinnaista." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:669 +#: preseed.xml:701 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1396,13 +1485,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:674 +#: preseed.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "Käyttäjätunnusten luonti" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:675 +#: preseed.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1414,7 +1503,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttää joko ilmitekstiä tai MD5 <emphasis>tiivistettä</emphasis> (hash)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:682 +#: preseed.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1431,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollisuudet." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1477,7 +1566,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:694 +#: preseed.xml:726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1497,26 +1586,26 @@ msgstr "" "<command>sudo</command>)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:704 +#: preseed.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "Salasanan MD5-tiiviste saadaan tehtyä seuraavalla komennolla." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:708 +#: preseed.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:714 +#: preseed.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:715 +#: preseed.xml:747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1527,7 +1616,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttää valmiita vastauksia. Ainoat kysymykset koskevat ytimen asentamista." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:722 +#: preseed.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1538,13 +1627,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:727 +#: preseed.xml:759 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen asennus" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:729 +#: preseed.xml:761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1591,13 +1680,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:734 +#: preseed.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Pakettien valinta" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1607,73 +1696,73 @@ msgstr "" "Tätä kirjoitettaessa saatavilla olevia tehtäviä ovat ainakin:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:744 +#: preseed.xml:776 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "standard" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:747 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:750 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "gnome-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "kde-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:756 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "web-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:759 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "print-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:762 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "dns-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "file-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:768 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "mail-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:771 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "sql-database" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:774 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "laptop" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1685,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>standard</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1699,7 +1788,7 @@ msgstr "" "välilyönnein, joten sitä on helppo käyttää ytimen käynnistysparametrina." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:794 +#: preseed.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1729,13 +1818,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "Asennuksen ensimmäisen osan lopetus" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:801 +#: preseed.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1754,13 +1843,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:806 +#: preseed.xml:838 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "Sähköpostin asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:807 +#: preseed.xml:839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1770,7 +1859,7 @@ msgstr "" "vältetään nekin. Myös mutkikkaammat valmiit vastaukset ovat mahdollisia." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:814 +#: preseed.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1786,13 +1875,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:819 +#: preseed.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "X:n asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:820 +#: preseed.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1805,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr "" "asetuksia täysin automaattisesti." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:828 +#: preseed.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1852,13 +1941,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:833 +#: preseed.xml:865 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "Valmiit vastaukset muille paketeille" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:835 +#: preseed.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1878,19 +1967,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:841 +#: preseed.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Lisäasetukset" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:844 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Komentotulkin komennot" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:846 +#: preseed.xml:878 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1930,13 +2019,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "Valmiiden vastausten tiedostojen lataaminen ketjussa" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:852 +#: preseed.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -1952,7 +2041,7 @@ msgstr "" "asetukset tiettyihin kokoonpanoihin toisiin tiedostoihin." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:862 +#: preseed.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/fi/using-d-i.po b/po/fi/using-d-i.po index 0b21ff411..b170f0813 100644 --- a/po/fi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/fi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-07 22:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-03 12:30+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -51,7 +51,12 @@ msgid "" "sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method " "you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for " "questions that are not asked." -msgstr "Oletusasennuksessa kysytään vain välttämättömät (korkea prioriteetti) kysymykset. Tällöin asennus on sangen automaattinen eikä käyttäjän tarvitse tehdä paljoakaan. Asentimen osat suoritetaan automaattisesti järjestyksessä; suoritettavat osat riippuvat käytetystä asennustavasta ja laitteistosta. Jos kysymystä ei kysytä, käytetään oletusarvoa." +msgstr "" +"Oletusasennuksessa kysytään vain välttämättömät (korkea prioriteetti) " +"kysymykset. Tällöin asennus on sangen automaattinen eikä käyttäjän tarvitse " +"tehdä paljoakaan. Asentimen osat suoritetaan automaattisesti järjestyksessä; " +"suoritettavat osat riippuvat käytetystä asennustavasta ja laitteistosta. Jos " +"kysymystä ei kysytä, käytetään oletusarvoa." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:25 @@ -62,7 +67,13 @@ msgid "" "no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply " "answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are " "set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." -msgstr "Pulmatilanteessa käyttäjä näkee virheruudun ja mahdollisesti asentimen valikon, josta voidaan valita vaihtoehtoinen toiminto. Käyttäjä vastaa jokaisen osan kysmyksiin järjestyksessä, eikä näe valikkoa lainkaan jos pulmatilanteita ei tule. Ilmoitukset vakavista virheistä asetetaan <quote>kriittiselle</quote> prioriteetille, jotta ne näytettäisiin käyttäjälle aina." +msgstr "" +"Pulmatilanteessa käyttäjä näkee virheruudun ja mahdollisesti asentimen " +"valikon, josta voidaan valita vaihtoehtoinen toiminto. Käyttäjä vastaa " +"jokaisen osan kysmyksiin järjestyksessä, eikä näe valikkoa lainkaan jos " +"pulmatilanteita ei tule. Ilmoitukset vakavista virheistä asetetaan " +"<quote>kriittiselle</quote> prioriteetille, jotta ne näytettäisiin " +"käyttäjälle aina." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:34 @@ -73,7 +84,13 @@ msgid "" "static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you " "could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</" "userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." -msgstr "Joitakin asentimen käyttämiä oletusarvoja voidaan muuttaa antamalla tarkentimia &d-i; -asentimen käynnistyessä. Haluttaessa esimerkiksi pakottaa kiinteät verkkoasetukset (oletusarvona käytetään DHCP:tä jos se on saatavilla), lisätään tarkennin <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Käytettävissä olevat tarkentimet löytyvät <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Joitakin asentimen käyttämiä oletusarvoja voidaan muuttaa antamalla " +"tarkentimia &d-i; -asentimen käynnistyessä. Haluttaessa esimerkiksi pakottaa " +"kiinteät verkkoasetukset (oletusarvona käytetään DHCP:tä jos se on " +"saatavilla), lisätään tarkennin <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</" +"userinput>. Käytettävissä olevat tarkentimet löytyvät <xref linkend=" +"\"installer-args\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:42 @@ -125,7 +142,21 @@ msgid "" "Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The " "<keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use " "&enterkey; to activate choices." -msgstr "Asentimen tavallinen näyttö on merkkipohjainen (eikä nykyään tutumpi graafinen käyttöliittymä). Hiiri ei toimi merkkipohjaisessa käyttöliittymässä. Valintaikkunoissa liikutaan käyttämällä tässä mainittuja näppäimiä. <keycap>Sarkain</keycap> tai <keycap>nuoli oikealle</keycap> siirtyvät <quote>eteenpäin</quote>, ja <keycombo> <keycap>Vaihto</keycap> <keycap>Sarkain</keycap> </keycombo> tai <keycap>nuoli vasemmalle</keycap> siirtyvät <quote>taaksepäin</quote> näytön painikkeissa ja valinnoissa. <keycap>nuoli ylös</keycap> ja <keycap>nuoli alas</keycap> liikkuvat vieritettävässä luettelossa ja myös vierittävät luetteloa. Lisäksi pitkissä luetteloissa voi sanan alkukirjaimella siirtyä suoraan listan kirjaimella alkavien sanojen kohtaan ja <keycap>Page Up</keycap> ja <keycap>Page Down</keycap> siirtyvät luettelossa ruudullisen kerrallaan. <keycap>Välilyönti</keycap> merkitsee esimerkiksi valintaruudun. Hyväksy valinta painamalla &enterkey;." +msgstr "" +"Asentimen tavallinen näyttö on merkkipohjainen (eikä nykyään tutumpi " +"graafinen käyttöliittymä). Hiiri ei toimi merkkipohjaisessa " +"käyttöliittymässä. Valintaikkunoissa liikutaan käyttämällä tässä mainittuja " +"näppäimiä. <keycap>Sarkain</keycap> tai <keycap>nuoli oikealle</keycap> " +"siirtyvät <quote>eteenpäin</quote>, ja <keycombo> <keycap>Vaihto</keycap> " +"<keycap>Sarkain</keycap> </keycombo> tai <keycap>nuoli vasemmalle</keycap> " +"siirtyvät <quote>taaksepäin</quote> näytön painikkeissa ja valinnoissa. " +"<keycap>nuoli ylös</keycap> ja <keycap>nuoli alas</keycap> liikkuvat " +"vieritettävässä luettelossa ja myös vierittävät luetteloa. Lisäksi pitkissä " +"luetteloissa voi sanan alkukirjaimella siirtyä suoraan listan kirjaimella " +"alkavien sanojen kohtaan ja <keycap>Page Up</keycap> ja <keycap>Page Down</" +"keycap> siirtyvät luettelossa ruudullisen kerrallaan. <keycap>Välilyönti</" +"keycap> merkitsee esimerkiksi valintaruudun. Hyväksy valinta painamalla " +"&enterkey;." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:77 @@ -240,7 +271,11 @@ msgid "" "installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display " "messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language " "is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." -msgstr "Valitaan maa-asetusto asennukselle ja asennettavalle järjestelmälle: kieli, maa ja maa-asetukset. Asennin näyttää viestit valitulla kielellä, paitsi jos käännöstä ei ole tehty kokonaan, jolloin osa viesteistä saatetaan näyttää englanniksi." +msgstr "" +"Valitaan maa-asetusto asennukselle ja asennettavalle järjestelmälle: kieli, " +"maa ja maa-asetukset. Asennin näyttää viestit valitulla kielellä, paitsi jos " +"käännöstä ei ole tehty kokonaan, jolloin osa viesteistä saatetaan näyttää " +"englanniksi." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:149 @@ -524,7 +559,9 @@ msgstr "base-installer" msgid "" "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to " "operate under Linux when rebooted." -msgstr "Asennetaan niukin peruskokoonpano, jolla Linux saadaan käyttöön tietokonetta käynnistettäessä." +msgstr "" +"Asennetaan niukin peruskokoonpano, jolla Linux saadaan käyttöön tietokonetta " +"käynnistettäessä." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:323 @@ -672,7 +709,16 @@ msgid "" "help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like " "selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network " "mirror)." -msgstr "Debianin asentimen käynnistyttyä näytetään sen ensimmäinen ruutu. Tässä kohtaa asentimen toiminnot ovat vielä hyvin rajoitetut. Se ei tiedä paljoakaan laitteistosta, käytettävästä kielestä eikä oikeastaan edes mitä sen pitäisi tehdä. Ei huolta, asennin on varsin näppärä ja voi automaattisesti tunnistaa laitteistoa, etsiä muut asentimen osat ja päivittää itsensä monipuoliseksi asennusjärjestelmäksi. Asentimelle on kuitenkin kerrottava joitakin tietoja, joita se ei voi päätellä automaattisesti (kuten haluttu kieli, näppäimistöasettelu ja käytettävä asennuspalvelin)." +msgstr "" +"Debianin asentimen käynnistyttyä näytetään sen ensimmäinen ruutu. Tässä " +"kohtaa asentimen toiminnot ovat vielä hyvin rajoitetut. Se ei tiedä " +"paljoakaan laitteistosta, käytettävästä kielestä eikä oikeastaan edes mitä " +"sen pitäisi tehdä. Ei huolta, asennin on varsin näppärä ja voi " +"automaattisesti tunnistaa laitteistoa, etsiä muut asentimen osat ja " +"päivittää itsensä monipuoliseksi asennusjärjestelmäksi. Asentimelle on " +"kuitenkin kerrottava joitakin tietoja, joita se ei voi päätellä " +"automaattisesti (kuten haluttu kieli, näppäimistöasettelu ja käytettävä " +"asennuspalvelin)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:417 @@ -780,7 +826,15 @@ msgid "" "will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system " "will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> " "package will not be installed." -msgstr "Haluttu kieli pyydetään valitsemaan ensimmäiseksi. Kielten nimet ovat luettelossa sekä englanniksi (vasen puoli) että omakielisinä; oikeanpuoleisissa nimissä käytetään kielen omaa merkistöä. Luettelo on lajiteltu englanninkielisten nimien mukaan. Ylimpänä luettelossa on ylimääräinen valinta <quote>C</quote>-maa-asetusto valittavaksi kielen sijaan. <quote>C</quote>-maa-asetuston valitsemalla asennus jatkaa englannin kielellä; asennetussa järjestelmässä ei ole maa-asetusten tukea koska <classname>locales</classname>-paketti jätetään asentamatta." +msgstr "" +"Haluttu kieli pyydetään valitsemaan ensimmäiseksi. Kielten nimet ovat " +"luettelossa sekä englanniksi (vasen puoli) että omakielisinä; " +"oikeanpuoleisissa nimissä käytetään kielen omaa merkistöä. Luettelo on " +"lajiteltu englanninkielisten nimien mukaan. Ylimpänä luettelossa on " +"ylimääräinen valinta <quote>C</quote>-maa-asetusto valittavaksi kielen " +"sijaan. <quote>C</quote>-maa-asetuston valitsemalla asennus jatkaa englannin " +"kielellä; asennetussa järjestelmässä ei ole maa-asetusten tukea koska " +"<classname>locales</classname>-paketti jätetään asentamatta." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:491 @@ -794,7 +848,13 @@ msgid "" "presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the " "language has only one country associated with it, that country will be " "selected automatically." -msgstr "Valittaessa kieli joka on virallinen kieli useammassa kuin yhdessä maassa<footnote> <para>Täsmällisemmin: jos kyseiselle kielelle on monta maa-asetustoa eri maatunnuksilla. </para> </footnote> pyydetään seuraavaksi valitsemaan maa. Jos valitaan <guimenuitem>Muu</guimenuitem> luettelon lopusta, näytetään kaikkien maiden luettelo mantereittain ryhmiteltynä. Jos kieltä puhutaan vain yhdessä maassa, maa valitaan automaattisesti." +msgstr "" +"Valittaessa kieli joka on virallinen kieli useammassa kuin yhdessä " +"maassa<footnote> <para>Täsmällisemmin: jos kyseiselle kielelle on monta maa-" +"asetustoa eri maatunnuksilla. </para> </footnote> pyydetään seuraavaksi " +"valitsemaan maa. Jos valitaan <guimenuitem>Muu</guimenuitem> luettelon " +"lopusta, näytetään kaikkien maiden luettelo mantereittain ryhmiteltynä. Jos " +"kieltä puhutaan vain yhdessä maassa, maa valitaan automaattisesti." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:509 @@ -804,7 +864,11 @@ msgid "" "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " "option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional " "locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgstr "Maa-asetuksen oletus asetetaan valitun kielen ja maan perusteella. Jos asennus tehdään keskitason tai alhaisella prioriteetilla, tarjotaan mahdollisuus valita muu oletus maa-asetukselle ja lisää maa-asetustoja muodostettavaksi asennettuun järjestelmään." +msgstr "" +"Maa-asetuksen oletus asetetaan valitun kielen ja maan perusteella. Jos " +"asennus tehdään keskitason tai alhaisella prioriteetilla, tarjotaan " +"mahdollisuus valita muu oletus maa-asetukselle ja lisää maa-asetustoja " +"muodostettavaksi asennettuun järjestelmään." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:524 @@ -822,7 +886,12 @@ msgid "" "installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a " "wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you " "have completed the installation)." -msgstr "Näppäimistöt tavataan sovittaa kielessä käyttyjen merkkien mukaan. Valitse näppäimistöasettelu joka vastaa käytettävää näppäimistöä, tai valitse sitä muistuttava jos oikeaa näppäinasettelua ei ole tarjolla. Kun asennus on valmis, on näppäimistöasetteluja tarjolla enemmään (käynnistä <command>kbdconfig</command> pääkäyttäjänä kun asennus on valmis). " +msgstr "" +"Näppäimistöt tavataan sovittaa kielessä käyttyjen merkkien mukaan. Valitse " +"näppäimistöasettelu joka vastaa käytettävää näppäimistöä, tai valitse sitä " +"muistuttava jos oikeaa näppäinasettelua ei ole tarjolla. Kun asennus on " +"valmis, on näppäimistöasetteluja tarjolla enemmään (käynnistä " +"<command>kbdconfig</command> pääkäyttäjänä kun asennus on valmis). " #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:536 @@ -883,7 +952,12 @@ msgid "" "a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " "result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " "there is no problem." -msgstr "Asennettaessa Sun USB -näppäimistöllä varustettua laitteistoa asennin ei tunnista näppäimistöä oikein jos asennin on käynnistetty oletusytimellä 2.4. Asennin näyttää luetton Sun-tyyppisistä näppäimistöistä, mutta mikään valinta ei saa näppäimistöä toimimaan. Jos asennetaan 2.6 ytimellä ei vikaa ole." +msgstr "" +"Asennettaessa Sun USB -näppäimistöllä varustettua laitteistoa asennin ei " +"tunnista näppäimistöä oikein jos asennin on käynnistetty oletusytimellä 2.4. " +"Asennin näyttää luetton Sun-tyyppisistä näppäimistöistä, mutta mikään " +"valinta ei saa näppäimistöä toimimaan. Jos asennetaan 2.6 ytimellä ei vikaa " +"ole." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:573 @@ -924,7 +998,11 @@ msgid "" "a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in " "order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-" "scan</command> does exactly this." -msgstr "Kun asennustapa on <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> on tietyssä kohtaa löydettävä ja liitettävä Debianin asentimen ISO-otos josta saadaan loput asennuksen tiedostoista. Asentimen osa <command>iso-scan</command> tekee juuri tämän." +msgstr "" +"Kun asennustapa on <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> on tietyssä kohtaa " +"löydettävä ja liitettävä Debianin asentimen ISO-otos josta saadaan loput " +"asennuksen tiedostoista. Asentimen osa <command>iso-scan</command> tekee " +"juuri tämän." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:619 @@ -942,7 +1020,19 @@ msgid "" "content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the " "former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for " "another image." -msgstr "Ensin komento <command>iso-scan</command> liittää automaattisesti kaikki lohkolaitteet (ts. osiot) joilla on jokin tunnistettu tiedostojärjestelmä ja etsii järjestyksessä tiedostonimiä jotka päättyvät <filename>.iso</filename> (tai <filename>.ISO</filename>). On syytä huomata ensimmäisen yrityksen tutkivan vain tiedostoja juurihakemistossa ja ensimmäisen tason alihakemistoissa (ts. <filename>/<replaceable>jotain</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>jotain</replaceable>.iso</filename> löytyvät, mutta ei <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>jotain</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Kun iso-otos on löytynyt <command>iso-scan</command> tutkii sisällön perusteella onko tiedosto kelvollinen Debianin iso-otos vai ei. Jos on, homma on valmis. Jos ei ole, <command>iso-scan</command> etsii toisen otoksen." +msgstr "" +"Ensin komento <command>iso-scan</command> liittää automaattisesti kaikki " +"lohkolaitteet (ts. osiot) joilla on jokin tunnistettu tiedostojärjestelmä ja " +"etsii järjestyksessä tiedostonimiä jotka päättyvät <filename>.iso</filename> " +"(tai <filename>.ISO</filename>). On syytä huomata ensimmäisen yrityksen " +"tutkivan vain tiedostoja juurihakemistossa ja ensimmäisen tason " +"alihakemistoissa (ts. <filename>/<replaceable>jotain</replaceable>.iso</" +"filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>jotain</replaceable>.iso</filename> " +"löytyvät, mutta ei <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>jotain</replaceable>." +"iso</filename>). Kun iso-otos on löytynyt <command>iso-scan</command> tutkii " +"sisällön perusteella onko tiedosto kelvollinen Debianin iso-otos vai ei. Jos " +"on, homma on valmis. Jos ei ole, <command>iso-scan</command> etsii toisen " +"otoksen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:636 @@ -1014,7 +1104,15 @@ msgid "" "the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or " "if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow " "in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." -msgstr "Oletusarvona asennin yrittää tehdä verkoasetukset automaattisesti DHCP:llä. Jos DHCP toimii, homma on valmis. Jos ei toimi, syitä voi olla monta alkaen irti olevasta verkkojohdosta vääriin DHCP:n asetuksiin. Tai ehkä paikallisverkossa ei ole lainkaan DHCP-palvelinta. Lisätietoa löytyy kolmannen konsolin virheilmoituksista. Oli miten oli, asennin kysyy yritetäänkö uudelleen vai teetkö verkkoasetukset itse. DHCP-palvelimet saattavat joskus olla hyvin hitaita vastaamaan, joten kannattaa yrittää uudelleen jos kaiken pitäisi toimia." +msgstr "" +"Oletusarvona asennin yrittää tehdä verkoasetukset automaattisesti DHCP:llä. " +"Jos DHCP toimii, homma on valmis. Jos ei toimi, syitä voi olla monta alkaen " +"irti olevasta verkkojohdosta vääriin DHCP:n asetuksiin. Tai ehkä " +"paikallisverkossa ei ole lainkaan DHCP-palvelinta. Lisätietoa löytyy " +"kolmannen konsolin virheilmoituksista. Oli miten oli, asennin kysyy " +"yritetäänkö uudelleen vai teetkö verkkoasetukset itse. DHCP-palvelimet " +"saattavat joskus olla hyvin hitaita vastaamaan, joten kannattaa yrittää " +"uudelleen jos kaiken pitäisi toimia." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:689 @@ -1029,7 +1127,16 @@ msgid "" "<computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP " "key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/" ">." -msgstr "Jos teet verkkoasetukset itse, asennin kysyy muutamia kysymyksiä paikallisverkosta, tärkeimpinä <computeroutput>IP-osoite</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>verkon peitto</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>yhdyskäytävä</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nimipalvelimien osoitteet</computeroutput> ja <computeroutput>tietokoneen nimi</computeroutput>. Mikäli koneessa on langaton verkkolaite, kysytään <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> ja <computeroutput>WEP-avain</computeroutput>. Täytä kentät <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/> mukaisesti." +msgstr "" +"Jos teet verkkoasetukset itse, asennin kysyy muutamia kysymyksiä " +"paikallisverkosta, tärkeimpinä <computeroutput>IP-osoite</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>verkon peitto</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>yhdyskäytävä</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>nimipalvelimien osoitteet</computeroutput> ja " +"<computeroutput>tietokoneen nimi</computeroutput>. Mikäli koneessa on " +"langaton verkkolaite, kysytään <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</" +"computeroutput> ja <computeroutput>WEP-avain</computeroutput>. Täytä kentät " +"<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/> mukaisesti." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:703 @@ -1044,7 +1151,15 @@ msgid "" "installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" "filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, " "which will step you through your network setup." -msgstr "Nyt teknisiä tiedonjyviä jotka ehkä on hyvä tietää: ohjelma olettaa verkon IP-osoitteen olevan bitwise-AND koneen IP-osoitteesta ja verkon peitosta. Ohjelma arvaa yleislähetysosoitteen olevan bitwise-OR koneen IP-osoitteesta ja verkon peiton negaatiosta. Myös yhdyskäytävä arvataan. Jos näitä tietoja ei ole saatavilla, kannattaa käyttää ohjelman arvauksia — ne voidaan tarvittaessa muuttaa kun asennus on valmis muokkaamalla tiedostoa <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Toinen tapa on asentaa <classname>etherconf</classname> joka auttaa verkon asetusten teossa." +msgstr "" +"Nyt teknisiä tiedonjyviä jotka ehkä on hyvä tietää: ohjelma olettaa verkon " +"IP-osoitteen olevan bitwise-AND koneen IP-osoitteesta ja verkon peitosta. " +"Ohjelma arvaa yleislähetysosoitteen olevan bitwise-OR koneen IP-osoitteesta " +"ja verkon peiton negaatiosta. Myös yhdyskäytävä arvataan. Jos näitä tietoja " +"ei ole saatavilla, kannattaa käyttää ohjelman arvauksia — ne voidaan " +"tarvittaessa muuttaa kun asennus on valmis muokkaamalla tiedostoa <filename>/" +"etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Toinen tapa on asentaa " +"<classname>etherconf</classname> joka auttaa verkon asetusten teossa." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:742 @@ -1089,12 +1204,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " -"entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</" -"quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " -"<guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." +"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called " +"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, " +"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "Ensimmäinen vaihtoehto on tehdä levyosiot automaattisesti koko levylle tai " "levyn käyttämättömään osaan. Tätä kutsutaan myös <quote>ohjatuksi</quote> " @@ -1102,15 +1217,14 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Tee levyosiot itse</guimenuitem> valikosta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " -"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " -"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " -"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " -"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " -"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " +"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " +"LVM. Note: the options to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " +"architectures." msgstr "" "Ohjatussa osionnissa on kaksi vaihtoehtoa: luodaan osiot suoraan " "kiintolevylle (perinteinen tapa) tai käytetään loogisten levyniteiden " @@ -1120,28 +1234,67 @@ msgstr "" "kaikissa laitearkkitehtuureissa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:791 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " -"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " -"is currently on the selected hard disk." +"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " +"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions " +"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the " +"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing " +"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" -"Jos valitaan ohjattu osioiden teko LVM:ää käyttäen, ei ole mahdollista " -"kumota osiotaulun muutoksia. Ohjattu osiointi pyyhkii kaikki valitulla " -"levyllä nyt olevat tiedot." +"Ohjatussa osionnissa on kaksi vaihtoehtoa: luodaan osiot suoraan " +"kiintolevylle (perinteinen tapa) tai käytetään loogisten levyniteiden " +"hallintaohjelmaa (LVM). Jälkimmäisessä tavassa asennin luo useimmat osiot " +"yhden ison osion sisälle; saavutettu etu on ison osion sisällä olevien " +"osioiden koon helppo muuttaminen. Huomaa: LVM ei ehkä ole käytettävissä " +"kaikissa laitearkkitehtuureissa." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " -"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " -"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" -"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " -"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " -"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " -"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " +"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while " +"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is " +"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them " +"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before " +"they are written to disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " +"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " +"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " +"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " +"differ from what you are used too. The size of the disks may help to " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " +"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " +"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " +"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in " +"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space " +"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends " +"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "Kun ohjattu osioiden teko on valittu (joko perinteinen tai LVM:ää käyttävä), " "voidaan valita alla olevassa taulukossa luetelluista mallineista. " @@ -1152,73 +1305,73 @@ msgstr "" "(riippuu mallineesta), ohjattu osiointi ei toimi." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Osioinnin mallineet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Vähimmäistila" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Tehdyt osiot" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:823 +#: using-d-i.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Kaikki tiedostot yhdessä levyosiossa" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:824 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 Mt" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Erillinen /home-osio" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:828 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 Mt" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:859 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Erilliset /home-, /usr-, /var- ja /tmp-osiot" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:834 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 Gt</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:835 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1228,19 +1381,20 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:844 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " -"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " +"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other " +"partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM " +"partition." msgstr "" "Valittaessa ohjattu osioiden teko käyttäen LVM:ää, asennin luo myös " "erillisen /boot-osion. Muut osiot, lukuun ottamatta sivutusosiota, luodaan " "LVM-osion sisälle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1254,7 +1408,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekemiseksi EFI-käynnistysosioksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1265,7 +1419,7 @@ msgstr "" "ilman tiedostojärjestelmää aboot-käynnistyslataimelle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:864 +#: using-d-i.xml:890 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1277,7 +1431,7 @@ msgstr "" "niiden liitoskohdat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1303,7 +1457,8 @@ msgid "" "created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " "can be achieved using manual partitioning." msgstr "" -"Osioiden luettelo voisi olla vaikka tämän näköinen: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Osioiden luettelo voisi olla vaikka tämän näköinen: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" " #1 ensisij. 16.4 MB B f ext2 /boot\n" " #2 ensisij. 551.0 MB swap swap\n" @@ -1319,10 +1474,15 @@ msgstr "" " #7 looginen 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 looginen 551.5 MB swap swap\n" " #9 looginen 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Esimerkki näyttää kaksi IDE-levyä jaettuna useisiin osioihin; ensimmäisellä levyllä on hieman vapaata tilaa. Osion rivillä on osion numero, tyyppi, koko, lisäilmaisimia, tiedostojärjestelmä ja (mahdollinen) liitoskohta. Huomaa: tätä nimenomaista kokoonpanoa ei voi tehdä ohjatulla osioinnilla mutta se on esimerkki itse osiot tekemällä mahdollisista vaihtoehdoista." +"</screen></informalexample> Esimerkki näyttää kaksi IDE-levyä jaettuna " +"useisiin osioihin; ensimmäisellä levyllä on hieman vapaata tilaa. Osion " +"rivillä on osion numero, tyyppi, koko, lisäilmaisimia, tiedostojärjestelmä " +"ja (mahdollinen) liitoskohta. Huomaa: tätä nimenomaista kokoonpanoa ei voi " +"tehdä ohjatulla osioinnilla mutta se on esimerkki itse osiot tekemällä " +"mahdollisista vaihtoehdoista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1332,10 +1492,17 @@ msgid "" "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" "guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " "changes as described below for manual partitioning." -msgstr "Opastettu osioiden teko päättyy tähän. Jos muodostettu osiotaulu kelpaa, valitaan <guimenuitem>Lopeta osioiden teko ja tallenna muutokset levylle</guimenuitem> uuden osiotaulun ottamiseksi käyttöön (kuten tämän luvun lopussa kerrotaan). Jos pitää tehdä muutoksia, valitaan <guimenuitem>Kumoa osioihin tehdyt muutokset</guimenuitem> ja tehdään ohjattu osiointi uudelleen, tai muokataan ehdotettuja muutoksia kuten jäljempänä neuvotaan tehtäessä osiot itse." +msgstr "" +"Opastettu osioiden teko päättyy tähän. Jos muodostettu osiotaulu kelpaa, " +"valitaan <guimenuitem>Lopeta osioiden teko ja tallenna muutokset levylle</" +"guimenuitem> uuden osiotaulun ottamiseksi käyttöön (kuten tämän luvun " +"lopussa kerrotaan). Jos pitää tehdä muutoksia, valitaan <guimenuitem>Kumoa " +"osioihin tehdyt muutokset</guimenuitem> ja tehdään ohjattu osiointi " +"uudelleen, tai muokataan ehdotettuja muutoksia kuten jäljempänä neuvotaan " +"tehtäessä osiot itse." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:893 +#: using-d-i.xml:919 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1350,13 +1517,13 @@ msgstr "" "asennettavassa Debian-järjestelmässä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " -"space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is " -"needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled " -"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " +"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " +"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " +"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" "Mikäli valittu levy on käyttämätön jossa ei ole osioita eikä vapaata tilaa, " "tarjotaan tehtäväksi uusi osiotaulu (välttämätöntä jotta uusia osioita voi " @@ -1364,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>VAPAA TILA</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1395,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> aloitusruutuun." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1415,7 +1582,7 @@ msgstr "" "poistaa tästä valikosta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:938 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1431,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr "" "suostu jatkamaan ennen kuin tämä on tehty." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1443,7 +1610,7 @@ msgstr "" "kuin nämä on tehty." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:952 +#: using-d-i.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1459,7 +1626,7 @@ msgstr "" "tai <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1473,13 +1640,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmät luodaan valitulla tavalla." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:988 +#: using-d-i.xml:1014 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Monilevylaitteen asetukset (ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:989 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1489,10 +1656,17 @@ msgid "" "increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is " "called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous " "variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." -msgstr "Jos koneessa on useampi kiintolevy<footnote> <para>Jos ollaan tarkkoja, MD-laitteen voi luoda myös samalla kiintolevyllä olevista osioista, mutta siitä ei ole mitään hyötyä. </para> </footnote>, voidaan komennolla <command>mdcfg</command> saada levyjärjestelmästä parempaa suorituskykyä ja/tai parempaa luotettavuutta. Tämmöinen järjestely on <firstterm>monilevylaite</firstterm> (tai tunnetuimman toteutuksensa mukaan <firstterm>ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID</firstterm>)." +msgstr "" +"Jos koneessa on useampi kiintolevy<footnote> <para>Jos ollaan tarkkoja, MD-" +"laitteen voi luoda myös samalla kiintolevyllä olevista osioista, mutta siitä " +"ei ole mitään hyötyä. </para> </footnote>, voidaan komennolla " +"<command>mdcfg</command> saada levyjärjestelmästä parempaa suorituskykyä ja/" +"tai parempaa luotettavuutta. Tämmöinen järjestely on " +"<firstterm>monilevylaite</firstterm> (tai tunnetuimman toteutuksensa mukaan " +"<firstterm>ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1506,7 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "" "voi tehdä tiedostojärjestelmän, määrätä liitoskohdan, jne.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1546,118 +1720,147 @@ msgid "" "than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" "varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" -"Saavutettu etu riippuu luotavan MD-laitteen tyypistä. Tällä hetkellä tuettuja ovat:\n" +"Saavutettu etu riippuu luotavan MD-laitteen tyypistä. Tällä hetkellä " +"tuettuja ovat:\n" "<variablelist> \n" "<varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term>\n" -"<listitem><para>Pääasiassa suorituskykyä parantamaan. RAID0 jakaa kirjoitettavan tiedon <firstterm>raidoksi</firstterm> ja jakaa raidat tasan levypakan levyille. Tämä saattaa nopeuttaa luku- ja kirjoitustoimintoja, mutta yhden levyn hajotessa menetetaan <emphasis>kaikki</emphasis> tieto (paloja tiedoista on toimivilla levyllä tai levyillä, puuttuvat palat <emphasis>olivat</emphasis> hajonneella levyllä). </para>\n" -"<para>Tyypillinen RAID0:n käyttö on videon muokkaukseen tehty levyosio. </para>\n" +"<listitem><para>Pääasiassa suorituskykyä parantamaan. RAID0 jakaa " +"kirjoitettavan tiedon <firstterm>raidoksi</firstterm> ja jakaa raidat tasan " +"levypakan levyille. Tämä saattaa nopeuttaa luku- ja kirjoitustoimintoja, " +"mutta yhden levyn hajotessa menetetaan <emphasis>kaikki</emphasis> tieto " +"(paloja tiedoista on toimivilla levyllä tai levyillä, puuttuvat palat " +"<emphasis>olivat</emphasis> hajonneella levyllä). </para>\n" +"<para>Tyypillinen RAID0:n käyttö on videon muokkaukseen tehty levyosio. </" +"para>\n" "</listitem></varlistentry>\n" "\n" "<varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term>\n" -"<listitem><para>Sopii luotettavuutta korostaviin sovelluksiin. Se muodostuu useasta (tavallisesti kahdesta) saman kokoisesta osiosta ja jokaisella osiolla on täsmälleen samat tiedot. Tästä seuraa kolme seikkaa. Ensinnäkin yhden levyn hajotessa tieto on yhä peilattuna muilla levyillä. Toiseksi, käyttökelpoista levytilaa on vain osa levypakan koosta (tarkemmin sanottuna pakan pienimmän osion verran). Kolmanneksi, tiedostojen lukutoiminnot tapahtuvat levyiltä vuorotellen, mikä saattaa parantaa suorituskykyä palvelimella, esimerkiksi tiedostopalvelimella, jossa lukutoimintoja tapahtuu useammin kuin kirjoituksia.</para>\n" -"<para>Levypakassa voi olla varalevy joka otetaan käyttöön hajonneen levyn tilalle. </para>\n" +"<listitem><para>Sopii luotettavuutta korostaviin sovelluksiin. Se muodostuu " +"useasta (tavallisesti kahdesta) saman kokoisesta osiosta ja jokaisella " +"osiolla on täsmälleen samat tiedot. Tästä seuraa kolme seikkaa. Ensinnäkin " +"yhden levyn hajotessa tieto on yhä peilattuna muilla levyillä. Toiseksi, " +"käyttökelpoista levytilaa on vain osa levypakan koosta (tarkemmin sanottuna " +"pakan pienimmän osion verran). Kolmanneksi, tiedostojen lukutoiminnot " +"tapahtuvat levyiltä vuorotellen, mikä saattaa parantaa suorituskykyä " +"palvelimella, esimerkiksi tiedostopalvelimella, jossa lukutoimintoja " +"tapahtuu useammin kuin kirjoituksia.</para>\n" +"<para>Levypakassa voi olla varalevy joka otetaan käyttöön hajonneen levyn " +"tilalle. </para>\n" "</listitem></varlistentry>\n" "\n" "<varlistentry><term>RAID5</term>\n" -"<listitem><para>Tämä on hyvä kompromissi nopeudesta, luotettavuudesta ja hukkaan menevästä levytilasta. RAID5 jakaa kirjoitettavan tiedon raitoihin ja jakaa raidat tasan yhtä lukuunottamatta pakan levyille. Toisin kuin RAID0, RAID5 laskee lisäksi <firstterm>pariteettitietoa</firstterm>, joka kirjoitetaan omalle levylleen. Pariteettilevy ei ole koko ajan sama (se olisi RAID4), vaan sitä vaihdetaan säännöllisesti, joten paritettitietoa kirjoitetaan tasaisesti kaikille levyille. Kun yksi levy hajoaa, tiedon puuttuva osa voidaan laskea jäljelle jääneistä tietoa sisältävistä levyistä ja pariteettitiedosta. Tarvitaan vähintään kolme käytössä olevaa osiota muodostamaan RAID5. Levypakassa voi olla varalevy joka otetaan käyttöön hajonneen levyn tilalle. </para>\n" -"<para>Kuten nähdään, RAID5 on luotettavuudeltaan verrattavissa RAID0:aan, mutta levytilaa menee vähemmän hukkaan. Toisaalta se saattaa olla hieman RAID0:aa hitaampi kirjoitustoiminnoissa pariteetin laskemisen vaatiman ajan verran. </para>\n" +"<listitem><para>Tämä on hyvä kompromissi nopeudesta, luotettavuudesta ja " +"hukkaan menevästä levytilasta. RAID5 jakaa kirjoitettavan tiedon raitoihin " +"ja jakaa raidat tasan yhtä lukuunottamatta pakan levyille. Toisin kuin " +"RAID0, RAID5 laskee lisäksi <firstterm>pariteettitietoa</firstterm>, joka " +"kirjoitetaan omalle levylleen. Pariteettilevy ei ole koko ajan sama (se " +"olisi RAID4), vaan sitä vaihdetaan säännöllisesti, joten paritettitietoa " +"kirjoitetaan tasaisesti kaikille levyille. Kun yksi levy hajoaa, tiedon " +"puuttuva osa voidaan laskea jäljelle jääneistä tietoa sisältävistä levyistä " +"ja pariteettitiedosta. Tarvitaan vähintään kolme käytössä olevaa osiota " +"muodostamaan RAID5. Levypakassa voi olla varalevy joka otetaan käyttöön " +"hajonneen levyn tilalle. </para>\n" +"<para>Kuten nähdään, RAID5 on luotettavuudeltaan verrattavissa RAID0:aan, " +"mutta levytilaa menee vähemmän hukkaan. Toisaalta se saattaa olla hieman " +"RAID0:aa hitaampi kirjoitustoiminnoissa pariteetin laskemisen vaatiman ajan " +"verran. </para>\n" "</listitem>\n" "</varlistentry>\n" "</variablelist>\n" "Yhteenvetona:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tyyppi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1090 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Levyjä vähintään" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1091 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Varalevy" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1092 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Toipuuko levyrikosta?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1093 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Käytettävissä oleva tila" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1099 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ei</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1129 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Pienimmän osion koko kertaa pakan levyjen määrä" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "haluttaessa" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>kyllä</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1111 +#: using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Pakan pienimmän osion koko" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1666,15 +1869,17 @@ msgstr "" "Pakan pienimmän osion koko kertaa (pakan levyjen määrä vähennettynä yhdellä)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " "<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Kaikki ohjelmallisesti toteutetusta RAIDista löytyy ohjeesta <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Kaikki ohjelmallisesti toteutetusta RAIDista löytyy ohjeesta <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1682,10 +1887,15 @@ msgid "" "command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should " "select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume " "for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" -msgstr "RAID-pakkaan kuuluvat osiot on merkittävä ennen MD-laitteen luomista. (Tämä tehdään komennolla <command>partman</command> valikossa <guimenu>Osion asetukset:</guimenu> jossa olisi valittava <menuchoice> <guimenu>Käyttö:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fyysinen nide RAIDia varten</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"RAID-pakkaan kuuluvat osiot on merkittävä ennen MD-laitteen luomista. (Tämä " +"tehdään komennolla <command>partman</command> valikossa <guimenu>Osion " +"asetukset:</guimenu> jossa olisi valittava <menuchoice> <guimenu>Käyttö:</" +"guimenu> <guimenuitem>fyysinen nide RAIDia varten</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1703,7 +1913,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennuksen vaiheita komentotulkista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1714,10 +1924,18 @@ msgid "" "be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you " "should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you " "selected." -msgstr "Seuraavaksi olisi valittava <guimenuitem>Tee ohjelmallisesti toteutetun RAID-laitteen asetukset</guimenuitem> komennon <command>partman</command> päävalikosta. (Valikko tulee näkyviin vasta kun ainakin yksi osio on merkitty olemaan <guimenuitem>fyysinen nide RAIDia varten</guimenuitem>.) Komennon <command>mdcfg</command> ensimmäisessä ruudussa valitaan <guimenuitem>Luo MD-laite</guimenuitem>. Asennin näyttää luettelon tuettujen MD-laitteiden tyypeistä, näistä olisi valittava yksi (esim. RAID1). Jatko riippuu MD-laitteelle valitusta tyypistä." +msgstr "" +"Seuraavaksi olisi valittava <guimenuitem>Tee ohjelmallisesti toteutetun RAID-" +"laitteen asetukset</guimenuitem> komennon <command>partman</command> " +"päävalikosta. (Valikko tulee näkyviin vasta kun ainakin yksi osio on " +"merkitty olemaan <guimenuitem>fyysinen nide RAIDia varten</guimenuitem>.) " +"Komennon <command>mdcfg</command> ensimmäisessä ruudussa valitaan " +"<guimenuitem>Luo MD-laite</guimenuitem>. Asennin näyttää luettelon tuettujen " +"MD-laitteiden tyypeistä, näistä olisi valittava yksi (esim. RAID1). Jatko " +"riippuu MD-laitteelle valitusta tyypistä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1729,7 +1947,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1747,7 +1965,7 @@ msgstr "" "virhe; asennin ei päästä jatkamaan ennen kuin levyjen määrät täsmäävät." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1182 +#: using-d-i.xml:1208 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1757,7 +1975,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainakin <emphasis>kolme</emphasis> levyosiota. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1190 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1775,7 +1993,7 @@ msgstr "" "100 Gt <filename>/home</filename>-osio)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1199 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1790,13 +2008,13 @@ msgstr "" "esimerkiksi liitoskohdat." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Loogisten levyniteiden hallintaohjelman (LVM) asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1812,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" "symbolisilla linkeillä jne." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1832,7 +2050,7 @@ msgstr "" "se muodostuu) voi olla osia jotka ovat eri fyysisillä kiintolevyllä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1852,7 +2070,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LVM HOWTO</ulink> ei vielä ole luettu siihen kannattaisi tutustua." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -1860,10 +2078,16 @@ msgid "" "used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " "settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" "</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." -msgstr "LVM:n käyttöönotto asentimessa on sangen helppoa <command>partman</command> sisältää kaiken tarvittavan tuen. Ensin on merkittävä LVM:n fyysisinä levyniteinä käyttämät levyosiot. (Tämä tehdään ohjelman <command>partman</command> valikossa <guimenu>Osion asetukset:</guimenu>, jossa olisi valittava <menuchoice> <guimenu>Käyttö:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fyysinen levynide LVM:lle</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"LVM:n käyttöönotto asentimessa on sangen helppoa <command>partman</command> " +"sisältää kaiken tarvittavan tuen. Ensin on merkittävä LVM:n fyysisinä " +"levyniteinä käyttämät levyosiot. (Tämä tehdään ohjelman <command>partman</" +"command> valikossa <guimenu>Osion asetukset:</guimenu>, jossa olisi " +"valittava <menuchoice> <guimenu>Käyttö:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fyysinen " +"levynide LVM:lle</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#: using-d-i.xml:1279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -1883,7 +2107,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mahdolliset toiminnot ovat:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#: using-d-i.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -1893,43 +2117,43 @@ msgstr "" "n rakenteen, loogisten levyniteiden nimet, koot ja muuta" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Luo levynideryhmä" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Luo looginen nide" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Poista levynideryhmä" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Poista looginen nide" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kasvata levynideryhmää" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Pienennä levynideryhmää" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -1939,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr "" "pääruutuun" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -1949,7 +2173,7 @@ msgstr "" "loogisia levyniteitä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -1963,7 +2187,7 @@ msgstr "" "poistamalla saadaan aloitettua puhtaalta pöydältä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -1975,13 +2199,13 @@ msgstr "" "olisi samalla tavalla käsiteltäväkin)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Salattujen levyniteiden asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2002,7 +2226,7 @@ msgstr "" "oikeaa salausavainta levyn sisältö näyttää satunnaiselta mössöltä. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2030,17 +2254,20 @@ msgstr "" "osiolta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " "that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted " "for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, " "chosen cipher and a key length." -msgstr "On syytä huomata salattujen osioiden käsittelyn olevan hitaampaa toistuvien salaus- ja purkutoimien takia. Käsittelynopeuteen vaikuttavat tietokoneen suorituskyky, salausmenetelmä ja avaimen pituus." +msgstr "" +"On syytä huomata salattujen osioiden käsittelyn olevan hitaampaa toistuvien " +"salaus- ja purkutoimien takia. Käsittelynopeuteen vaikuttavat tietokoneen " +"suorituskyky, salausmenetelmä ja avaimen pituus." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2060,7 +2287,7 @@ msgstr "" "asetuksia osiolle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2076,7 +2303,7 @@ msgstr "" "suositellaan jos ei ole pakottavaa syytä muuhun." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2090,13 +2317,13 @@ msgstr "" "valittu tietoturvasyistä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Salausmenetelmä: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2109,16 +2336,24 @@ msgid "" "the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard " "encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st " "century." -msgstr "Tällä valitaan <firstterm>salausmenetelmä</firstterm> osion tietojen salaamiseen. &d-i; tukee tällä hetkellä seuraavia lohkosalauksia: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> ja <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Tässä ohjeessa ei ole mahdollista vertailla salaustapojen eroja, valintaa saattaa kuitenkin helpottaa salausmenetelmän <emphasis>AES</emphasis> valinta American National Institute of Standards and Technology:n vakiosalausmenetelmäksi 2000-luvulla." +msgstr "" +"Tällä valitaan <firstterm>salausmenetelmä</firstterm> osion tietojen " +"salaamiseen. &d-i; tukee tällä hetkellä seuraavia lohkosalauksia: " +"<firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, " +"<firstterm>serpent</firstterm> ja <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Tässä " +"ohjeessa ei ole mahdollista vertailla salaustapojen eroja, valintaa saattaa " +"kuitenkin helpottaa salausmenetelmän <emphasis>AES</emphasis> valinta " +"American National Institute of Standards and Technology:n " +"vakiosalausmenetelmäksi 2000-luvulla." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Avaimen koko: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2131,13 +2366,13 @@ msgstr "" "Salausmenetelmä määrää käytettävissä olevat avaimien pituudet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1422 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV-menetelmä: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1450 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2146,10 +2381,17 @@ msgid "" "always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to " "prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the " "encrypted data." -msgstr "<firstterm>Satunnaissiemenen alustusalgoritmia</firstterm> tai <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-menetelmää käytetään salakirjoituksessa varmistamaan että salakirjoitusmenetelmän soveltaminen samaan <firstterm>selväkieliseen tietoon</firstterm> käyttäen samaa salausavainta tuottaa aina erilaisen <firstterm>salakirjoitetun tiedon</firstterm>. Tavoitteena on ettei kräkkeri voi päätellä tietoa salatun tiedon toistuvista hahmoista." +msgstr "" +"<firstterm>Satunnaissiemenen alustusalgoritmia</firstterm> tai " +"<firstterm>IV</firstterm>-menetelmää käytetään salakirjoituksessa " +"varmistamaan että salakirjoitusmenetelmän soveltaminen samaan " +"<firstterm>selväkieliseen tietoon</firstterm> käyttäen samaa salausavainta " +"tuottaa aina erilaisen <firstterm>salakirjoitetun tiedon</firstterm>. " +"Tavoitteena on ettei kräkkeri voi päätellä tietoa salatun tiedon toistuvista " +"hahmoista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2164,25 +2406,25 @@ msgstr "" "käyttää uudempia salausmenetelmiä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Tunnuslause</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Tässä valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1454 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Tunnuslause" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2196,13 +2438,13 @@ msgstr "" "kysyttävästä tunnuslauseesta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Satunnainen avain" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2220,7 +2462,7 @@ msgstr "" "ihmisen ikä.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2239,13 +2481,13 @@ msgstr "" "on mahdotonta (käynnistettäessä suspendin jälkeen)." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Tiedot pyyhitään: <userinput>kyllä</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2266,7 +2508,7 @@ msgstr "" "taltion päälle olisi kirjoitettu montakin kertaa. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2278,40 +2520,44 @@ msgstr "" "vaihtuu näyttämään seuraavat valitsimet:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1530 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Salaus: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " "combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above " "sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." -msgstr "Toisin kuin dm-cryptin kohdalla, käytettäessä loop-AES:ää salausmenetelmän ja avainen pituuden valinnat on yhdistetty, joten molemmat valitaan samalla kertaa. Katso edeltäneistä luvuista tietoa salausmenetelmistä ja avaimen pituudesta." +msgstr "" +"Toisin kuin dm-cryptin kohdalla, käytettäessä loop-AES:ää salausmenetelmän " +"ja avainen pituuden valinnat on yhdistetty, joten molemmat valitaan samalla " +"kertaa. Katso edeltäneistä luvuista tietoa salausmenetelmistä ja avaimen " +"pituudesta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1544 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2325,19 +2571,19 @@ msgstr "" "asennuksen aikana)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua satunnaisavaimista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua tiedon pyyhkimisestä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2350,7 +2596,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>tunnuslauseiden</emphasis> käyttö salausavaimina levyosioille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1594 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2368,7 +2614,7 @@ msgstr "" "Isoilla osiolla tämä saattaa kestää hyvän tovin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2376,10 +2622,15 @@ msgid "" "mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain " "common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as " "birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." -msgstr "Seuraavaksi pyydetään kirjoittamaan tunnuslause sitä käyttäville osioille. Hyvän tunnuslauseen tulisi olla pidempi kuin 8 merkkiä, siinä pitäisi olla sekä kirjaimia, numeroita että muita merkkejä eikä löytyä sanakirjasta tai olla käyttäjään liittyvää tietoa (kuten syntymäpäiviä, harrastuksia, lemmikkien nimiä, perheenjäsenten tai sukulaisten nimiä jne.)." +msgstr "" +"Seuraavaksi pyydetään kirjoittamaan tunnuslause sitä käyttäville osioille. " +"Hyvän tunnuslauseen tulisi olla pidempi kuin 8 merkkiä, siinä pitäisi olla " +"sekä kirjaimia, numeroita että muita merkkejä eikä löytyä sanakirjasta tai " +"olla käyttäjään liittyvää tietoa (kuten syntymäpäiviä, harrastuksia, " +"lemmikkien nimiä, perheenjäsenten tai sukulaisten nimiä jne.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1614 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2403,7 +2654,7 @@ msgstr "" "tunnuslausetta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1627 +#: using-d-i.xml:1653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2414,10 +2665,19 @@ msgid "" "shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk " "traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</" "filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." -msgstr "Jos salausavainten luomiseen valittiin jokin muu tapa kuin tunnuslause, luodaan salausavaimet nyt. Koska ydin ei ehkä vielä ole ennättänyt kerätä riittävää määrää satunnaisuutta asennuksen ollessa vasta alkuvaiheessa, toiminto voi kestää kauan. Toimintoa voidaan nopeuttaa luomalla satunnaisuutta: esim. painelemalla satunnaisia näppäimiä tai vaihtamalla komentotulkkiin virtuaalikonsolilla kaksi ja tekemällä verkko- ja levyliikennettä (noudetaan tiedostoja, kopioimalla isoja tiedostoja <filename>/dev/null</filename>iin jne.). Tämä toistetaan kaikille salattaville osioille." +msgstr "" +"Jos salausavainten luomiseen valittiin jokin muu tapa kuin tunnuslause, " +"luodaan salausavaimet nyt. Koska ydin ei ehkä vielä ole ennättänyt kerätä " +"riittävää määrää satunnaisuutta asennuksen ollessa vasta alkuvaiheessa, " +"toiminto voi kestää kauan. Toimintoa voidaan nopeuttaa luomalla " +"satunnaisuutta: esim. painelemalla satunnaisia näppäimiä tai vaihtamalla " +"komentotulkkiin virtuaalikonsolilla kaksi ja tekemällä verkko- ja " +"levyliikennettä (noudetaan tiedostoja, kopioimalla isoja tiedostoja " +"<filename>/dev/null</filename>iin jne.). Tämä toistetaan kaikille " +"salattaville osioille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2450,7 +2710,7 @@ msgstr "" "vaihdettava tiedostojärjestelmien tyyppiä jos oletusarvot eivät kelpaa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1656 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2469,7 +2729,7 @@ msgstr "" "kohdassa <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2477,13 +2737,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Kun osiointi on halutunlainen voidaan asennusta jatkaa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Järjestelmän asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1678 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2493,13 +2753,13 @@ msgstr "" "asetuksen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1690 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Tehdään aikavyöhykkeen asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1718 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2512,13 +2772,13 @@ msgstr "" "näytetä ja tuo aikavyöhyke otetaan käyttöön." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Kello aikaan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1710 +#: using-d-i.xml:1736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2531,7 +2791,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttöjärjestelmien perusteella onko kello maailmanajassa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1717 +#: using-d-i.xml:1743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2540,10 +2800,17 @@ msgid "" "instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or " "Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " "local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" -msgstr "Expert-asennuksessa päästään aina valitsemaan onko kello maailmanajassa vai paikallisessa ajassa. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh-järjestelmässä laitekello on tavallisesti asetettu paikalliseen aikaan. Käytettäessä monikäynnistystä valitaan paikallinen aika.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Järjestelmät joissa on asennettuna (myös) DOS tai Windows on laitekello tavallisesti paikallisessa ajassa. Käytettäessä monikäynnistystä valitaan paikallinen aika.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Expert-asennuksessa päästään aina valitsemaan onko kello maailmanajassa vai " +"paikallisessa ajassa. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh-järjestelmässä " +"laitekello on tavallisesti asetettu paikalliseen aikaan. Käytettäessä " +"monikäynnistystä valitaan paikallinen aika.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86" +"\">Järjestelmät joissa on asennettuna (myös) DOS tai Windows on laitekello " +"tavallisesti paikallisessa ajassa. Käytettäessä monikäynnistystä valitaan " +"paikallinen aika.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2556,19 +2823,19 @@ msgstr "" "jälkeen asettaa laitekellon aika." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Käyttäjät ja salasanat" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1773 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Asetetaan pääkäyttäjän salasana" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2581,7 +2848,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmän ylläpitoon, ja vain kun se on välttämätöntä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2589,10 +2856,15 @@ msgid "" "characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " "such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " "information which could be guessed." -msgstr "Luotavissa salasanoissa olisi oltava ainakin 6 merkkiä ja sekä isoja että pieniä kirjaimia, samoin kuin välimerkkejä. Ole erityisen huolellinen luotaessa salasanaa pääkäyttäjälle, tuolla tunnuksella on rajoittamattomat oikeudet. Älä käytä sanakirjasta löytyviä sanoja eikä arvattavissa olevia henkilötietoja." +msgstr "" +"Luotavissa salasanoissa olisi oltava ainakin 6 merkkiä ja sekä isoja että " +"pieniä kirjaimia, samoin kuin välimerkkejä. Ole erityisen huolellinen " +"luotaessa salasanaa pääkäyttäjälle, tuolla tunnuksella on rajoittamattomat " +"oikeudet. Älä käytä sanakirjasta löytyviä sanoja eikä arvattavissa olevia " +"henkilötietoja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1765 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2604,13 +2876,13 @@ msgstr "" "muille kuin järjestelmän ylläpitäjille." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Luo tavallisen käyttäjän tunnus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1777 +#: using-d-i.xml:1803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2624,7 +2896,7 @@ msgstr "" "henkilökohtaisena kirjautumistunnuksena." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2644,7 +2916,7 @@ msgstr "" "jos ei ole tehnyt ylläpitoa aiemmin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2657,7 +2929,7 @@ msgstr "" "etunimi onkin oletusarvo. Lopuksi kirjoitetaan käyttäjälle salasana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2667,13 +2939,13 @@ msgstr "" "komentoa <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2687,13 +2959,13 @@ msgstr "" "kulua toinenkin tovi." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2709,7 +2981,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2721,7 +2993,7 @@ msgstr "" "käytetään sarjapäätettä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1846 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2734,13 +3006,13 @@ msgstr "" "pienempää prioriteettia ydin voidaan valita luettelosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Asennetaan lisää ohjelmia" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1860 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2756,13 +3028,13 @@ msgstr "" "verkkoyhteys on hidas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Tehdään apt:n asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1876 +#: using-d-i.xml:1902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2795,7 +3067,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttöliittymään." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2812,13 +3084,13 @@ msgstr "" "kun asennus on valmis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1942 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Ohjelmien valinta ja asentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1918 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2835,7 +3107,7 @@ msgstr "" "nopeasti valmiiksi erilaisiin tehtäviin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2869,7 +3141,7 @@ msgstr "" "tehtävien tilatarpeet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1952 +#: using-d-i.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2879,15 +3151,17 @@ msgstr "" "komento <command>aptitude</command> asentaa valitut paketit." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " "to toggle selection of a task." -msgstr "Asentimen merkkipohjaisessa käyttöliittymässä tehtävän valinta merkitään välilyöntinäppäimellä." +msgstr "" +"Asentimen merkkipohjaisessa käyttöliittymässä tehtävän valinta merkitään " +"välilyöntinäppäimellä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2900,7 +3174,7 @@ msgstr "" "haluta. Tässä kohtaa voi jopa poistaa valinnan kaikista tehtävistä. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2914,13 +3188,13 @@ msgstr "" "pyytävät ne käyttäjältä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Sähköpostit välittävän ohjelman (MTA) asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2936,7 +3210,7 @@ msgstr "" "oppia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2019 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2951,7 +3225,7 @@ msgstr "" "ilmoituksia sähköpostilla." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2001 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2961,13 +3235,13 @@ msgstr "" "Valitse parhaiten omiin tarpeisiin sopiva:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "Internetiin kytketty kone" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2981,13 +3255,13 @@ msgstr "" "vastaanotetaan tai välitetään." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2022 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "lähetys smarthostin kautta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2023 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3005,13 +3279,13 @@ msgstr "" "Tämä valinta sopii soittoyhteyttä käyttäville." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "vain paikallinen sähköpostien toimitus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3030,13 +3304,13 @@ msgstr "" "lisäkysymystä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2050 +#: using-d-i.xml:2076 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "ei tehdä asetuksia nyt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2051 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3050,7 +3324,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmän lähettämiä tärkeitä viestejä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3065,13 +3339,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>:stä löytyy hakemistosta <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistymään kiintolevyltä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2079 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3085,7 +3359,7 @@ msgstr "" "verkkokäynnistystä; katso <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3101,13 +3375,13 @@ msgstr "" "olisi etsittävä lisätietoa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Etsitään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3115,10 +3389,14 @@ msgid "" "supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot " "loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this " "other operating system in addition to Debian." -msgstr "Asennin etsii muita tietokoneelle asennettuja käyttöjärjestelmiä ennen kuin käynnistyslatain asennetaan. Jos tuettu käyttöjärjestelmä löytyy, tästä kerrotaan käynnistyslatainta asennettaessa ja asetukset tehdään sallimaan myös tämän käyttöjärjestelmän käynnistyminen Debianin lisäksi." +msgstr "" +"Asennin etsii muita tietokoneelle asennettuja käyttöjärjestelmiä ennen kuin " +"käynnistyslatain asennetaan. Jos tuettu käyttöjärjestelmä löytyy, tästä " +"kerrotaan käynnistyslatainta asennettaessa ja asetukset tehdään sallimaan " +"myös tämän käyttöjärjestelmän käynnistyminen Debianin lisäksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2112 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3126,16 +3404,21 @@ msgid "" "boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even " "by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot " "manager's documentation for more information." -msgstr "Huomaa useiden käyttöjärjestelmien käynnistämisen samalla koneella olevan yhä hieman kikkailua. Muiden käyttöjärjestelmien löytämisen ja asetusten tekemisen automatiikka on erilainen joka laitearkkitehtuurille ja jopa arkkitehtuurin muunnoksillekin. Jos automatiikka ei toimi olisi käytetyn alkulatausohjelman ohjeista etsittävä lisätietoa." +msgstr "" +"Huomaa useiden käyttöjärjestelmien käynnistämisen samalla koneella olevan " +"yhä hieman kikkailua. Muiden käyttöjärjestelmien löytämisen ja asetusten " +"tekemisen automatiikka on erilainen joka laitearkkitehtuurille ja jopa " +"arkkitehtuurin muunnoksillekin. Jos automatiikka ei toimi olisi käytetyn " +"alkulatausohjelman ohjeista etsittävä lisätietoa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2156 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan <command>aboot</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3146,16 +3429,24 @@ msgid "" "OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system " "installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot " "GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." -msgstr "Jos valitaan tämä valitsin kun käynnistyslaitteena on SRM, asennin kirjoittaa komennon <command>aboot</command> ensimmäiselle sektorille sille levylle johon Debian asennettiin. Ole <emphasis>hyvin</emphasis> varovainen — <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> mahdollista käyttää monikäynnistystä jos muut käyttöjärjestelmät (esim. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 alias Digital Unix alias Tru64 Unix tai OpenVMS) ovat samalla levyllä. Jos samalla levyllä on Debianin lisäksi toinenkin käyttöjärjestelmä, on GNU/Linux käynnistettävä levykkeeltä." +msgstr "" +"Jos valitaan tämä valitsin kun käynnistyslaitteena on SRM, asennin " +"kirjoittaa komennon <command>aboot</command> ensimmäiselle sektorille sille " +"levylle johon Debian asennettiin. Ole <emphasis>hyvin</emphasis> varovainen " +"— <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> mahdollista käyttää monikäynnistystä jos " +"muut käyttöjärjestelmät (esim. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 alias " +"Digital Unix alias Tru64 Unix tai OpenVMS) ovat samalla levyllä. Jos samalla " +"levyllä on Debianin lisäksi toinenkin käyttöjärjestelmä, on GNU/Linux " +"käynnistettävä levykkeeltä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2151 +#: using-d-i.xml:2177 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>palo</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2152 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3163,54 +3454,67 @@ msgid "" "exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any " "kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> " "can actually read Linux partitions." -msgstr "PA-RISC-arkkitehtuurin käynnistyslatain on <quote>palo</quote>. Komento <command>PALO</command> on asetuksiltaan ja käytöltään samantapainen kuin <command>LILO</command> muutamin eroin. Ensiksikin <command>PALO</command> sallii minkä tahansa käynnistysosiolla olevan ytimen käynnistämisen. Tämän mahdollistaa <command>PALO</command>:n kyky lukea Linux-osioiden tiedostoja." +msgstr "" +"PA-RISC-arkkitehtuurin käynnistyslatain on <quote>palo</quote>. Komento " +"<command>PALO</command> on asetuksiltaan ja käytöltään samantapainen kuin " +"<command>LILO</command> muutamin eroin. Ensiksikin <command>PALO</command> " +"sallii minkä tahansa käynnistysosiolla olevan ytimen käynnistämisen. Tämän " +"mahdollistaa <command>PALO</command>:n kyky lukea Linux-osioiden tiedostoja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2161 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa KORJAAMUT ( tarvitaan lisätietoja )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2199 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>GRUB</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " "flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and " "old hands alike." -msgstr "Arkkitehtuurille &architecture; suositellaan käynnistyslatainta <quote>grub</quote>. Grub on joustava ja varmatoiminen; hyvä valinta sekä aloittelijoille että vanhoille parroille." +msgstr "" +"Arkkitehtuurille &architecture; suositellaan käynnistyslatainta <quote>grub</" +"quote>. Grub on joustava ja varmatoiminen; hyvä valinta sekä aloittelijoille " +"että vanhoille parroille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2181 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " "it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you " "can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." -msgstr "Oletusarvona grub asennetaan pääkäynnistyslohkoon (MBR), jolloin grub ohjaa käynnistyksen kokonaan. Haluttaessa grub voidaan asentaa muuallekin. Lisätietoja löytyy grub:n man-sivulta." +msgstr "" +"Oletusarvona grub asennetaan pääkäynnistyslohkoon (MBR), jolloin grub ohjaa " +"käynnistyksen kokonaan. Haluttaessa grub voidaan asentaa muuallekin. " +"Lisätietoja löytyy grub:n man-sivulta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " "main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." -msgstr "Jos grub:ia ei haluta asentaa lainkaan, pääsee painikkeella Palaa takaisin päävalikkoon valitsemaan haluttu käynnistyslatain." +msgstr "" +"Jos grub:ia ei haluta asentaa lainkaan, pääsee painikkeella Palaa takaisin " +"päävalikkoon valitsemaan haluttu käynnistyslatain." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2227 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>LILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3218,34 +3522,45 @@ msgid "" "Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in " "the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special " "needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Arkkitehtuurin &architecture; toinen käynnistyslatain on <quote>LILO</quote>. Ohjelma on vanha, mutkikas ja sisältää paljon toiminnallisuutta, mukaan lukien käynnistysvalikot DOS, Windows ja OS/2 käyttöjärjestelmille. Lue huolellisesti ohjeet hakemistosta <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo</filename> jos on tehtävä jotain erikoista; lue myös <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Arkkitehtuurin &architecture; toinen käynnistyslatain on <quote>LILO</" +"quote>. Ohjelma on vanha, mutkikas ja sisältää paljon toiminnallisuutta, " +"mukaan lukien käynnistysvalikot DOS, Windows ja OS/2 käyttöjärjestelmille. " +"Lue huolellisesti ohjeet hakemistosta <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo</" +"filename> jos on tehtävä jotain erikoista; lue myös <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-" +"howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2239 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " "operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This " "means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like " "GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." -msgstr "Tällä hetkellä LILO tekee valikkoon rivit vain <firstterm>ketjuladattaville</firstterm> (chainloaded) käyttöjärjestelmille. Tästä syystä voidaan joutua lisäämään rivit GNU/Linux- ja GNU/Hurd-järjestelmille asennuksen jälkeen." +msgstr "" +"Tällä hetkellä LILO tekee valikkoon rivit vain <firstterm>ketjuladattaville</" +"firstterm> (chainloaded) käyttöjärjestelmille. Tästä syystä voidaan joutua " +"lisäämään rivit GNU/Linux- ja GNU/Hurd-järjestelmille asennuksen jälkeen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" "command> boot loader:" -msgstr "&d-i; näyttää kolme vaihtoehtoa käynnistyslataimen <command>LILO</command> asennusapaikaksi:" +msgstr "" +"&d-i; näyttää kolme vaihtoehtoa käynnistyslataimen <command>LILO</command> " +"asennusapaikaksi:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Pääkäynnistyslohko (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3253,28 +3568,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Komento <command>LILO</command> ohjaa käynnistyksen kokonaan." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "uusi Debianin osio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " "will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will " "serve as a secondary boot loader." -msgstr "Valitse tämä jos haluat käyttää jotain muuta käynnistyslatainta. <command>LILO</command> asentuu uuden Debian-osion alkuun ja toimii toissijaisena käynnistyslataimena." +msgstr "" +"Valitse tämä jos haluat käyttää jotain muuta käynnistyslatainta. " +"<command>LILO</command> asentuu uuden Debian-osion alkuun ja toimii " +"toissijaisena käynnistyslataimena." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Muu valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3298,7 +3616,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2256 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3307,16 +3625,22 @@ msgid "" "however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into " "Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=" "\"reactivating-win\"/>." -msgstr "Jos Windows 9x:n (tai MS-DOS:n) käynnistäminen ei enää onnistu tämän jälkeen, on käytettävä Windows 9x:n (tai MS-DOS:n) käynnistyslevykettä ja komentoa <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> jotta MS-DOS:n pääkäynnistystietue saadaan takaisin — tämä tarkoittaa että on käytettävä jotain muuta keinoa Debianin käynnistämiseen! Lisätietoa löytyy kohdasta <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Jos Windows 9x:n (tai MS-DOS:n) käynnistäminen ei enää onnistu tämän " +"jälkeen, on käytettävä Windows 9x:n (tai MS-DOS:n) käynnistyslevykettä ja " +"komentoa <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> jotta MS-DOS:n " +"pääkäynnistystietue saadaan takaisin — tämä tarkoittaa että on " +"käytettävä jotain muuta keinoa Debianin käynnistämiseen! Lisätietoa löytyy " +"kohdasta <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2273 +#: using-d-i.xml:2299 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>ELILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3330,10 +3654,21 @@ msgid "" "copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " "into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " "to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." -msgstr "Arkkitehtuurin &architecture; käynnistyslatain on <quote>elilo</quote>. Se on tehty x86-arkkitehtuurin <quote>lilo</quote> mallina ja käyttää samantapaista asetustiedostoa. elilo ei kuitenkaan kirjoita levyn MBR:ään tai osion alkuun, vaan kopioi tarvittavat tiedostot erilliseen EFI-osioon jossa on FAT-tiedostojärjestelmä ja muokkaa laiteohjelmiston <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> -valikkoa löytämään tiedostot osiosta. Oikeastaan komento <command>elilo</command> koostuu kahdesta osasta. Komento <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> huolehtii osiosta ja kopioi siihen tiedostot. Ohjelma <filename>elilo.efi</filename> kopioidaan EFI-osioon josta <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> käynnistää sen lataamaan ja käynnistämään Linux-ytimen." +msgstr "" +"Arkkitehtuurin &architecture; käynnistyslatain on <quote>elilo</quote>. Se " +"on tehty x86-arkkitehtuurin <quote>lilo</quote> mallina ja käyttää " +"samantapaista asetustiedostoa. elilo ei kuitenkaan kirjoita levyn MBR:ään " +"tai osion alkuun, vaan kopioi tarvittavat tiedostot erilliseen EFI-osioon " +"jossa on FAT-tiedostojärjestelmä ja muokkaa laiteohjelmiston " +"<guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> -valikkoa löytämään tiedostot " +"osiosta. Oikeastaan komento <command>elilo</command> koostuu kahdesta " +"osasta. Komento <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> huolehtii osiosta ja " +"kopioi siihen tiedostot. Ohjelma <filename>elilo.efi</filename> kopioidaan " +"EFI-osioon josta <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> käynnistää sen lataamaan ja " +"käynnistämään Linux-ytimen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2291 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3342,16 +3677,21 @@ msgid "" "an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the " "installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your " "<emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." -msgstr "<quote>elilo</quote>:n asetukset ja asennus tehdään perusasennuksen pakettien asennuksen lopuksi. &d-i; näyttää luettelon EFI-osioksi sopivista levyosioista. Luettelosta valitaan aiemmin asennuksen aikana valmisteltu osio, tavallisesti osio on samalla levyllä kuin <emphasis>juuri</emphasis>-tiedostojärjestelmä." +msgstr "" +"<quote>elilo</quote>:n asetukset ja asennus tehdään perusasennuksen " +"pakettien asennuksen lopuksi. &d-i; näyttää luettelon EFI-osioksi sopivista " +"levyosioista. Luettelosta valitaan aiemmin asennuksen aikana valmisteltu " +"osio, tavallisesti osio on samalla levyllä kuin <emphasis>juuri</emphasis>-" +"tiedostojärjestelmä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2303 +#: using-d-i.xml:2329 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Valitse oikea levyosio!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2305 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3360,16 +3700,23 @@ msgid "" "including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " "partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " "during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" -msgstr "Osion valintaperusteena on FAT-tiedostojärjestelmä ja <emphasis>käynnistyskelpoisuuden</emphasis> ilmaisin päällä. &d-i; saattaa näyttää useita vaihtoehtoja, sen mukaan mitä järjestelmän kaikki levyt tutkimalla on löytynyt, mukaan lukien muiden järjestelmälevyjen EFI-osiot ja EFI:n vianjäljitusosiot. Huomaa, että <command>elilo</command> saattaa tyhjentää osion aikaisemmista tiedoista tekemällä siihen uuden tiedostojärjestelmän." +msgstr "" +"Osion valintaperusteena on FAT-tiedostojärjestelmä ja " +"<emphasis>käynnistyskelpoisuuden</emphasis> ilmaisin päällä. &d-i; saattaa " +"näyttää useita vaihtoehtoja, sen mukaan mitä järjestelmän kaikki levyt " +"tutkimalla on löytynyt, mukaan lukien muiden järjestelmälevyjen EFI-osiot ja " +"EFI:n vianjäljitusosiot. Huomaa, että <command>elilo</command> saattaa " +"tyhjentää osion aikaisemmista tiedoista tekemällä siihen uuden " +"tiedostojärjestelmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-osion sisältö" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3409,13 +3756,13 @@ msgstr "" "niitä kertyy järjestelmää päivitettäessä tai asetuksia muokattaessa." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2344 +#: using-d-i.xml:2370 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3430,13 +3777,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostoihin." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2380 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3450,13 +3797,13 @@ msgstr "" "valinta." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3471,13 +3818,13 @@ msgstr "" "hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3489,13 +3836,13 @@ msgstr "" "elilo</filename> suoritetaan seuraavan kerran." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2415 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3509,13 +3856,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> osoitettu tiedosto hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>arcboot</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3560,27 +3907,29 @@ msgstr "" "sitten <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2430 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2431 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " "onboard controllers" -msgstr "on SCSI-väylä jolta käynnistetään, se on <userinput>0</userinput> yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille" +msgstr "" +"on SCSI-väylä jolta käynnistetään, se on <userinput>0</userinput> " +"yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2439 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "levy" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2440 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3588,13 +3937,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>arcboot</command> on asennettu" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2449 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3603,13 +3952,13 @@ msgstr "" "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> sijaitsee" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2483 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2458 +#: using-d-i.xml:2484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3619,13 +3968,13 @@ msgstr "" "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>delo</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2480 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3656,13 +4005,13 @@ msgstr "" "varusohjelmiston kehotteeseen." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2500 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3672,20 +4021,20 @@ msgstr "" "on <userinput>3</userinput> yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2508 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>DELO</command> on asennettu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2518 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3694,13 +4043,13 @@ msgstr "" "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> sijaitsee" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2552 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2527 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3710,7 +4059,7 @@ msgstr "" "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2537 +#: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3720,19 +4069,19 @@ msgstr "" "ja käynnistetäään oletuskokoonpano, riittää käyttää" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2569 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Yaboot</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3752,13 +4101,13 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistämään &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Quik</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2599 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3773,13 +4122,13 @@ msgstr "" "Computingin klooneille." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2615 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>zipl</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3787,16 +4136,21 @@ msgid "" "with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; " "Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks " "web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." -msgstr "Arkkitehtuurin &arch-title; käynnistyslatain on <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> on asetuksiltaan ja käytöltään samantapainen kuin <command>LILO</command> muutamin eroin. Lue <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> IBM:n developerWorks -www-sivustolta jos haluat tietää ohjelmasta <command>ZIPL</command> enemmän." +msgstr "" +"Arkkitehtuurin &arch-title; käynnistyslatain on <quote>zipl</quote>. " +"<command>ZIPL</command> on asetuksiltaan ja käytöltään samantapainen kuin " +"<command>LILO</command> muutamin eroin. Lue <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; " +"Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> IBM:n developerWorks -www-" +"sivustolta jos haluat tietää ohjelmasta <command>ZIPL</command> enemmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2633 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>SILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3827,13 +4181,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris-asennuksen rinnalle." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2660 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Jatketaan ilman käynnistyslatainta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3852,7 +4206,7 @@ msgstr "" "koska GNU/Linux käynnistetään sen kautta.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3863,16 +4217,23 @@ msgid "" "partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if " "you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, " "also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." -msgstr "Tehtäessä käynnistyslataimen asetukset itse, olisi asennetun ytimen nimi tarkistettava hakemistosta <filename>/target/boot</filename>. Hakemistosta olisi myös katsottava onko siellä <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; jos on, käynnistyslataimelle lienee kerrottava sen käyttämisestä. Muuta tarvittavaa tietoa ovat juuritiedostojärjestelmälle valittu levy ja osio, ja mikäli <filename>/boot</filename> asennettiin erilliselle osiolle, myös sen levy ja osio." +msgstr "" +"Tehtäessä käynnistyslataimen asetukset itse, olisi asennetun ytimen nimi " +"tarkistettava hakemistosta <filename>/target/boot</filename>. Hakemistosta " +"olisi myös katsottava onko siellä <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; jos on, " +"käynnistyslataimelle lienee kerrottava sen käyttämisestä. Muuta tarvittavaa " +"tietoa ovat juuritiedostojärjestelmälle valittu levy ja osio, ja mikäli " +"<filename>/boot</filename> asennettiin erilliselle osiolle, myös sen levy ja " +"osio." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Päätetään asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2663 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3882,13 +4243,13 @@ msgstr "" "Pääasiassa siistitään työn jälkiä jotka &d-i; jätti." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2675 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Päätetään asennus ja käynnistetään" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2703 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3902,7 +4263,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2684 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3917,37 +4278,42 @@ msgstr "" "aikana." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2698 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Sekalaista" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2725 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " "installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in " "case something goes wrong." -msgstr "Tässä luvussa käsiteltäviä asentimen osia ei tavallisesti käytetä, vaan ne ovat käytettävissä jos jotain menee pieleen." +msgstr "" +"Tässä luvussa käsiteltäviä asentimen osia ei tavallisesti käytetä, vaan ne " +"ovat käytettävissä jos jotain menee pieleen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Asentimen lokien tallentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2714 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " "installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/" "installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." -msgstr "Jos asennus onnistuu, asennuksen aikana kertyneet lokitiedostot tallennetaan automaattisesti uuden Debian-järjestelmän hakemistoon <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Jos asennus onnistuu, asennuksen aikana kertyneet lokitiedostot tallennetaan " +"automaattisesti uuden Debian-järjestelmän hakemistoon <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3963,13 +4329,13 @@ msgstr "" "tai liittää lokit asennusraporttiin." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2741 +#: using-d-i.xml:2767 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Komentotulkin käyttö ja lokien lukeminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3980,10 +4346,19 @@ msgid "" "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" "keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " "a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." -msgstr "Valikossa on kohta <guimenuitem>Käynnistä komentotulkki</guimenuitem>. Jos valikko ei ole näkyvissä kun komentotulkkia pitäisi käyttää, näppäilemällä <keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (Mac-näppäimistöllä <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) vaihdetaan <emphasis>virtuaalikonsoli</emphasis> kakkoseen. Eli painetaan <keycap>välilyönti</keycap>-näppäimen vasemmalla puolella olevaa <keycap>Alt</keycap>-näppäintä ja funktionäppäintä <keycap>F2</keycap> samaan aikaan. Virtuaalikonsoli on toinen ruutu jossa toimii Bourne-komentotulkin klooni nimeltä <command>ash</command>." +msgstr "" +"Valikossa on kohta <guimenuitem>Käynnistä komentotulkki</guimenuitem>. Jos " +"valikko ei ole näkyvissä kun komentotulkkia pitäisi käyttää, näppäilemällä " +"<keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (Mac-" +"näppäimistöllä <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +"keycombo>) vaihdetaan <emphasis>virtuaalikonsoli</emphasis> kakkoseen. Eli " +"painetaan <keycap>välilyönti</keycap>-näppäimen vasemmalla puolella olevaa " +"<keycap>Alt</keycap>-näppäintä ja funktionäppäintä <keycap>F2</keycap> " +"samaan aikaan. Virtuaalikonsoli on toinen ruutu jossa toimii Bourne-" +"komentotulkin klooni nimeltä <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4001,7 +4376,7 @@ msgstr "" "komentohistoria." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4021,13 +4396,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exit</command> jos komentotulkki käynnistettiin valikosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2784 +#: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Etäasennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2812 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4044,7 +4419,7 @@ msgstr "" "tämän osan voi automatisoida, katso <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4055,10 +4430,18 @@ msgid "" "Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is " "indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation " "remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "Tätä asentimen osaa ei oletusarvona ladata asentimen päävalikkoon, joten se on otettava käyttöön erikseen valitsemalla. Jos asennetaan rompulta, on käynnistettävä keskitason prioriteetilla tai muutoin käynnistettävä asentimen päävalikko ja valittava <guimenuitem>Lataa asentimen osia rompulta</guimenuitem> ja lisäosien luettelosta valittava <guimenuitem>Jatka etäasennuksena käyttäen SSH:ta.</guimenuitem>. Latauksen onnistuminen ilmenee uutena valikon kohtana <guimenuitem>Jatka etäasennuksena käyttäen SSH:ta.</guimenuitem>." +msgstr "" +"Tätä asentimen osaa ei oletusarvona ladata asentimen päävalikkoon, joten se " +"on otettava käyttöön erikseen valitsemalla. Jos asennetaan rompulta, on " +"käynnistettävä keskitason prioriteetilla tai muutoin käynnistettävä " +"asentimen päävalikko ja valittava <guimenuitem>Lataa asentimen osia " +"rompulta</guimenuitem> ja lisäosien luettelosta valittava <guimenuitem>Jatka " +"etäasennuksena käyttäen SSH:ta.</guimenuitem>. Latauksen onnistuminen " +"ilmenee uutena valikon kohtana <guimenuitem>Jatka etäasennuksena käyttäen " +"SSH:ta.</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2809 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4068,7 +4451,7 @@ msgstr "" "tultua tehdyksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4090,7 +4473,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietoturvallisesti <quote>etäasennuksen tekevälle henkilölle</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2826 +#: using-d-i.xml:2852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4102,7 +4485,7 @@ msgstr "" "toinen asentimen osa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4119,13 +4502,22 @@ msgid "" "actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you " "will have to confirm that it is correct." msgstr "" -"Nyt vaihdetaan verkkokaapelin toiseen päähän. Ennen aloittamista on pääte asetettava käyttämään UTF-8-merkkikoodausta, koska sitä asennusjärjestelmä käyttää. Jos näin ei tehdä, etäasennuksen voi silti tehdä mutta ruudulla saattaa olla kummallisia ilmiöitä kuten rikkinäisiä valintaikkunan reunoja tai lukukelvottomia ei-ascii-merkkejä. Yhteys asennettavaan järjestelmään muodostetaan kirjoittamalla:\n" +"Nyt vaihdetaan verkkokaapelin toiseen päähän. Ennen aloittamista on pääte " +"asetettava käyttämään UTF-8-merkkikoodausta, koska sitä asennusjärjestelmä " +"käyttää. Jos näin ei tehdä, etäasennuksen voi silti tehdä mutta ruudulla " +"saattaa olla kummallisia ilmiöitä kuten rikkinäisiä valintaikkunan reunoja " +"tai lukukelvottomia ei-ascii-merkkejä. Yhteys asennettavaan järjestelmään " +"muodostetaan kirjoittamalla:\n" "<informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>asennettava_kone</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Yllä <replaceable>asennettava_kone_host</replaceable> on joko asennettavan koneen konenimi tai IP-osoite. Ennen varsinaista sisäänkirjautumista näytetään etäkoneen sormenjälki ja käyttäjän on vahvistettava se oikeaksi." +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer " +"<replaceable>asennettava_kone</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Yllä <replaceable>asennettava_kone_host</" +"replaceable> on joko asennettavan koneen konenimi tai IP-osoite. Ennen " +"varsinaista sisäänkirjautumista näytetään etäkoneen sormenjälki ja käyttäjän " +"on vahvistettava se oikeaksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4142,7 +4534,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostosta <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> ja yrittää uudelleen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4152,10 +4544,17 @@ msgid "" "latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote " "system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but " "may start multiple sessions for shells." -msgstr "Kirjautumisen jälkeen näkyy aloitusruutu jossa on kaksi vaihtoehtoa, <guimenuitem>Käynnistä valikko</guimenuitem> ja <guimenuitem>Käynnistä komentotulkki</guimenuitem>. Ensimmäinen vie asentimen päävalikkoon, jossa asennusta voidaan jatkaa tavanomaiseen tapaan. Jälkimmäinen käynnistää komentotulkin jossa etäjärjestelmää voidaan tutkia ja mahdollisesti korjata. Toista päävalikkoa ei pidä käynnistää, mutta komentotulkkeja voi käynnistää useampia." +msgstr "" +"Kirjautumisen jälkeen näkyy aloitusruutu jossa on kaksi vaihtoehtoa, " +"<guimenuitem>Käynnistä valikko</guimenuitem> ja <guimenuitem>Käynnistä " +"komentotulkki</guimenuitem>. Ensimmäinen vie asentimen päävalikkoon, jossa " +"asennusta voidaan jatkaa tavanomaiseen tapaan. Jälkimmäinen käynnistää " +"komentotulkin jossa etäjärjestelmää voidaan tutkia ja mahdollisesti korjata. " +"Toista päävalikkoa ei pidä käynnistää, mutta komentotulkkeja voi käynnistää " +"useampia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4163,10 +4562,15 @@ msgid "" "corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in " "turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed " "system." -msgstr "Kun etäasennus SSH:ta käyttäen on käynnistetty, olisi vältettävä palaamista paikallisella konsolilla käynnissä olevaan asentimeen. Jos niin tehdään, saattaa uuden järjestelmän asetukset tallentava tietokanta mennä sekaisin. Tästä taas voi olla seurauksena epäonnistunut asennus tai asennettu järjestelmä toimii huonosti." +msgstr "" +"Kun etäasennus SSH:ta käyttäen on käynnistetty, olisi vältettävä palaamista " +"paikallisella konsolilla käynnissä olevaan asentimeen. Jos niin tehdään, " +"saattaa uuden järjestelmän asetukset tallentava tietokanta mennä sekaisin. " +"Tästä taas voi olla seurauksena epäonnistunut asennus tai asennettu " +"järjestelmä toimii huonosti." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4176,6 +4580,15 @@ msgstr "" "kokoa saa muuttaa koska se katkaisee yhteyden." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " +#~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " +#~ "data that is currently on the selected hard disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos valitaan ohjattu osioiden teko LVM:ää käyttäen, ei ole mahdollista " +#~ "kumota osiotaulun muutoksia. Ohjattu osiointi pyyhkii kaikki valitulla " +#~ "levyllä nyt olevat tiedot." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " #~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " #~ "<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> " diff --git a/po/hu/installation-howto.po b/po/hu/installation-howto.po index 4e4a57d1a..efaa1cbfd 100644 --- a/po/hu/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/hu/installation-howto.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Debian Installer Manual Installation HOWTO\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-16 18:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-12 23:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian <debian-l10n-hungarian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -25,8 +25,20 @@ msgstr "Telepítő Hogyan" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:7 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the information you will need for most installs. When more information can be useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." -msgstr "E dokumentum leírja a &debian; &releasename; telepítését &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) gépre az új &d-i; eszköz használatával. Ez a telepítés lépéseinek gyors áttekintése, mely tartalmazza a legtöbb telepítéshez szükséges összes adatot. Ahol további részletesebb adatok lehetnek, hivatkozunk a <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Telepítő Útmutató</link> részletesebb leírására." +msgid "" +"This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-" +"title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick " +"walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the " +"information you will need for most installs. When more information can be " +"useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=" +"\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." +msgstr "" +"E dokumentum leírja a &debian; &releasename; telepítését &arch-title; " +"(<quote>&architecture;</quote>) gépre az új &d-i; eszköz használatával. Ez a " +"telepítés lépéseinek gyors áttekintése, mely tartalmazza a legtöbb " +"telepítéshez szükséges összes adatot. Ahol további részletesebb adatok " +"lehetnek, hivatkozunk a <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; " +"Telepítő Útmutató</link> részletesebb leírására." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:20 @@ -37,8 +49,19 @@ msgstr "Elöljáróban" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:21 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Ez még mindig a debian-installer béta állapota. </phrase> Ha hibát találsz, nézd meg az alábbi: <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> részt a jelentés módjáról. Ha e dokumentum nem válaszol egy kérdésedre, fordulj a debian-boot listához (&email-debian-boot-list;) vagy tedd fel IRC-n (#debian-boot az OFTC hálózaton)." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a " +"beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please " +"refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report " +"them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, " +"please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-" +"list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Ez még mindig a debian-installer " +"béta állapota. </phrase> Ha hibát találsz, nézd meg az alábbi: <xref linkend=" +"\"submit-bug\"/> részt a jelentés módjáról. Ha e dokumentum nem válaszol egy " +"kérdésedre, fordulj a debian-boot listához (&email-debian-boot-list;) vagy " +"tedd fel IRC-n (#debian-boot az OFTC hálózaton)." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:37 @@ -49,20 +72,42 @@ msgstr "A telepítő indítása" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:38 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Gyors CD-kép elérésekhez, lásd a <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; honlapot</ulink>. </phrase> A debian-cd csapat biztosít &d-i; programot adó CD-képeket a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD oldalon</ulink>. További adatok a CD-képek letöltéséről: <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, " +"check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> " +"The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on " +"where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Gyors CD-kép elérésekhez, lásd a " +"<ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; honlapot</ulink>. </phrase> A debian-cd " +"csapat biztosít &d-i; programot adó CD-képeket a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;" +"\">Debian CD oldalon</ulink>. További adatok a CD-képek letöltéséről: <xref " +"linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." -msgstr "Egyes telepítő módok a CD-képektől eltérő képeket kívánnak. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> A <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; honlap</ulink> hivatkozásokat ad ezekre. A </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> leírás szól a képek eléréséről a Debian tükrökön." +msgid "" +"Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase " +"condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home " +"page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files" +"\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." +msgstr "" +"Egyes telepítő módok a CD-képektől eltérő képeket kívánnak. <phrase " +"condition=\"unofficial-build\"> A <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; honlap</" +"ulink> hivatkozásokat ad ezekre. A </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> " +"leírás szól a képek eléréséről a Debian tükrökön." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:58 #, no-c-format -msgid "The subsections below will give the details about which images you should get for each possible means of installation." -msgstr "Az alábbi alfejezetek leírják, mely képek kellenek az egyes telepítő módokhoz." +msgid "" +"The subsections below will give the details about which images you should " +"get for each possible means of installation." +msgstr "" +"Az alábbi alfejezetek leírják, mely képek kellenek az egyes telepítő " +"módokhoz." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:66 @@ -73,14 +118,42 @@ msgstr "CDROM" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install &releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the first CD of the set." -msgstr "2 hálózati telepítő CD-kép van, mely a &releasename; telepítésére használható a &d-i; eszközzel. E képek célja a CD-ről való indítás és további csomagok telepítése hálózatról, ezért neve: 'netinst'. A teljes netinst kép tartalmazza az alap csomagokat az úgynevezett 'business card' kép esetében ezeket is a hálózatról kell letölteni. Teljes CD-kép is letölthető, ekkor az alaptelepítéshez nem lesz szükséged hálózatra. A CD készlet első CD-képe elég lehet, de jellemzően a 2.-4. CD-képen még vannak magyar kiegészítők." +msgid "" +"There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install " +"&releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and " +"install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The " +"difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base " +"packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if " +"you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full " +"size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the " +"first CD of the set." +msgstr "" +"2 hálózati telepítő CD-kép van, mely a &releasename; telepítésére " +"használható a &d-i; eszközzel. E képek célja a CD-ről való indítás és " +"további csomagok telepítése hálózatról, ezért neve: 'netinst'. A teljes " +"netinst kép tartalmazza az alap csomagokat az úgynevezett 'business card' " +"kép esetében ezeket is a hálózatról kell letölteni. Teljes CD-kép is " +"letölthető, ekkor az alaptelepítéshez nem lesz szükséged hálózatra. A CD " +"készlet első CD-képe elég lehet, de jellemzően a 2.-4. CD-képen még vannak " +"magyar kiegészítők." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:79 #, no-c-format -msgid "Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"x86\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </phrase>" -msgstr "Töltsd le a választott típust és írd ki egy CD lemezre. <phrase arch=\"x86\">A CD indításához, a BIOS beállításaid meg kell feleljenek a <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/> részben leírtaknak.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> Egy PowerMac CD-képről indításához, nyomd le a <keycap>c</keycap> billentyűt indításkor. Lásd a <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> részt a CD-kép indítás módjairól. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"x86" +"\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as " +"explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc" +"\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while " +"booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Töltsd le a választott típust és írd ki egy CD lemezre. <phrase arch=\"x86" +"\">A CD indításához, a BIOS beállításaid meg kell feleljenek a <xref linkend=" +"\"bios-setup\"/> részben leírtaknak.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> Egy " +"PowerMac CD-képről indításához, nyomd le a <keycap>c</keycap> billentyűt " +"indításkor. Lásd a <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> részt a CD-kép indítás " +"módjairól. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:93 @@ -91,32 +164,69 @@ msgstr "Floppi" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:94 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> and possibly one of the driver disks." -msgstr "Ha nem tudsz CD lemezről indítani, akár flopiról is telepítheted a Debian rendszert. Szükség lesz majd a <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename> és a <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> fájlra és vélhetően az eszköz-vezérlő programokat tartalmazó lemezek egyikére. " +msgid "" +"If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. " +"You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root." +"img</filename> and possibly one of the driver disks." +msgstr "" +"Ha nem tudsz CD lemezről indítani, akár flopiról is telepítheted a Debian " +"rendszert. Szükség lesz majd a <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename> és a " +"<filename>floppy/root.img</filename> fájlra és vélhetően az eszköz-vezérlő " +"programokat tartalmazó lemezek egyikére. " #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:100 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." -msgstr "Az indító floppi a <filename>boot.img</filename> nevű. E floppi indítása után kérni fogja a 2. lemezt — itt használd majd a <filename>root.img</filename> nevűt." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This " +"floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use " +"the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." +msgstr "" +"Az indító floppi a <filename>boot.img</filename> nevű. E floppi indítása " +"után kérni fogja a 2. lemezt — itt használd majd a <filename>root.img</" +"filename> nevűt." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:106 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename>, which contains additional drivers for many ethernet cards, and support for PCMCIA." -msgstr "Ha hálózati telepítést tervezel, általában majd a <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename> nevű floppira is szükséged lesz, mely hálózati kártyák sokaságát és a PCMCIA eszközöket is támogatja." +msgid "" +"If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the " +"<filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename>, which contains additional " +"drivers for many ethernet cards, and support for PCMCIA." +msgstr "" +"Ha hálózati telepítést tervezel, általában majd a <filename>floppy/net-" +"drivers.img</filename> nevű floppira is szükséged lesz, mely hálózati " +"kártyák sokaságát és a PCMCIA eszközöket is támogatja." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:112 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the install using the CD." -msgstr "Ha van egy jól megírt CD-lemezed és a CD-eszközöd is jó, de nem tudsz róla indítani, mert különleges programot igényel, akkor indíts a floppikról és használd a <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> floppit, hogy onnan már a CD-lemezről telepíthess." +msgid "" +"If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use " +"<filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the " +"install using the CD." +msgstr "" +"Ha van egy jól megírt CD-lemezed és a CD-eszközöd is jó, de nem tudsz róla " +"indítani, mert különleges programot igényel, akkor indíts a floppikról és " +"használd a <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> floppit, hogy onnan " +"már a CD-lemezről telepíthess." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:118 #, no-c-format -msgid "Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each <filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." -msgstr "A floppi lemezek a legmegbízhatatlanabb médiumok közé tartoznak, készül fel sok rossz flopira (lásd a <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>) részt. Minden <filename>.img</filename> fájlt külön floppira kell írnod; használatod dd parancsot a /dev/fd0 eszközre íráshoz vagy más módot (lásd a <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> részt a részletekért)." +msgid "" +"Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for " +"lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each " +"<filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you " +"can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than " +"one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." +msgstr "" +"A floppi lemezek a legmegbízhatatlanabb médiumok közé tartoznak, készül fel " +"sok rossz flopira (lásd a <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>) részt. " +"Minden <filename>.img</filename> fájlt külön floppira kell írnod; " +"használatod dd parancsot a /dev/fd0 eszközre íráshoz vagy más módot (lásd a " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> részt a részletekért)." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:131 @@ -127,32 +237,71 @@ msgstr "USB memória meghajtó" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:132 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can take with you anywhere." -msgstr "USB tároló eszközökről is telepíthetsz. Például egy USB kulcstartó egy igen barátságos Debian telepítő médium lehet, ami mindig könnyen veled lehet." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For " +"example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can " +"take with you anywhere." +msgstr "" +"USB tároló eszközökről is telepíthetsz. Például egy USB kulcstartó egy igen " +"barátságos Debian telepítő médium lehet, ami mindig könnyen veled lehet." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:138 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 256 MB image from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must be at least 256 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>.iso</literal>." -msgstr "Az USB memória meghajtó felkészítésének legjobb módja, ha letöltöd a <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> fájlt, és a gunzip programmal kibontod belőle a 256 MB méretű képet. Írd ki a képet a meghajtón lévő partícióra, mely legalább 256 MB kell legyen. Csatold fel a partíciót, amely FAT fájlrendszert tartalmazzon. Töltsd le a netinst CD képet és másold e fájlt a csatolt partícióra; bármilyen fájlnév megfelel, csak legyen a vége <literal>.iso</literal>." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-" +"media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 256 MB image " +"from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must " +"be at least 256 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on " +"the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT " +"filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that " +"file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>." +"iso</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Az USB memória meghajtó felkészítésének legjobb módja, ha letöltöd a " +"<filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> fájlt, és a gunzip programmal " +"kibontod belőle a 256 MB méretű képet. Írd ki a képet a meghajtón lévő " +"partícióra, mely legalább 256 MB kell legyen. Csatold fel a partíciót, amely " +"FAT fájlrendszert tartalmazzon. Töltsd le a netinst CD képet és másold e " +"fájlt a csatolt partícióra; bármilyen fájlnév megfelel, csak legyen a vége " +"<literal>.iso</literal>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." -msgstr "Más, rugalmasabb módok is vannak egy ilyen memória meghajtó beállításához a Debian Telepítőhöz, és kisebb eszközökkel is működhet. A részletekért lásd a <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/> részt." +msgid "" +"There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the " +"debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory " +"sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Más, rugalmasabb módok is vannak egy ilyen memória meghajtó beállításához a " +"Debian Telepítőhöz, és kisebb eszközökkel is működhet. A részletekért lásd a " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/> részt." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:155 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Néhány BIOS tud közvetlenül USB tárolóról indulni, mások nem. Próbáld ki a lehetőségeket, jó lehet a <quote>removable drive</quote>, de akár még a <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> beállítás is. Ennek leírását lásd a <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/> részben." +msgid "" +"Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to " +"configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a " +"<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful " +"hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Néhány BIOS tud közvetlenül USB tárolóról indulni, mások nem. Próbáld ki a " +"lehetőségeket, jó lehet a <quote>removable drive</quote>, de akár még a " +"<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> beállítás is. Ennek leírását lásd a <xref linkend=" +"\"usb-boot\"/> részben." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:162 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Macintoshként ismert rendszerek USB tároló eszközökről indítása az Open Firmware kézi használatát igényli. Ennek leírását is megtalálod a <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/> részben." +msgid "" +"Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of " +"Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Macintoshként ismert rendszerek USB tároló eszközökről indítása az Open " +"Firmware kézi használatát igényli. Ennek leírását is megtalálod a <xref " +"linkend=\"usb-boot\"/> részben." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:171 @@ -163,14 +312,33 @@ msgstr "Indítás hálózatról" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:172 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." -msgstr "A &d-i; indítása teljesen hálózatról is végezhető. A hálózati indítás módjai mind a gép és a hálózati indítás beállításaitól függenek. A <filename>netboot/</filename> könyvtárban lévő fájlok használhatók a &d-i; hálózati indításához." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various " +"methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files " +"in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"A &d-i; indítása teljesen hálózatról is végezhető. A hálózati indítás módjai " +"mind a gép és a hálózati indítás beállításaitól függenek. A " +"<filename>netboot/</filename> könyvtárban lévő fájlok használhatók a &d-i; " +"hálózati indításához." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:178 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." -msgstr "E hálózati indítás beállításának egyik legkönnyebb módja a PXE. Bontsd ki a <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> fájlt a <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>-ba, vagy ahol tftp-t tartod. Mondd meg a DHCP kiszolgálónak, hogy az ügyfeleknek a <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> fájlt adja, és ha minden ok, minden menni fog. Bővebben a <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/> részben." +msgid "" +"The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file " +"<filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up " +"your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, " +"see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"E hálózati indítás beállításának egyik legkönnyebb módja a PXE. Bontsd ki a " +"<filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> fájlt a <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename>-ba, vagy ahol tftp-t tartod. Mondd meg a DHCP " +"kiszolgálónak, hogy az ügyfeleknek a <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> fájlt " +"adja, és ha minden ok, minden menni fog. Bővebben a <xref linkend=\"install-" +"tftp\"/> részben." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:192 @@ -181,8 +349,21 @@ msgstr "Indítás merevlemezről" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </phrase>" -msgstr "Létező merevlemezről is indítható a telepítő, melyen most más OS van. Töltsd le a <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename> és egy Debian CD kép fájlt a gyökérbe. A CD kép nevének vége legyen <literal>.iso</literal>. Ez az initrd indítás. Az <phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> leírja a módot. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an " +"existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download " +"<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard " +"disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</" +"literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase " +"arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Létező merevlemezről is indítható a telepítő, melyen most más OS van. Töltsd " +"le a <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename> és egy Debian CD kép fájlt a gyökérbe. A CD kép nevének vége " +"legyen <literal>.iso</literal>. Ez az initrd indítás. Az <phrase arch=\"x86" +"\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> leírja a módot. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:210 @@ -193,102 +374,230 @@ msgstr "Telepítés" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:211 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press &enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" -msgstr "A telepítő indítása után egy üdvözlő képernyő fogad. Üsd le az &enterkey; billentyűt az indításhoz vagy olvasd el a lehetőségeket más indítási módokhoz és paraméterekhez (lásd: <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> 2.4-es indításhoz, üsd be az <userinput>install24</userinput> szót a <prompt>boot:</prompt> beviteli sorban. <footnote><para> A 2.6 verziójú Linux az alapértelmezett e legtöbb indítási módnál, de floppinál nem elérhető. </para></footnote> </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " +"&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " +"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the " +"default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a " +"floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"A telepítő indítása után egy üdvözlő képernyő fogad. Üsd le az &enterkey; " +"billentyűt az indításhoz vagy olvasd el a lehetőségeket más indítási " +"módokhoz és paraméterekhez (lásd: <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase " +"arch=\"i386\"> 2.4-es indításhoz, üsd be az <userinput>install24</userinput> " +"szót a <prompt>boot:</prompt> beviteli sorban. <footnote><para> A 2.6 " +"verziójú Linux az alapértelmezett e legtöbb indítási módnál, de floppinál " +"nem elérhető. </para></footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:227 #, no-c-format -msgid "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to select your country, with the choices including countries where your language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the countries in the world is available." -msgstr "Sikeres indítás esetén egy hosszú, görgethető listát adó nyelv-választó párbeszéd-ablakot kapsz, melyben kiválaszthatod nyelvedet. Használd a fel-le nyíl billentyűket míg saját nyelved lesz kijelölt, és ekkor üsd le az &enterkey; billentyűt a folytatáshoz. Ezután az országodat lehet kiválasztani." +msgid "" +"After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " +"to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to " +"select your country, with the choices including countries where your " +"language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the " +"countries in the world is available." +msgstr "" +"Sikeres indítás esetén egy hosszú, görgethető listát adó nyelv-választó " +"párbeszéd-ablakot kapsz, melyben kiválaszthatod nyelvedet. Használd a fel-le " +"nyíl billentyűket míg saját nyelved lesz kijelölt, és ekkor üsd le az " +"&enterkey; billentyűt a folytatáshoz. Ezután az országodat lehet " +"kiválasztani." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:235 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless you know better." -msgstr "Ezután a billentyű-kiosztásodat lehet megerősíteni. Szokásos qwertz billentyűnél jó az alap, egyszerűen lépj tovább." +msgid "" +"You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " +"you know better." +msgstr "" +"Ezután a billentyű-kiosztásodat lehet megerősíteni. Szokásos qwertz " +"billentyűnél jó az alap, egyszerűen lépj tovább." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:240 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." -msgstr "A Debian Telepítő most gyorsan felderíti a legfontosabb eszközeidet, és betölti önmaga hátralévő részét a CD-lemezről, floppiról, vagyis az általad használt eszközről." +msgid "" +"Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " +"the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." +msgstr "" +"A Debian Telepítő most gyorsan felderíti a legfontosabb eszközeidet, és " +"betölti önmaga hátralévő részét a CD-lemezről, floppiról, vagyis az általad " +"használt eszközről." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:245 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." -msgstr "Ezután a telepítő megpróbálja felismerni hálózati eszközödet és beállítani a hálózatot DHCP kiszolgálóval. Ha nem vagy hálózaton, vagy azon nincs DHCP, akkor természetesen lehetőséged nyílik megadnod hálózati adataidat." +msgid "" +"Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " +"networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you " +"will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." +msgstr "" +"Ezután a telepítő megpróbálja felismerni hálózati eszközödet és beállítani a " +"hálózatot DHCP kiszolgálóval. Ha nem vagy hálózaton, vagy azon nincs DHCP, " +"akkor természetesen lehetőséged nyílik megadnod hálózati adataidat." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." -msgstr "Most kell a lemezek partícionálásáról dönteni. Adott a lehetőség, hogy a telepítő ezt elvégezze automatikusan akár az egész lemezen, akár bármely lemez szabad részén. Ez ajánlott az új felhasználóknak vagy bárkinek, akinek kapkodni kell, de ha már tudod, mi a partíció és ízlés szerint szeretnéd beállítani, akkor természetesen a kézi beállítást válaszd." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available " +"free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new " +"users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." +msgstr "" +"Most kell a lemezek partícionálásáról dönteni. Adott a lehetőség, hogy a " +"telepítő ezt elvégezze automatikusan akár az egész lemezen, akár bármely " +"lemez szabad részén. Ez ajánlott az új felhasználóknak vagy bárkinek, akinek " +"kapkodni kell, de ha már tudod, mi a partíció és ízlés szerint szeretnéd " +"beállítani, akkor természetesen a kézi beállítást válaszd." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the partition and specify its new size." -msgstr "Ha van egy létező DOS vagy Windows partíciód és valamiért meg akarod tartani, figyelj az automatikus választásnál. Ha a partíciók kézi összeállítását választod és most nincs fenntartott hely a Debian számára, a FAT vagy NTFS partícióidat átméretezheted, hogy létrehozd ezt a helyet: egyszerűen válaszd ki az átméretezendő partíciót és add meg új méretét." +msgid "" +"If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " +"be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual " +"partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS " +"partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the " +"partition and specify its new size." +msgstr "" +"Ha van egy létező DOS vagy Windows partíciód és valamiért meg akarod " +"tartani, figyelj az automatikus választásnál. Ha a partíciók kézi " +"összeállítását választod és most nincs fenntartott hely a Debian számára, a " +"FAT vagy NTFS partícióidat átméretezheted, hogy létrehozd ezt a helyet: " +"egyszerűen válaszd ki az átméretezendő partíciót és add meg új méretét." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:265 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about partitioning." -msgstr "A következő képernyőn mutatja, hogy lesznek a partíciók formázva és hova lesznek csatolva. Válassz egy partíciót ha módosítani vagy törölni akarod. Ha a partíciók automatikus beállítását választottad, csak a <guimenuitem>Partícionálás befejezése és változások lemezre írása</guimenuitem> pontra kell térni a menüből a beállítások használatára. Ne felejts legalább 1 partíciót cserehelyként jelölni és egy partíciót megjelölni a <filename>/</filename> könyvtárként csatoláshoz. Aprólékosabb leírást erről <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részben lehet fellelni." +msgid "" +"On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " +"will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to " +"modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be " +"able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</" +"guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at " +"least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</" +"filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about " +"partitioning." +msgstr "" +"A következő képernyőn mutatja, hogy lesznek a partíciók formázva és hova " +"lesznek csatolva. Válassz egy partíciót ha módosítani vagy törölni akarod. " +"Ha a partíciók automatikus beállítását választottad, csak a " +"<guimenuitem>Partícionálás befejezése és változások lemezre írása</" +"guimenuitem> pontra kell térni a menüből a beállítások használatára. Ne " +"felejts legalább 1 partíciót cserehelyként jelölni és egy partíciót " +"megjelölni a <filename>/</filename> könyvtárként csatoláshoz. Aprólékosabb " +"leírást erről <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részben lehet fellelni." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:275 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." -msgstr "A &d-i; megformázza a formázásra jelölt új partíciókat és elkezdi az alaprendszer telepítését, mely géptől függően eltarthat egy pár percig. A rendszermagot is e folyamat végén telepíti." +msgid "" +"Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " +"which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." +msgstr "" +"A &d-i; megformázza a formázásra jelölt új partíciókat és elkezdi az " +"alaprendszer telepítését, mely géptől függően eltarthat egy pár percig. A " +"rendszermagot is e folyamat végén telepíti." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:280 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, no-c-format -msgid "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and let you know. <phrase arch=\"x86\">By default GRUB will be installed to the master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it elsewhere. </phrase>" -msgstr "Utolsó lépésként pedig a boot betöltő telepítését végzi el. Ha a telepítő más rendszert is érzékelt, hozzáadja az indító menühöz és tudatja ezt. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Alapértelmezetten a GRUB betöltő kerül telepítésre, éspedig az 1. merevlemez MBR részébe, mely általában jó választás. E lehetőség felülbírálható és a boot betöltő máshová is telepíthető. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " +"operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and " +"let you know. <phrase arch=\"x86\">By default GRUB will be installed to the " +"master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. " +"You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it " +"elsewhere. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Utolsó lépésként pedig a boot betöltő telepítését végzi el. Ha a telepítő " +"más rendszert is érzékelt, hozzáadja az indító menühöz és tudatja ezt. " +"<phrase arch=\"x86\">Alapértelmezetten a GRUB betöltő kerül telepítésre, " +"éspedig az 1. merevlemez MBR részébe, mely általában jó választás. E " +"lehetőség felülbírálható és a boot betöltő máshová is telepíthető. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:290 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." -msgstr "A &d-i; most értesít, hogy a telepítés megtörtént. Távolítsd el a CD lemezt vagy a telepítéskor használt indító médiát és üsd le az &enterkey; billentyűt a gép újraindításához. Ez a telepítő folyamat következő lépéhez indítja majd el a rendszert, a most telepített rendszer használatba vételét a <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> részben ismertetjük." +msgid "" +"&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " +"or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should " +"boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +msgstr "" +"A &d-i; most értesít, hogy a telepítés megtörtént. Távolítsd el a CD lemezt " +"vagy a telepítéskor használt indító médiát és üsd le az &enterkey; " +"billentyűt a gép újraindításához. Ez a telepítő folyamat következő lépéhez " +"indítja majd el a rendszert, a most telepített rendszer használatba vételét " +"a <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> részben ismertetjük." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:297 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Ha több adat érdekel a telepítő folyamatról, nézz bele ebbe: <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" +"intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ha több adat érdekel a telepítő folyamatról, nézz bele ebbe: <xref linkend=" +"\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:306 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Küldj nekünk telepítési beszámolót" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:307 +#: installation-howto.xml:308 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." -msgstr "Ha sikerült a telepítés a &d-i; eszközzel, kérjük, szánj rá egy kis időt, hogy ezt jelentsd nekünk. A legegyszerűbb módja ennek a reportbug csomag telepítése (például ezzel a paranccsal: <command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), és e parancs lefuttatása: <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgid "" +"If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " +"provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the " +"reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run " +"<command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgstr "" +"Ha sikerült a telepítés a &d-i; eszközzel, kérjük, szánj rá egy kis időt, " +"hogy ezt jelentsd nekünk. A legegyszerűbb módja ennek a reportbug csomag " +"telepítése (például ezzel a paranccsal: <command>apt-get install reportbug</" +"command>), és e parancs lefuttatása: <command>reportbug installation-report</" +"command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:315 +#: installation-howto.xml:316 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." -msgstr "Ha a telepítés közben bármikor hiba történt, valószínűleg találtál egy hibát a telepítőben. Hogy a telepítőt folyamatosan egyre jobbá tegyük, tudnunk kell ezekről, ezért kérjük, jelezd e hibát. A fent már ismertetett egyszerű telepítési beszámolóval megteheted ezt; ha a telepítés egyáltalán nem sikerült valamilyen okból, olvasd el most a <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/> részt." +msgid "" +"If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" +"installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, " +"so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report " +"to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=" +"\"problem-report\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ha a telepítés közben bármikor hiba történt, valószínűleg találtál egy hibát " +"a telepítőben. Hogy a telepítőt folyamatosan egyre jobbá tegyük, tudnunk " +"kell ezekről, ezért kérjük, jelezd e hibát. A fent már ismertetett egyszerű " +"telepítési beszámolóval megteheted ezt; ha a telepítés egyáltalán nem " +"sikerült valamilyen okból, olvasd el most a <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/" +"> részt." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:327 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "Végül..." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:328 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format -msgid "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." -msgstr "Reméljük, a Debian telepítésed igazán kellemes lett, és használatba véve jónak fogod találni a Debian rendszert. Érdemes elolvasni a <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/> részt." - +msgid "" +"We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " +"useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Reméljük, a Debian telepítésed igazán kellemes lett, és használatba véve " +"jónak fogod találni a Debian rendszert. Érdemes elolvasni a <xref linkend=" +"\"post-install\"/> részt." diff --git a/po/ko/installation-howto.po b/po/ko/installation-howto.po index 1a447a424..dd72e56eb 100644 --- a/po/ko/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/ko/installation-howto.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-howto.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-16 18:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-18 04:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -378,7 +378,13 @@ msgid "" "<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the " "default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a " "floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" -msgstr "설치관리자를 시작하면 초기 화면을 볼 것입니다. &enterkey;를 누르거나 다른 부트 방법들과 파라미터들 (<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> 참조)을 위한 설명을 읽어 보세요. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> 만일 2.4 커널을 원한다면, <prompt>boot:</prompt> 프롬프트에서 <userinput>install24</userinput>을 입력하세요. <footnote><para> 2.6 커널은 대부분의 부팅 방법에서 기본으로 사용됩니다. 플로피에서 부팅 할 때는 2.6 커널은 지원하지 않습니다.</para></footnote> </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"설치관리자를 시작하면 초기 화면을 볼 것입니다. &enterkey;를 누르거나 다른 부" +"트 방법들과 파라미터들 (<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> 참조)을 위한 설명을 읽" +"어 보세요. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> 만일 2.4 커널을 원한다면, <prompt>boot:</" +"prompt> 프롬프트에서 <userinput>install24</userinput>을 입력하세요. " +"<footnote><para> 2.6 커널은 대부분의 부팅 방법에서 기본으로 사용됩니다. 플로" +"피에서 부팅 할 때는 2.6 커널은 지원하지 않습니다.</para></footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:227 @@ -427,12 +433,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " -"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space " -"on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if " -"you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available " +"free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new " +"users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "디스크를 파티션 별로 나눌 차례입니다. 먼저 전체 디스크 또는 드라이브의 남은 " "공간을 자동으로 파티션 나누기 할 수 있도록 기회가 주어집니다. 이 방법은 새로" @@ -440,7 +447,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 다면 메뉴에서 수동(manual)을 선택하세요. " #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -455,7 +462,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:265 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -477,7 +484,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 확인할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:275 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -487,7 +494,7 @@ msgstr "" "시간이 걸립니다. 이어서 커널 설치가 계속됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:280 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -504,7 +511,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 제공합니다. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:290 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -517,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-new\"/>에 설명된 설치과정의 다음 스테이지로 넘어갈 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:297 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -527,13 +534,13 @@ msgstr "" "세요." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:306 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "설치에 대한 결과를 보내주세요" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:307 +#: installation-howto.xml:308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -547,7 +554,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>를 실행하는 것입니다" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:315 +#: installation-howto.xml:316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -563,13 +570,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"problem-report\"/>를 참조하세요." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:327 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "마지막.." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:328 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " diff --git a/po/ko/preseed.po b/po/ko/preseed.po index 245ab3658..b8346deee 100644 --- a/po/ko/preseed.po +++ b/po/ko/preseed.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-12 21:31+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1167,16 +1167,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:648 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" "\n" -"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" -"# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format. If the method\n" -"# supports it, you can specify several disks separated by spaces.\n" +"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name\n" +"# can be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" "# For example, to use the first disk:\n" "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" "# In addition, you'll need to specify the method to use.\n" @@ -1187,6 +1186,8 @@ msgid "" "# contains an old LVM configuration, the user will normally receive a\n" "# warning. This can be preseeded away...\n" "d-i partman-auto/purge_lvm_from_device boolean true\n" +"# And the same goes for the confirmation to write the lvm partitions.\n" +"d-i partman-lvm/confirm boolean true\n" "\n" "# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" @@ -1291,12 +1292,100 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Partitioning using RAID" +msgstr "파티션하기" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:654 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " +"Supported are RAID levels 0, 1 and 5, creating degraded arrays and " +"specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to " +"install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootloader\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:664 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " +"new component that may still have some bugs or missing error handling. The " +"responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and " +"don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</" +"filename> if you run into problems." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:672 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " +"component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded arrays or " +"spare devices has only been tested lightly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:680 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" +"\n" +"# The method should be set to \"raid\".\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/method string raid\n" +"# Specify the disks to be partitioned. They will all get the same layout,\n" +"# so this will only work if the disks are the same size.\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc /dev/discs/disc1/disc\n" +"\n" +"# Next you need to specify the physical partitions that will be used. \n" +"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" +"# multiraid :: \\\n" +"# 1000 5000 4000 raid \\\n" +"# $primary{ } method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 64 512 300% raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 500 10000 1000000000 raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# Last you need to specify how the previously defined partitions will be\n" +"# used in the RAID setup. Remember to use the correct partition numbers\n" +"# for logical partitions.\n" +"# Parameters are:\n" +"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <mountpoint> \\\n" +"# <devices> <sparedevices>\n" +"# RAID levels 0, 1 and 5 are supported; devices are separated using \"#\"\n" +"#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 ext3 / \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part1#/dev/discs/disc1/part1 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 swap - \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part5#/dev/discs/disc1/part5 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 0 2 0 ext3 /home \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part6#/dev/discs/disc1/part6 \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" +"d-i partman-md/confirm boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" +" select Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" +"d-i partman/confirm boolean true" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "시계 및 시간대 설정" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:655 +#: preseed.xml:687 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1314,13 +1403,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:660 +#: preseed.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "APT 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:661 +#: preseed.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1333,7 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "" "레파지토리를 지정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:669 +#: preseed.xml:701 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1368,13 +1457,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:674 +#: preseed.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "계정 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:675 +#: preseed.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1386,7 +1475,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>해시값</emphasis>을 쓸 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:682 +#: preseed.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1401,7 +1490,7 @@ msgstr "" "로 된 보안이라고 할 수 없습니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1447,7 +1536,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:694 +#: preseed.xml:726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1466,26 +1555,26 @@ msgstr "" "(예를 들어 SSH 키 인증을 쓰거나 sudo를 사용하는 방법)" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:704 +#: preseed.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "열쇠글의 MD5 해시는 다음 명령으로 만들 수 있습니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:708 +#: preseed.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:714 +#: preseed.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "기본 시스템 설치" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:715 +#: preseed.xml:747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1496,7 +1585,7 @@ msgstr "" "쓸 부분은 커널 설치에 관한 질문입니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:722 +#: preseed.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1507,13 +1596,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:727 +#: preseed.xml:759 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "부트 로더 설치" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:729 +#: preseed.xml:761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1559,13 +1648,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:734 +#: preseed.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "꾸러미 선택" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1575,73 +1664,73 @@ msgstr "" "점에 사용할 수 있는 작업은 다음과 같습니다:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:744 +#: preseed.xml:776 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "표준 시스템" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:747 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "데스크탑" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:750 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "gnome-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "kde-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:756 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "웹 서버" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:759 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "인쇄 서버" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:762 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "dns 서버" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "파일 서버" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:768 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "메일 서버" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:771 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "SQL 데이터베이스" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:774 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "노트북 컴퓨터" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1652,7 +1741,7 @@ msgstr "" "다. <userinput>표준 시스템</userinput> 작업은 항상 포함하시길 권장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1665,7 +1754,7 @@ msgstr "" "고 공백으로 구분할 수도 있으므로, 커널 명령행에 쉽게 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:794 +#: preseed.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1695,13 +1784,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "첫번째 단계 설치 끝내기" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:801 +#: preseed.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1719,13 +1808,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:806 +#: preseed.xml:838 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "메일 프로그램 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:807 +#: preseed.xml:839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1735,7 +1824,7 @@ msgstr "" "하면 건너뜁니다. 더 복잡한 미리 설정도 가능합니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:814 +#: preseed.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1751,13 +1840,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:819 +#: preseed.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "X 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:820 +#: preseed.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1769,7 +1858,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:828 +#: preseed.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1817,13 +1906,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:833 +#: preseed.xml:865 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "기타 꾸러미 미리 설정" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:835 +#: preseed.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1842,19 +1931,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:841 +#: preseed.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "고급 옵션" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:844 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "쉘 옵션" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:846 +#: preseed.xml:878 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1892,13 +1981,13 @@ msgstr "" "chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "미리설정 파일을 분리해서 사용하기" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:852 +#: preseed.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -1913,7 +2002,7 @@ msgstr "" "설정을 다른 파일에 집어 넣는 식으로 활용이 가능합니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:862 +#: preseed.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po index 008d00a46..b99a2e2dd 100644 --- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-07 22:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-08 23:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1178,12 +1178,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " -"entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</" -"quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " -"<guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." +"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called " +"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, " +"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "먼저 선택에 따라, 전체 드라이브나 드라이브의 빈 공간을 자동으로 파티션할 수 " "있습니다. 이 방법을 <quote>단계에 따른</quote> 파티션이라고 합니다. 단계에 따" @@ -1191,15 +1191,14 @@ msgstr "" "</guimenuitem>을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " -"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " -"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " -"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " -"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " -"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " +"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " +"LVM. Note: the options to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " +"architectures." msgstr "" "단계에 따라 파티션하는 경우, 두 가지 방법이 있습니다: 하드 디스크에서 직접 파" "티션을 만들거나 (전통적인 방법) 논리 볼륨 관리를 (LVM) 사용하는 것입니다. LVM" @@ -1209,27 +1208,67 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:791 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " -"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " -"is currently on the selected hard disk." +"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " +"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions " +"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the " +"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing " +"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" -"LVM을 사용해 단계에 따라 파티션하는 경우, 파티션 테이블에 바뀐 사항은 취소할 " -"수 없습니다. 선택한 하드 디스크에 현재 들어 있는 모든 내용을 지웁니다." +"단계에 따라 파티션하는 경우, 두 가지 방법이 있습니다: 하드 디스크에서 직접 파" +"티션을 만들거나 (전통적인 방법) 논리 볼륨 관리를 (LVM) 사용하는 것입니다. LVM" +"의 경우, 설치 프로그램은 대부분의 파티션을 한 개의 큰 파티션 안에 만듭니다. " +"이 방법의 장점은 이 큰 파티션 안의 파티션들은 나중에 비교적 쉽게 크기를 바꿀 " +"수 있다는 점입니다. 주의: LVM 사용하는 방법을 지원하지 않는 아키텍쳐도 있습니" +"다." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " -"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " -"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" -"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " -"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " -"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " -"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " +"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while " +"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is " +"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them " +"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before " +"they are written to disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " +"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " +"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " +"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " +"differ from what you are used too. The size of the disks may help to " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " +"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " +"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " +"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in " +"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space " +"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends " +"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "단계에 따라 파티션을 선택한 경우 (전통적인 파티션이거나 LVM을 사용하거나), 아" "래의 표의 방식중에서 한 가지 방식을 선택합니다. 모든 방식들은 각자 장단점이 " @@ -1239,73 +1278,73 @@ msgstr "" "최소 용량은 다릅니다) 단계에 따른 파티션은 실패합니다." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "파티션 방식" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "최소 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "만들 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:823 +#: using-d-i.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "한 파티션에 파일 모두" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:824 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "별도 /home 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:828 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:859 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "별도 /home, /usr, /var, /tmp 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:834 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:835 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1315,19 +1354,20 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:844 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " -"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " +"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other " +"partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM " +"partition." msgstr "" "LVM을 사용해 단계에 따라 파티션하는 경우, 설치 프로그램은 별도의 <filename>/" "boot</filename> 파티션을 만듭니다. 그 외의 파티션은 스왑 파티션을 제외하고 " "LVM 파티션 안에 만듭니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1340,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "" "EFI 부팅 파티션으로 만드는 항목이 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1351,7 +1391,7 @@ msgstr "" "않은 파티션이 디스크 맨 앞 부분에 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:864 +#: using-d-i.xml:890 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1363,7 +1403,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1413,7 +1453,7 @@ msgstr "" "내하는 것 뿐입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1432,7 +1472,7 @@ msgstr "" "만들어 준 파티션을 아래에서 설명하는 것처럼 수동으로 고칠 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:893 +#: using-d-i.xml:919 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1447,20 +1487,20 @@ msgstr "" "사용할 지에 대해 다룹니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " -"space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is " -"needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled " -"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " +"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " +"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " +"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" "파티션도 없고 빈 공간도 없는 새 디스크라면, 새로운 파티션 테이블을 만들게 됩" "니다. (그래야 새 파티션을 만들 수 있습니다.) 그 다음에 <quote>빈 공간</quote>" "이라는 줄이 해당 디스크 이름 아래에 나타납니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1489,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 선택하고 <command>partman</command>의 주 화면으로 돌아갑니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1509,7 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" "지워 버릴 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:938 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1524,7 +1564,7 @@ msgstr "" "기 전에는 다음으로 진행하지 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1536,7 +1576,7 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:952 +#: using-d-i.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1551,7 +1591,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, 아니면 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1564,13 +1604,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 요약이 나타나고 이대로 파일 시스템을 만들지 확인합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:988 +#: using-d-i.xml:1014 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "멀티디스크 장치 설정하기 (소프트웨어 RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:989 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1590,7 +1630,7 @@ msgstr "" "다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1604,7 +1644,7 @@ msgstr "" "포맷하고 마운트 위치를 지정하고 따위를 할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1674,97 +1714,97 @@ msgstr "" "속도가 느립니다. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 요약하면:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "종류" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1090 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "장치 최소 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1091 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "예비 장치" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1092 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "디스크가 망가져도 버티는지?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1093 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "사용 가능 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1099 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>아니오</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1129 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x 장치 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "옵션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>예</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1111 +#: using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1772,7 +1812,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 빼기 1)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1782,7 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>를 읽어 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1797,7 +1837,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1814,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" "피해갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1835,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 선택했냐에 따라 달라집니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1846,7 +1886,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 파티션을 선택하기만 하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1864,7 +1904,7 @@ msgstr "" "렸다고 해도, 개수가 맞을 때까지는 &d-i;가 다음으로 진행하지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1182 +#: using-d-i.xml:1208 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1874,7 +1914,7 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1190 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1892,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1199 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1906,13 +1946,13 @@ msgstr "" "같은 속성을 부여할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "논리 볼륨 관리자 (LVM) 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1927,7 +1967,7 @@ msgstr "" "해야 했던 경험이 있을 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1946,7 +1986,7 @@ msgstr "" "러 개의 물리 파티션에 걸쳐 있을 수 있다는 점입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1965,7 +2005,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -1980,7 +2020,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>LVM의 물리 볼륨</guimenuitem>을 선택합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#: using-d-i.xml:1279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -1998,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있는 동작만 표시합니다. 가능한 동작은:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#: using-d-i.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2008,43 +2048,43 @@ msgstr "" "의 크기 등을 표시합니다" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 만들기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 만들기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 지우기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 지우기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 늘이기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 줄이기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2054,7 +2094,7 @@ msgstr "" "갑니다" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2063,7 +2103,7 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴에서 이 옵션을 이용해 볼륨 그룹을 만들고 그 안에 논리 볼륨을 만드십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -2077,7 +2117,7 @@ msgstr "" "음부터 다시 시작할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2089,13 +2129,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 됩니다.)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "암호화 볼륨 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2115,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr "" "른 열쇠글을 모르면 하드 드라이브의 데이터는 임의의 문자로 보입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2140,7 +2180,7 @@ msgstr "" "가능합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2153,7 +2193,7 @@ msgstr "" "도, 암호화 방법 및 키 길이에 달려 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2172,7 +2212,7 @@ msgstr "" "티션에 대한 몇 가지 암호화 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2188,7 +2228,7 @@ msgstr "" "본값을 사용하길 권합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2201,13 +2241,13 @@ msgstr "" "본값은 이미 보안을 염두에 두고 결정되어 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2231,13 +2271,13 @@ msgstr "" "으로 <emphasis>AES</emphasis>를 선택했습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "키 크기: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2250,13 +2290,13 @@ msgstr "" "다. 사용할 수 있는 키의 크기는 싸이퍼에 따라 다릅니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1422 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV 알고리즘: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1450 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2273,7 +2313,7 @@ msgstr "" "화된 데이터에 반복된 패턴을 통해 정보를 알아내지 못하게 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2287,25 +2327,25 @@ msgstr "" "만 사용하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>열쇠글</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1454 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "열쇠글" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2318,13 +2358,13 @@ msgstr "" "\">LUKS</ulink>로 설정한다는 뜻입니다. </para></footnote>" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "랜덤한 키" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2341,7 +2381,7 @@ msgstr "" "작정 추측하는 건 평생 해도 다 못 합니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2359,13 +2399,13 @@ msgstr "" "된 데이터를 복구할 방법이 없기 때문입니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "데이터 지우기: <userinput>예</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2385,7 +2425,7 @@ msgstr "" "고 믿고 있습니다. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2396,13 +2436,13 @@ msgstr "" "를 선택하면, 메뉴가 다음 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1530 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2414,25 +2454,25 @@ msgstr "" "참고하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>키파일 (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1544 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "암호화키 파일 (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2445,19 +2485,19 @@ msgstr "" "바른 열쇠글을 입력해야 합니다. (이 과정의 뒤부분에서 열쇠글을 물어봅니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "위의 랜덤한 키에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "위의 데이터 지우기에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2470,7 +2510,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용한 볼륨만 설정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1594 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2487,7 +2527,7 @@ msgstr "" "릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2502,7 +2542,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있으면 (생일, 취미, 애완동물 이름, 가족이나 친척 이름 등) 안 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1614 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2524,7 +2564,7 @@ msgstr "" "드 배치를 설정하지 못한 상태일 경우입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1627 +#: using-d-i.xml:1653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2545,7 +2585,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 과정을 암호화할 모든 파티션에 대해서 반복합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2574,7 +2614,7 @@ msgstr "" "(기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면) 파일 시스템 종류를 설정하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1656 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2592,7 +2632,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>에서 설명합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2600,13 +2640,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "파티션 방법이 마음에 들면, 설치를 계속하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "시스템 준비 중" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1678 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2616,13 +2656,13 @@ msgstr "" "해 질문은 몇 가지 더 할 것입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1690 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "시간대 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1718 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2635,13 +2675,13 @@ msgstr "" "택합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "시계 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1710 +#: using-d-i.xml:1736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2654,7 +2694,7 @@ msgstr "" "있는 지를 알아 봅니다. 이 경우 이 질문을 하지 않을 수도 있기 때문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1717 +#: using-d-i.xml:1743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2663,10 +2703,16 @@ msgid "" "instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or " "Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " "local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" -msgstr "전문가 모드에서는 항상 UTC로 설정되어 있는 지를 선택할 수 있습니다. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">매킨토시 하드웨어는 주로 로컬 시간으로 설정되어 있습니다. 따라서 듀얼 부팅을 하고자 한다면 GMT 대신 로컬 시간대를 선택하십시오.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Dos나 윈도우도 같이 사용하는 시스템은 주로 로컬 시간대로 설정되어 있습니다. 따라서 듀얼 부팅을 하고자 한다면 GMT 대신에 로컬 시간대를 선택하십시오.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"전문가 모드에서는 항상 UTC로 설정되어 있는 지를 선택할 수 있습니다. <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">매킨토시 하드웨어는 주로 로컬 시간으로 설정되어 있습니" +"다. 따라서 듀얼 부팅을 하고자 한다면 GMT 대신 로컬 시간대를 선택하십시오.</" +"phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Dos나 윈도우도 같이 사용하는 시스템은 주로 로컬 " +"시간대로 설정되어 있습니다. 따라서 듀얼 부팅을 하고자 한다면 GMT 대신에 로컬 " +"시간대를 선택하십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2679,19 +2725,19 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "사용자 및 열쇠글 설정" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1773 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "root 열쇠글 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2705,7 +2751,7 @@ msgstr "" "은 시간 동안만 사용되어야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2720,7 +2766,7 @@ msgstr "" "용은 피하시길 바랍니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1765 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2732,13 +2778,13 @@ msgstr "" "알려주어서는 안됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "일반 사용자 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1777 +#: using-d-i.xml:1803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2751,7 +2797,7 @@ msgstr "" "인에서 root 계정을 사용하면 <emphasis>안됩니다</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2770,7 +2816,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 이에 대한 책을 한 권 정도 읽어 보세요." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2783,7 +2829,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 기본 값이 될 것 입니다. 마지막으로 이 계정에 대한 열쇠글을 입력하세요." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2793,13 +2839,13 @@ msgstr "" "명령을 사용하세요." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2813,13 +2859,13 @@ msgstr "" "좀 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2835,7 +2881,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap></keycombo>을 누르십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2846,7 +2892,7 @@ msgstr "" "메세지는 <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> 파일에 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1846 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2859,13 +2905,13 @@ msgstr "" "여러가지 커널 중에서 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "추가적인 소프트웨어를 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1860 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2881,13 +2927,13 @@ msgstr "" "다 오래 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "apt 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1876 +#: using-d-i.xml:1902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2918,7 +2964,7 @@ msgstr "" "상태 확인 등의 기능을 사용자 인터페이스에 내장하고 있기 때문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2934,13 +2980,13 @@ msgstr "" "정이끝난 후 이 파일의 내용을 살펴보고 수정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1942 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "소프트웨어를 선택하고 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1918 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2957,7 +3003,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2990,7 +3036,7 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1952 +#: using-d-i.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3000,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command>는 선택된 꾸러미를 설치할 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3010,7 +3056,7 @@ msgstr "" "택하고 선택을 해제할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3023,7 +3069,7 @@ msgstr "" "시점에서 태스크를 하나도 선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3036,13 +3082,13 @@ msgstr "" "자에게서 필요한 정보가 있을 경우 도중에 사용자에게 질문하기도 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "메일 배달 에이전트(Mail Transport Agent) 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3058,7 +3104,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2019 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3072,7 +3118,7 @@ msgstr "" "몇 시스템 유틸리티들은 당신에게 중요한 공지를 이메일을 통해 보낼 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2001 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3082,13 +3128,13 @@ msgstr "" "다. 가장 당신의 환경과 유사한 것을 선택합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "인터넷 사이트" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3101,13 +3147,13 @@ msgstr "" "등 기본적인 질문을 물어볼 것입니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2022 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "스마트호스트에 의한 메일 보내기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2023 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3125,13 +3171,13 @@ msgstr "" "게 적합합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "로컬 배달" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3148,13 +3194,13 @@ msgstr "" "에 새로운 사용자에게도 편리합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2050 +#: using-d-i.xml:2076 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "지금 설정 안함" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2051 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3168,7 +3214,7 @@ msgstr "" "오는 중요한 메시지들을 놓칠 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3183,13 +3229,13 @@ msgstr "" "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>에서 찾을 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "시스템을 부팅 가능하게 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2079 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3203,7 +3249,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3218,13 +3264,13 @@ msgstr "" "관리자의 문서를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "다른 운영 체제 찾기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3239,7 +3285,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있도록 설정할 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2112 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3254,13 +3300,13 @@ msgstr "" "세한 사항을 찾아보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2156 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>aboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3281,13 +3327,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>를 설치하지 말고 플로피로 GNU/리눅스를 부팅해야 할 것입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2151 +#: using-d-i.xml:2177 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2152 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3303,19 +3349,19 @@ msgstr "" "문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2161 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2199 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>GRUB</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3327,7 +3373,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2181 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3339,7 +3385,7 @@ msgstr "" "한 정보를 보려면 GRUB 매뉴얼을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3349,13 +3395,13 @@ msgstr "" "음에, 쓰고 싶은 부트로더를 선택하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2227 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>LILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3371,7 +3417,7 @@ msgstr "" "mini-HOWTO</ulink>도 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2239 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3384,7 +3430,7 @@ msgstr "" "뉴 항목을 수동으로 추가해야 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3394,13 +3440,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드 (Master Boot Record, MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3409,13 +3455,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 방법으로 <command>LILO</command>가 부팅 과정을 완전히 책임지게 됩니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "새 데비안 파티션" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3426,13 +3472,13 @@ msgstr "" "새 데비안 파티션의 맨 앞쪽에 설치되어 보조 부트로더로서 동작합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3450,7 +3496,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 및 <filename>/dev/discs</filename>라고 쓸 수도 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2256 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3468,13 +3514,13 @@ msgstr "" "하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2273 +#: using-d-i.xml:2299 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>ELILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3501,7 +3547,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 일을 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2291 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3517,13 +3563,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 디스크의 파티션입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2303 +#: using-d-i.xml:2329 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "올바른 파티션을 고르십시오!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2305 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3540,13 +3586,13 @@ msgstr "" "는 동안 해당 파티션을 포맷할 수도 있고, 그러면 이전의 내용이 모두 지워집니다!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 파티션 내용" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3575,13 +3621,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 파일 시스템에는 다른 파일이 들어갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2344 +#: using-d-i.xml:2370 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3593,13 +3639,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 파일이름을 바꾼 것입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2380 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3613,13 +3659,13 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3633,13 +3679,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 심볼릭 링크가 그 파일을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3651,13 +3697,13 @@ msgstr "" "어진다는 사실을 알리는 내용이 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2415 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3671,13 +3717,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3719,13 +3765,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 시스템을 하드 디스크에서 부팅할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2430 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2431 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3735,13 +3781,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2439 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2440 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3749,13 +3795,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>를 설치한 하드디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2449 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3763,13 +3809,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2483 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2458 +#: using-d-i.xml:2484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3779,13 +3825,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2480 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3813,13 +3859,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2500 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3829,20 +3875,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput>입니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2508 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "<command>DELO</command>를 설치한 하드 디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2518 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3850,13 +3896,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2552 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2527 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3866,7 +3912,7 @@ msgstr "" "본값은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2537 +#: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3876,19 +3922,19 @@ msgstr "" "본 설정으로 부팅하는 경우, 다음을 사용하면 충분합니다:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2569 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>yaboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3907,13 +3953,13 @@ msgstr "" "크가 부팅 가능하게 되고 OpenFirmware에서 &debian; 부팅 준비가 끝납니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>Quik</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2599 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3927,13 +3973,13 @@ msgstr "" "환품에서 동작한다고 알려져 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2615 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3949,13 +3995,13 @@ msgstr "" "and Installation Commands</quote>를 보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2633 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>SILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3985,13 +4031,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris와 같이 설치할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2660 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "부트로더 없이 계속" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4008,7 +4054,7 @@ msgstr "" "지하면서 기존 운영체제에서 GNU/리눅스를 부팅하는 경우에 사용합니다.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4029,13 +4075,13 @@ msgstr "" "시스템의 디스크 및 파티션도 알아야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "설치 마치기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2663 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4045,13 +4091,13 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i;를 정리하는 작업들입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2675 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "설치 마치기 및 다시 시작하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2703 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4064,7 +4110,7 @@ msgstr "" "작업을 다 마친 다음에, 새로 설치한 데비안 시스템으로 다시 시작합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2684 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4078,13 +4124,13 @@ msgstr "" "팅하면 (IPL) 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2698 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2725 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4095,13 +4141,13 @@ msgstr "" "하지만 백그라운드에서 기다리면서 잘못된 부분이 있을 때 도움이 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "설치 로그 저장" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2714 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4112,7 +4158,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> 파일에 자동으로 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4127,13 +4173,13 @@ msgstr "" "로그를 설치 보고서에 첨부할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2741 +#: using-d-i.xml:2767 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "쉘 사용하기 및 로그 보기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4155,7 +4201,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4172,7 +4218,7 @@ msgstr "" "같은 훌륭한 기능도 좀 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4191,13 +4237,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 경우에는 <command>exit</command> 명령을 실행하면 메뉴로 돌아갑니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2784 +#: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통해 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2812 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4214,7 +4260,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 따라 자동화할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4235,7 +4281,7 @@ msgstr "" "목이 새로 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2809 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4245,7 +4291,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4265,7 +4311,7 @@ msgstr "" "치할 사람에게</quote> 안전하게 전달해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2826 +#: using-d-i.xml:2852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4276,7 +4322,7 @@ msgstr "" "주 메뉴로 돌아갈 수 있습니다. 주 메뉴에서 다른 구성 요소를 선택하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4306,7 +4352,7 @@ msgstr "" "핑거프린트가 표시될 것이고, 이 핑거프린트가 올바른 지 확인해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4323,7 +4369,7 @@ msgstr "" "당 줄을 지우고 다시 연결하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4342,7 +4388,7 @@ msgstr "" "야 합니다. 하지만 쉘의 경우에는 여러 개를 열어도 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4357,7 +4403,7 @@ msgstr "" "발생할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4365,3 +4411,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "또 SSH 세션을 X 터미널에서 실행하는 경우 연결이 끊어질 수도 있으므로 창 크기" "를 바꾸지 말아야 합니다." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " +#~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " +#~ "data that is currently on the selected hard disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LVM을 사용해 단계에 따라 파티션하는 경우, 파티션 테이블에 바뀐 사항은 취소" +#~ "할 수 없습니다. 선택한 하드 디스크에 현재 들어 있는 모든 내용을 지웁니다." diff --git a/po/pot/installation-howto.pot b/po/pot/installation-howto.pot index 2d41378fa..21bab33ee 100644 --- a/po/pot/installation-howto.pot +++ b/po/pot/installation-howto.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-16 18:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -221,71 +221,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." +msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the partition and specify its new size." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:265 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, no-c-format msgid "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:275 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format msgid "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:280 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, no-c-format msgid "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and let you know. <phrase arch=\"x86\">By default GRUB will be installed to the master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it elsewhere. </phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:290 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:297 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:306 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:307 +#: installation-howto.xml:308 #, no-c-format msgid "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:315 +#: installation-howto.xml:316 #, no-c-format msgid "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:327 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:328 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/preseed.pot b/po/pot/preseed.pot index 16506602c..1f512f447 100644 --- a/po/pot/preseed.pot +++ b/po/pot/preseed.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -675,9 +675,8 @@ msgid "" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" "\n" - "# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" - "# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format. If the method\n" - "# supports it, you can specify several disks separated by spaces.\n" + "# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name\n" + "# can be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" "# For example, to use the first disk:\n" "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" "# In addition, you'll need to specify the method to use.\n" @@ -688,6 +687,8 @@ msgid "" "# contains an old LVM configuration, the user will normally receive a\n" "# warning. This can be preseeded away...\n" "d-i partman-auto/purge_lvm_from_device boolean true\n" + "# And the same goes for the confirmation to write the lvm partitions.\n" + "d-i partman-lvm/confirm boolean true\n" "\n" "# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" @@ -734,11 +735,86 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:653 #, no-c-format +msgid "Partitioning using RAID" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:654 +#, no-c-format +msgid "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. Supported are RAID levels 0, 1 and 5, creating degraded arrays and specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:664 +#, no-c-format +msgid "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very new component that may still have some bugs or missing error handling. The responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> if you run into problems." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:672 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded arrays or spare devices has only been tested lightly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:680 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" + "# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" + "\n" + "# The method should be set to \"raid\".\n" + "#d-i partman-auto/method string raid\n" + "# Specify the disks to be partitioned. They will all get the same layout,\n" + "# so this will only work if the disks are the same size.\n" + "#d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc /dev/discs/disc1/disc\n" + "\n" + "# Next you need to specify the physical partitions that will be used. \n" + "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" + "# multiraid :: \\\n" + "# 1000 5000 4000 raid \\\n" + "# $primary{ } method{ raid } \\\n" + "# . \\\n" + "# 64 512 300% raid \\\n" + "# method{ raid } \\\n" + "# . \\\n" + "# 500 10000 1000000000 raid \\\n" + "# method{ raid } \\\n" + "# .\n" + "\n" + "# Last you need to specify how the previously defined partitions will be\n" + "# used in the RAID setup. Remember to use the correct partition numbers\n" + "# for logical partitions.\n" + "# Parameters are:\n" + "# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <mountpoint> \\\n" + "# <devices> <sparedevices>\n" + "# RAID levels 0, 1 and 5 are supported; devices are separated using \"#\"\n" + "#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" + "# 1 2 0 ext3 / \\\n" + "# /dev/discs/disc0/part1#/dev/discs/disc1/part1 \\\n" + "# . \\\n" + "# 1 2 0 swap - \\\n" + "# /dev/discs/disc0/part5#/dev/discs/disc1/part5 \\\n" + "# . \\\n" + "# 0 2 0 ext3 /home \\\n" + "# /dev/discs/disc0/part6#/dev/discs/disc1/part6 \\\n" + "# .\n" + "\n" + "# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" + "d-i partman-md/confirm boolean true\n" + "d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" + "d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" + " select Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" + "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:685 +#, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:655 +#: preseed.xml:687 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -750,19 +826,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:660 +#: preseed.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:661 +#: preseed.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) repositories." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:669 +#: preseed.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -783,25 +859,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:674 +#: preseed.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:675 +#: preseed.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:682 +#: preseed.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute force attacks." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -827,37 +903,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:694 +#: preseed.xml:726 #, no-c-format msgid "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root account, provided of course that an alternative method is setup to allow administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:704 +#: preseed.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:708 +#: preseed.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:714 +#: preseed.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:715 +#: preseed.xml:747 #, no-c-format msgid "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:722 +#: preseed.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 kernels.\n" @@ -865,13 +941,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:727 +#: preseed.xml:759 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:729 +#: preseed.xml:761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -896,97 +972,97 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:734 +#: preseed.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. Available tasks as of this writing include:" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:744 +#: preseed.xml:776 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:747 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:750 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:756 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:759 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:762 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:768 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:771 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:774 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the <userinput>standard</userinput> task." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:794 +#: preseed.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1004,13 +1080,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:801 +#: preseed.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1022,19 +1098,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:806 +#: preseed.xml:838 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:807 +#: preseed.xml:839 #, no-c-format msgid "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:814 +#: preseed.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1045,19 +1121,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:819 +#: preseed.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:820 +#: preseed.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:828 +#: preseed.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1083,13 +1159,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:833 +#: preseed.xml:865 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:835 +#: preseed.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1102,19 +1178,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:841 +#: preseed.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:844 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:846 +#: preseed.xml:878 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1136,19 +1212,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:852 +#: preseed.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:862 +#: preseed.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot index 46d622bdb..b0aa162c1 100644 --- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot +++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-07 22:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -647,125 +647,143 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format -msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." +msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM. Note: the options to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#: using-d-i.xml:788 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that is currently on the selected hard disk." +msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used too. The size of the disks may help to identify them." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:823 +#: using-d-i.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:824 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:828 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:859 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:834 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:835 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:870 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:864 +#: using-d-i.xml:890 #, no-c-format msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -788,559 +806,559 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:893 +#: using-d-i.xml:919 #, no-c-format msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:938 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, no-c-format msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:952 +#: using-d-i.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:988 +#: using-d-i.xml:1014 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:989 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1090 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1091 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1092 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1093 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1099 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1129 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1111 +#: using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1182 +#: using-d-i.xml:1208 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1190 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disk into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1199 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1241 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1249 #, no-c-format msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#: using-d-i.xml:1279 #, no-c-format msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#: using-d-i.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1332 #, no-c-format msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1374 #, no-c-format msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1416 #, no-c-format msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1422 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1450 #, no-c-format msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1454 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1506 #, no-c-format msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1530 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1544 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1594 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1614 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1627 +#: using-d-i.xml:1653 #, no-c-format msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1353,577 +1371,577 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1656 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1678 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1690 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1718 #, no-c-format msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1710 +#: using-d-i.xml:1736 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1717 +#: using-d-i.xml:1743 #, no-c-format msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1773 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1783 #, no-c-format msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1765 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1777 +#: using-d-i.xml:1803 #, no-c-format msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1810 #, no-c-format msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1866 #, no-c-format msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1846 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1860 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1876 +#: using-d-i.xml:1902 #, no-c-format msgid "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1942 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1918 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1953 #, no-c-format msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1952 +#: using-d-i.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2019 #, no-c-format msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2001 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2022 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2023 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2063 #, no-c-format msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2050 +#: using-d-i.xml:2076 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2051 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2088 #, no-c-format msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2079 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2112 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2156 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2151 +#: using-d-i.xml:2177 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2152 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2161 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2199 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2181 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2227 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2239 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2256 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2273 +#: using-d-i.xml:2299 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2301 #, no-c-format msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2291 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2303 +#: using-d-i.xml:2329 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2305 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2348 #, no-c-format msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2344 +#: using-d-i.xml:2370 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2380 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2392 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2415 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2416 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1936,61 +1954,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2430 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2431 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2439 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2440 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2449 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2483 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2458 +#: using-d-i.xml:2484 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2480 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1999,247 +2017,247 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2500 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2508 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2518 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2552 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2527 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2537 +#: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2569 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2580 #, no-c-format msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2599 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2615 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2633 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2635 #, no-c-format msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2660 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2663 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2675 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2703 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2684 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2698 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2725 #, no-c-format msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2714 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2741 +#: using-d-i.xml:2767 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2770 #, no-c-format msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2784 +#: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2812 #, no-c-format msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2809 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2826 +#: using-d-i.xml:2852 #, no-c-format msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2248,25 +2266,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2884 #, no-c-format msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pt/installation-howto.po b/po/pt/installation-howto.po index 0b868e889..e453208d5 100644 --- a/po/pt/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/pt/installation-howto.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: howto 24602\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-16 18:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-21 21:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -397,12 +397,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Assim que o instalador inicie, você será saudado com um ecrã inicial. " "Carregue na tecla &enterkey; para arrancar, ou leia as instruções para os " -"outros métodos de arranque e parâmetros (veja a <xref linkend=\"boot-parms" -"\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> Se deseja um kernel 2.4, escreva " +"outros métodos de arranque e parâmetros (veja a <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/" +">). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> Se deseja um kernel 2.4, escreva " "<userinput>install24</userinput> na prompt <prompt>boot:</prompt>. " "<footnote><para> O kernel 2.6 é o padrão para a maioria dos métodos de " -"arranque, mas não está disponível quando arrancar a partir de uma disquete. </" -"para></footnote> </phrase>" +"arranque, mas não está disponível quando arrancar a partir de uma disquete. " +"</para></footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:227 @@ -454,12 +454,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " -"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space " -"on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if " -"you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available " +"free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new " +"users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "Agora é altura de particionar os discos. Primeiro ir-lhe-à ser dado a " "oportunidade de particionar automaticamente o disco inteiro, ou um espaço " @@ -468,7 +469,7 @@ msgstr "" "manual do menu." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -484,7 +485,7 @@ msgstr "" "especifique um novo tamanho." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:265 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -506,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr "" "informações acerca do particionamento." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:275 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -516,7 +517,7 @@ msgstr "" "poderá levar algum tempo. Será seguido pela instalação do Kernel. " #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:280 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -534,7 +535,7 @@ msgstr "" "opção e instalar noutro sítio. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:290 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -548,7 +549,7 @@ msgstr "" "explicado no <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:297 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -558,13 +559,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:306 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Envie-nos um relatório de instalação" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:307 +#: installation-howto.xml:308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -578,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr "" "e corra <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:315 +#: installation-howto.xml:316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -594,13 +595,13 @@ msgstr "" "completamente, veja a <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:327 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "E finalmente.." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:328 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " diff --git a/po/pt/preseed.po b/po/pt/preseed.po index feae8d4e5..dcca4737f 100644 --- a/po/pt/preseed.po +++ b/po/pt/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-07 21:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -1221,16 +1221,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:648 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" "\n" -"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" -"# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format. If the method\n" -"# supports it, you can specify several disks separated by spaces.\n" +"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name\n" +"# can be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" "# For example, to use the first disk:\n" "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" "# In addition, you'll need to specify the method to use.\n" @@ -1241,6 +1240,8 @@ msgid "" "# contains an old LVM configuration, the user will normally receive a\n" "# warning. This can be preseeded away...\n" "d-i partman-auto/purge_lvm_from_device boolean true\n" +"# And the same goes for the confirmation to write the lvm partitions.\n" +"d-i partman-lvm/confirm boolean true\n" "\n" "# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" @@ -1351,12 +1352,100 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Partitioning using RAID" +msgstr "Particionamento" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:654 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " +"Supported are RAID levels 0, 1 and 5, creating degraded arrays and " +"specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to " +"install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootloader\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:664 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " +"new component that may still have some bugs or missing error handling. The " +"responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and " +"don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</" +"filename> if you run into problems." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:672 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " +"component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded arrays or " +"spare devices has only been tested lightly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:680 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" +"\n" +"# The method should be set to \"raid\".\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/method string raid\n" +"# Specify the disks to be partitioned. They will all get the same layout,\n" +"# so this will only work if the disks are the same size.\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc /dev/discs/disc1/disc\n" +"\n" +"# Next you need to specify the physical partitions that will be used. \n" +"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" +"# multiraid :: \\\n" +"# 1000 5000 4000 raid \\\n" +"# $primary{ } method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 64 512 300% raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 500 10000 1000000000 raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# Last you need to specify how the previously defined partitions will be\n" +"# used in the RAID setup. Remember to use the correct partition numbers\n" +"# for logical partitions.\n" +"# Parameters are:\n" +"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <mountpoint> \\\n" +"# <devices> <sparedevices>\n" +"# RAID levels 0, 1 and 5 are supported; devices are separated using \"#\"\n" +"#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 ext3 / \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part1#/dev/discs/disc1/part1 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 swap - \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part5#/dev/discs/disc1/part5 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 0 2 0 ext3 /home \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part6#/dev/discs/disc1/part6 \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" +"d-i partman-md/confirm boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" +" select Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" +"d-i partman/confirm boolean true" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "Configuração do relógio e fuso horário" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:655 +#: preseed.xml:687 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1374,13 +1463,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:660 +#: preseed.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "Configuração do Apt" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:661 +#: preseed.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1394,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" "acrescentar outros repositórios (locais)." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:669 +#: preseed.xml:701 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1429,13 +1518,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:674 +#: preseed.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "Configuração de contas" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:675 +#: preseed.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1447,7 +1536,7 @@ msgstr "" "texto simples ou <emphasis>hashes</emphasis> MD5." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:682 +#: preseed.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1463,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "" "segurança já que o acesso a hashes MD5 permite ataques \"à bruta\"." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1509,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:694 +#: preseed.xml:726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1529,7 +1618,7 @@ msgstr "" "autenticação SSH ou <command>sudo</command>)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:704 +#: preseed.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." @@ -1537,19 +1626,19 @@ msgstr "" "Pode ser gerada uma hash MD5 para uma password utilizando o seguinte comando." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:708 +#: preseed.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:714 +#: preseed.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "Instalação do sistema base" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:715 +#: preseed.xml:747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1560,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalação. As únicas perguntas colocadas referem-se à instalação do kernel." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:722 +#: preseed.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1572,13 +1661,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:727 +#: preseed.xml:759 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "Instalação do gestor de arranque" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:729 +#: preseed.xml:761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1626,13 +1715,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:734 +#: preseed.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Selecção de pacotes" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1642,73 +1731,73 @@ msgstr "" "tarefas disponíveis neste momento incluem:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:744 +#: preseed.xml:776 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "standard" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:747 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:750 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "gnome-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "kde-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:756 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "web-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:759 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "print-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:762 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "dns-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "file-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:768 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "mail-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:771 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "sql-database" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:774 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "laptop" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1720,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr "" "inclusão da tarefa <userinput>standard</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1734,7 +1823,7 @@ msgstr "" "espaços, pode também utiliza-lo na linha de comandos do kernel." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:794 +#: preseed.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1764,13 +1853,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "A terminar a instalação da primeira etapa" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:801 +#: preseed.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1788,13 +1877,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:806 +#: preseed.xml:838 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "Configuração do servidor de email" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:807 +#: preseed.xml:839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1804,7 +1893,7 @@ msgstr "" "como evitar mesmo essas. É possível um preseed mais complicado." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:814 +#: preseed.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1820,13 +1909,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:819 +#: preseed.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "Configuração do X" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:820 +#: preseed.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1838,7 +1927,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurador de X em Debian não faz a configuração automática de tudo." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:828 +#: preseed.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1888,13 +1977,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:833 +#: preseed.xml:865 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "Preseed de outros pacotes" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:835 +#: preseed.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1917,19 +2006,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:841 +#: preseed.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Opções avançadas" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:844 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Comandos da shell" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:846 +#: preseed.xml:878 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1968,13 +2057,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "Carregamento em série dos ficheiros de pré-configuração" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:852 +#: preseed.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -1991,7 +2080,7 @@ msgstr "" "ficheiros." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:862 +#: preseed.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po index 063e9a9be..8a1856819 100644 --- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-07 22:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-08 22:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -1253,12 +1253,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " -"entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</" -"quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " -"<guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." +"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called " +"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, " +"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "No inicio ser-lhe-á dada a oportunidade de criar as partições de um modo " "automático no disco inteiro, ou no espaço livre do disco. Esta opção é " @@ -1267,15 +1267,14 @@ msgstr "" "manualmente a tabela de partições</guimenuitem> a partir do menu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " -"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " -"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " -"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " -"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " -"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " +"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " +"LVM. Note: the options to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " +"architectures." msgstr "" "Se escolheu o particionamento assitido, pode ter duas opções: criar as " "partições directamente no disco rígido (método clássico) ou utilizar o " @@ -1286,26 +1285,68 @@ msgstr "" "todas as arquitecturas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:791 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " -"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " -"is currently on the selected hard disk." +"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " +"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions " +"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the " +"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing " +"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" -"Se escolheu o particionamento guiado utilizando LVM, não será possível desfazer as alterações feitas à tabela de partições. Isto apaga efectivamente todos os dados que estão actualmente no disco rígido seleccionado." +"Se escolheu o particionamento assitido, pode ter duas opções: criar as " +"partições directamente no disco rígido (método clássico) ou utilizar o " +"Logical Volume Management (LVM). No segundo caso, o instalador irá criar a " +"maioria das partições dentro de uma grande partição; a vantagem deste método " +"é que mais tarde as as partições dentro desta grande partição podem ser " +"redimensionadas. Nota: a opção de utilizar LVM pode não estar disponível em " +"todas as arquitecturas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " -"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " -"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" -"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " -"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " -"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " -"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " +"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while " +"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is " +"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them " +"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before " +"they are written to disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " +"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " +"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " +"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " +"differ from what you are used too. The size of the disks may help to " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " +"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " +"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " +"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in " +"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space " +"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends " +"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "Depois de escolher o particionamento guiado (o clássico ou com LVM), poderá " "escolher a partir de uma lista de esquemas listados na tabela abaixo. Todos " @@ -1316,73 +1357,73 @@ msgstr "" "(depende do esquema escolhido) o particionamento guiado irá falhar." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Esquema de criação das partições" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Espaço mínimo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partições criadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:823 +#: using-d-i.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Todos os ficheiros numa partição" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:824 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Partição /home separada" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:828 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:859 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Partições /home, /usr, /var e /tmp separadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:834 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:835 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1392,19 +1433,21 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:844 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " -"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " +"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other " +"partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM " +"partition." msgstr "" "Se escolher o particionamento guiado utilizando o LVM, o instalador também " -"irá criar uma partição <filename>/boot</filename> separada. As outras partições, excepto para a " -"partição swap, serão criadas dentro da partição LVM." +"irá criar uma partição <filename>/boot</filename> separada. As outras " +"partições, excepto para a partição swap, serão criadas dentro da partição " +"LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1419,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição de arranque EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1431,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "reservar este espaço para o gestor de arranque aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:864 +#: using-d-i.xml:890 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1443,7 +1486,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições formatadas e onde serão montadas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1494,7 +1537,7 @@ msgstr "" "alcançada utilizando o particionamento manual." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1505,17 +1548,17 @@ msgid "" "guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " "changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" -"Isto conclui o particionamento assistido. Se estiver satisfeito com " -"a tabela de partições gerada, pode escolher <guimenuitem>Terminar " -"particionamento e escrever as alterações no disco</guimenuitem> a partir do " -"menu, para implementar a nova tabela de partições (conforme é descrito no final " -"desta secção). Se não estiver satisfeito, pode optar pela opção " -"<guimenuitem>Desfazer as alterações às partições</guimenuitem> e correr novamente o assistente de " -"particionamento, ou modificar as alterações propostas como descritas abaixo " -"para o particionamento manual." +"Isto conclui o particionamento assistido. Se estiver satisfeito com a tabela " +"de partições gerada, pode escolher <guimenuitem>Terminar particionamento e " +"escrever as alterações no disco</guimenuitem> a partir do menu, para " +"implementar a nova tabela de partições (conforme é descrito no final desta " +"secção). Se não estiver satisfeito, pode optar pela opção " +"<guimenuitem>Desfazer as alterações às partições</guimenuitem> e correr " +"novamente o assistente de particionamento, ou modificar as alterações " +"propostas como descritas abaixo para o particionamento manual." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:893 +#: using-d-i.xml:919 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1531,13 +1574,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian será tema do resto desta secção." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " -"space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is " -"needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled " -"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " +"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " +"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " +"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" "Se escolher um disco completamente vazio que não possuí partições nem espaço " "livre, ser-lhe-á pedido que crie uma nova tabela de partição (isto é " @@ -1546,7 +1589,7 @@ msgstr "" "disco seleccionado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1580,7 +1623,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1602,7 +1645,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainda apagar a partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:938 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1618,7 +1661,7 @@ msgstr "" "permitirá continuar até que corrija esta situação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1630,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuar até que aloque uma." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:952 +#: using-d-i.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1646,7 +1689,7 @@ msgstr "" "xfs</filename>, ou <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1661,13 +1704,13 @@ msgstr "" "os sistemas de ficheiros sejam criados conforme foram pedidos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:988 +#: using-d-i.xml:1014 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Configurar o Dispositivo Multidisk (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:989 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1687,7 +1730,7 @@ msgstr "" "sua variante mais famosa <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1702,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "" "atribuir um ponto de montagem, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1783,55 +1826,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Para resumir :" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1090 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos Mínimos" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1091 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Dispositivo Sobresselente" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1092 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Sobrevive a falhas de disco?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1093 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Espaço Disponível" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1099 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>não</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1129 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -1839,43 +1882,43 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "opcional" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>sim</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1111 +#: using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Dimensão da partição RAID mais pequena" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1885,7 +1928,7 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID menos um)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1895,7 +1938,7 @@ msgstr "" "no <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1911,7 +1954,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1929,7 +1972,7 @@ msgstr "" "forma manual através da shell." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1952,7 +1995,7 @@ msgstr "" "que seleccionar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1964,7 +2007,7 @@ msgstr "" "formaram o MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1985,7 +2028,7 @@ msgstr "" "erro seja corrigido." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1182 +#: using-d-i.xml:1208 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1995,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr "" "necessita de utilizar pelo menos <emphasis>três</emphasis> partições activas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1190 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2013,7 +2056,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição <filename>/home</filename> de 100GB)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1199 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2028,13 +2071,13 @@ msgstr "" "habituais." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "A configurar o Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2051,7 +2094,7 @@ msgstr "" "lado para o outro, fazer links simbólicos, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2071,7 +2114,7 @@ msgstr "" "podem ser fisicamente espalhadas por vários discos." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2085,14 +2128,14 @@ msgstr "" "Agora que se apercebeu que necessita de mais espaço para a sua antiga " "partição<filename>/home</filename> de 160 GB, pode simplesmente acrescentar " "um novo disco de 300GB ao computador, adicioná-lo ao volume group e então " -"redimensionar o volume lógico que suporta o seu sistema de ficheiros <filename>/" -"home</filename> e aí está — os seus utilizadores terão novamente " -"espaço na renovada partição de 460GB. Este exemplo naturalmente está um " -"pouco simplificado. Se ainda não tiver lido deverá consultar o <ulink url=" -"\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +"redimensionar o volume lógico que suporta o seu sistema de ficheiros " +"<filename>/home</filename> e aí está — os seus utilizadores terão " +"novamente espaço na renovada partição de 460GB. Este exemplo naturalmente " +"está um pouco simplificado. Se ainda não tiver lido deverá consultar o " +"<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2101,10 +2144,15 @@ msgid "" "settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" "</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" -"A configuração de LVM no &d-i; é bastante simples e completamente suportada dentro do <command>partman</command>. Primeiro, tem de marcar as partições para serem utilizadas como volumes físicos para LVM. Isto é feito no menu <guimenu>Configuração de partições</guimenu> onde deve escolher <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilizar como:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>volume físico para LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +"A configuração de LVM no &d-i; é bastante simples e completamente suportada " +"dentro do <command>partman</command>. Primeiro, tem de marcar as partições " +"para serem utilizadas como volumes físicos para LVM. Isto é feito no menu " +"<guimenu>Configuração de partições</guimenu> onde deve escolher <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Utilizar como:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>volume físico para LVM</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#: using-d-i.xml:1279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2115,73 +2163,82 @@ msgid "" "configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " "valid actions. The possible actions are:" msgstr "" -"Quando regressar ao ecrã principal do <command>partman</command>, irá ver uma nova opção <guimenuitem>Configurar o Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. Quando a seleccionar, primeiro ser-lhe-á perguntado para confirmar as alterações pendentes à tabela de partições (se existirem) e depois disso irá aparecer o menu de configuração de LVM. Acima do menu será mostrado um sumário da configuração do LVM. O próprio menu é sensível ao contexto e apenas mostra acções válidas. As acções possíveis são:" +"Quando regressar ao ecrã principal do <command>partman</command>, irá ver " +"uma nova opção <guimenuitem>Configurar o Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. Quando a seleccionar, primeiro ser-lhe-á perguntado para " +"confirmar as alterações pendentes à tabela de partições (se existirem) e " +"depois disso irá aparecer o menu de configuração de LVM. Acima do menu será " +"mostrado um sumário da configuração do LVM. O próprio menu é sensível ao " +"contexto e apenas mostra acções válidas. As acções possíveis são:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#: using-d-i.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " "structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" msgstr "" -"<guimenuitem>Mostrar detalhes de configuração</guimenuitem>: mostra a estructura do dispositivo LVM, nome e tamanhos dos volumes lógicos e mais." +"<guimenuitem>Mostrar detalhes de configuração</guimenuitem>: mostra a " +"estructura do dispositivo LVM, nome e tamanhos dos volumes lógicos e mais." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Criar grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Criar volume lógico" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Apagar grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Apagar volume lógico" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Estender grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Reduzir grupo de volumes" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" "command> screen" msgstr "" -"<guimenuitem>Terminar</guimenuitem>: voltar o ecrã principal do <command>partman</command>" +"<guimenuitem>Terminar</guimenuitem>: voltar o ecrã principal do " +"<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " "your logical volumes inside it." msgstr "" -"Utilize as opções nesse menu para criar primeiro um grupo de volumes e depois criar os seus volumes lógicos dentro." +"Utilize as opções nesse menu para criar primeiro um grupo de volumes e " +"depois criar os seus volumes lógicos dentro." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -2189,27 +2246,32 @@ msgid "" "Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " "groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." msgstr "" -"Pode também utilizar este menu para apagar do seu disco rígido uma configuração LVM existente antes de escolher <quote>Particionamento guiado utilizando LVM</quote>. O particionamento guiado utilizando LVM não é possível se já estiverem definidos grupos de volumes, mas se os remover pode começar do inicio." +"Pode também utilizar este menu para apagar do seu disco rígido uma " +"configuração LVM existente antes de escolher <quote>Particionamento guiado " +"utilizando LVM</quote>. O particionamento guiado utilizando LVM não é " +"possível se já estiverem definidos grupos de volumes, mas se os remover pode " +"começar do inicio." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " "logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " "(and you should treat them as such)." msgstr "" -"Depois de voltar ao ecrã principal do <command>partman</command>, qualquer volume lógico criado será mostrado do mesmo modo que as partições " -"normais (e deverá tratá-las como tal)." +"Depois de voltar ao ecrã principal do <command>partman</command>, qualquer " +"volume lógico criado será mostrado do mesmo modo que as partições normais (e " +"deverá tratá-las como tal)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Configurar Volumes Encriptados" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2232,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr "" "caracteres aleatórios." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2260,7 +2322,7 @@ msgstr "" "carregar o kernel a partir de uma partição encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2275,7 +2337,7 @@ msgstr "" "chave." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2296,7 +2358,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2313,7 +2375,7 @@ msgstr "" "escolha por omissão." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2327,13 +2389,13 @@ msgstr "" "foram cuidadosamente escolhidos com a segurança em mente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2359,13 +2421,13 @@ msgstr "" "século XXI." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Comprimento da chave: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2379,13 +2441,13 @@ msgstr "" "desempenho. Os comprimentos disponíveis das chaves variam consoante a cifra." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1422 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Algoritmo IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1450 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2403,7 +2465,7 @@ msgstr "" "partir de padrões repetidos nos dados encriptados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2418,25 +2480,25 @@ msgstr "" "seja capaz de utilizar algoritmos mais recentes." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Frase-chave</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Pode escolher aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1454 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Frase-chave" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2450,13 +2512,13 @@ msgstr "" "frase-chave na qual poderá introduzir no processo, mais à frente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Chave aleatória" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2474,7 +2536,7 @@ msgstr "" "cifragem, isto não é alcançável durante a nossa vida.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2494,13 +2556,13 @@ msgstr "" "escritos para a partição de swap." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Apagar dados: <userinput>sim</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2521,7 +2583,7 @@ msgstr "" "dados mesmo após várias escritas na media megneto-óptica. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2533,13 +2595,13 @@ msgstr "" "para disponibilizar as seguintes opções:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1530 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2552,26 +2614,26 @@ msgstr "" "cifras e comprimentos de chave." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1544 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" "Pode seleccionar aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2585,19 +2647,19 @@ msgstr "" "chave apropriada (ser-lhe-á pedido para indicar uma, adiante no processo)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Por favor veja a acima a secção acerca de chaves aleatórias." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Por favor veja acima a secção acerca de apagar dados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2611,7 +2673,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>frases-passe</emphasis> como chaves de encriptação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1594 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2630,7 +2692,7 @@ msgstr "" "pode demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2647,7 +2709,7 @@ msgstr "" "de animais de estimação, nomes de familiares, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1614 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2672,7 +2734,7 @@ msgstr "" "chave para o sistema de ficheiros raiz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1627 +#: using-d-i.xml:1653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2695,7 +2757,7 @@ msgstr "" "cada partição a ser encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2729,7 +2791,7 @@ msgstr "" "valores por omissão não lhe servirem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1656 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2749,7 +2811,7 @@ msgstr "" "volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2759,13 +2821,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Configurar o Sistema" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1678 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2775,13 +2837,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizadas para configurar o sistema que vai ser instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1690 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Configurar O Seu Fuso Horário" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1718 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2795,13 +2857,13 @@ msgstr "" "perguntado nada e o sistema assumirá esse fuso horário." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Configurar o Relógio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1710 +#: using-d-i.xml:1736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2815,7 +2877,7 @@ msgstr "" "outros sistemas operativos estão instalados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1717 +#: using-d-i.xml:1743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2825,15 +2887,16 @@ msgid "" "Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " "local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" msgstr "" -"No modo expert poderá sempre poder escolher se o relógio está ou não definido para " -"UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Os relógios de hardware Macintosh estão " -"normalmente definidos para hora local. Se quer utilizar dual-boot, escolha hora " -"local em vez de GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Sistemas que (também) " -"corram Dos ou Windows estão normalmente definidos para hora local. Se deseja " -"utilizar dual-boot, escolha hora local em vez de GMT.</phrase>" +"No modo expert poderá sempre poder escolher se o relógio está ou não " +"definido para UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Os relógios de hardware " +"Macintosh estão normalmente definidos para hora local. Se quer utilizar dual-" +"boot, escolha hora local em vez de GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86" +"\">Sistemas que (também) corram Dos ou Windows estão normalmente definidos " +"para hora local. Se deseja utilizar dual-boot, escolha hora local em vez de " +"GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2846,19 +2909,19 @@ msgstr "" "UTC você pode acertar o relógio para a hora actual depois de ter instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Definir Utilizadores E Palavras Passe" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1773 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Definir a Palavra Pass de Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2873,7 +2936,7 @@ msgstr "" "possível." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2890,7 +2953,7 @@ msgstr "" "possa ser adivinhada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1765 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2903,13 +2966,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Criar um Utilizador Normal" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1777 +#: using-d-i.xml:1803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2923,7 +2986,7 @@ msgstr "" "seu o acesso pessoal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2944,7 +3007,7 @@ msgstr "" "for novo para si." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2959,7 +3022,7 @@ msgstr "" "conta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2969,13 +3032,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilize o comando <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Instalar o Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2988,13 +3051,13 @@ msgstr "" "computador ou uma ligação de rede lenta, isto poderá demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Instalação do Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -3010,7 +3073,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -3022,7 +3085,7 @@ msgstr "" "efectuada através de uma consola série." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1846 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3036,13 +3099,13 @@ msgstr "" "de uma lista de kernels disponíveis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Instalar Software Adicional" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1860 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -3058,13 +3121,13 @@ msgstr "" "base se tiver um computador ou uma rede lentos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Configurar o apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1876 +#: using-d-i.xml:1902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -3099,7 +3162,7 @@ msgstr "" "bom interface com o utilizador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3117,13 +3180,13 @@ msgstr "" "estar completa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1942 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Seleccionar e Instalar Software" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1918 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3141,7 +3204,7 @@ msgstr "" "executar várias tarefas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3175,7 +3238,7 @@ msgstr "" "size-list\"/> lista as necessidades de espaço para as tarefas disponíveis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1952 +#: using-d-i.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3186,7 +3249,7 @@ msgstr "" "pacotes que seleccionou." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3196,7 +3259,7 @@ msgstr "" "barra de espaços para mudar a selecção de uma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3210,7 +3273,7 @@ msgstr "" "não instalar nenhuma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3225,13 +3288,13 @@ msgstr "" "este processo." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Configurar o Mail Transport Agent" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3247,7 +3310,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>, que é relativamente pequeno, flexível, e fácil de aprender." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2019 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3262,7 +3325,7 @@ msgstr "" "lhe avisos importantes por email." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2001 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3272,13 +3335,13 @@ msgstr "" "de mail. Escolha o que mais se adequa às suas necessidades:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "site de internet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3292,13 +3355,13 @@ msgstr "" "domínios para os quais deseja aceitar e encaminhar o correio." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2022 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "correio enviado por smarthost" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2023 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3317,13 +3380,13 @@ msgstr "" "telefónico." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "distribuição local apenas" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3342,13 +3405,13 @@ msgstr "" "pergunta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2050 +#: using-d-i.xml:2076 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "sem configuração neste momento" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2051 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3363,7 +3426,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3379,13 +3442,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command> em <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Tornar o Sistema Iniciável" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2079 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3400,7 +3463,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3416,13 +3479,13 @@ msgstr "" "arranque para mais informações." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Detecção de outros sistemas operativos" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3438,7 +3501,7 @@ msgstr "" "adição ao Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2112 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3455,13 +3518,13 @@ msgstr "" "mais informações." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2156 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>aboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3483,13 +3546,13 @@ msgstr "" "terá que arrancar o GNU/Linux a partir de uma disquete." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2151 +#: using-d-i.xml:2177 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2152 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3506,19 +3569,19 @@ msgstr "" "Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2161 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( mais informação necessária )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2199 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>Grub</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3530,7 +3593,7 @@ msgstr "" "quer para novatos quer para utilizadores experientes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2181 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3542,7 +3605,7 @@ msgstr "" "qualquer outro local. Veja o manual do grub para uma informação completa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3552,13 +3615,13 @@ msgstr "" "menu principal e a partir daí seleccione o gestor de arranque que desejar." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2227 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>LILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3575,7 +3638,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2239 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3589,7 +3652,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas operativos como o GNU/Linux e GNU/Hurd depois da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3599,13 +3662,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3615,13 +3678,13 @@ msgstr "" "de arranque." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "nova partição Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3633,13 +3696,13 @@ msgstr "" "gestor de arranque secundário." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Outra escolha" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3657,7 +3720,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2256 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3675,14 +3738,14 @@ msgstr "" "assunto leia por favor a <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2273 +#: using-d-i.xml:2299 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>ELILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3711,7 +3774,7 @@ msgstr "" "na realidade o arranque do kernel Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2291 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3729,13 +3792,13 @@ msgstr "" "contém o seu sistema de ficheiros <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2303 +#: using-d-i.xml:2329 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Escolha a partição correcta!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2305 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3753,13 +3816,13 @@ msgstr "" "pode formatar a partição durante a instalação, apagando todo o seu conteúdo!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Conteúdo das Partições EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3789,13 +3852,13 @@ msgstr "" "conforme o sistema é actualizado ou reconfigurado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2344 +#: using-d-i.xml:2370 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3807,13 +3870,13 @@ msgstr "" "dos ficheiros reescritos de modo a referir os ficheiros da partição EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2380 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3827,13 +3890,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3848,13 +3911,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3867,13 +3930,13 @@ msgstr "" "seja executado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2415 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3887,13 +3950,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3937,13 +4000,13 @@ msgstr "" "executando <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2430 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2431 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3953,13 +4016,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> para controladores onboard." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2439 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2440 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3968,13 +4031,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>arcboot</command> está instalado" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2449 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3983,13 +4046,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2483 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2458 +#: using-d-i.xml:2484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3999,13 +4062,13 @@ msgstr "" "que por omissão é <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2480 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4034,13 +4097,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> na linha de comando do firmware." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2500 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4050,13 +4113,13 @@ msgstr "" "parte das DECstations, <userinput>3</userinput> para controladores onboard" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2508 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -4064,7 +4127,7 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>DELO</command> será instalado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2518 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4073,13 +4136,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2552 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "nome" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2527 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4089,7 +4152,7 @@ msgstr "" "omissão <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2537 +#: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4100,19 +4163,19 @@ msgstr "" "para a sua utilização." #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2569 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Yaboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4133,13 +4196,13 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar o &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Quik</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2599 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4154,13 +4217,13 @@ msgstr "" "clones da Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2615 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4177,13 +4240,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2633 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4215,13 +4278,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação SunOS/Solaris já existente." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2660 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Continuar Sem Gestor de Arranque" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4240,7 +4303,7 @@ msgstr "" "arrancar o GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4262,13 +4325,13 @@ msgstr "" "numa partição separada." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2663 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4278,13 +4341,13 @@ msgstr "" "novo. Consiste basicamente em arrumar o &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2675 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação e Reiniciar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2703 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4298,7 +4361,7 @@ msgstr "" "reiniciará já no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2684 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4312,13 +4375,13 @@ msgstr "" "escolhido para sistema de ficheiros root durante a fase de instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2698 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Miscelânea" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2725 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4330,13 +4393,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizador no caso de algo correr mal." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Gravar os logs de instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2714 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4348,7 +4411,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4364,13 +4427,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistema ou incluí-los num relatório de instalação. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2741 +#: using-d-i.xml:2767 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Utilizar a Shell e Ver os Logs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4393,7 +4456,7 @@ msgstr "" "chamada de <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4411,7 +4474,7 @@ msgstr "" "autocompletion e o historial." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4431,13 +4494,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exit</command> se tiver usado um item de menu para abrir a shell." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2784 +#: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Instalação Através da Rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2812 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4455,7 +4518,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4478,7 +4541,7 @@ msgstr "" "com SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2809 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4488,7 +4551,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurar a rede." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4511,7 +4574,7 @@ msgstr "" "remotamente</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2826 +#: using-d-i.xml:2852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4523,7 +4586,7 @@ msgstr "" "poderá escolher outro componente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4555,7 +4618,7 @@ msgstr "" "de confirmar se é o correcto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4573,7 +4636,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> e tentar novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4593,7 +4656,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH para o menu de instalação, mas pode iniciar várias sessões para shells." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4609,7 +4672,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema instalado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4620,6 +4683,16 @@ msgstr "" "terminada." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " +#~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " +#~ "data that is currently on the selected hard disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se escolheu o particionamento guiado utilizando LVM, não será possível " +#~ "desfazer as alterações feitas à tabela de partições. Isto apaga " +#~ "efectivamente todos os dados que estão actualmente no disco rígido " +#~ "seleccionado." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " #~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " #~ "<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> " diff --git a/po/ro/using-d-i.po b/po/ro/using-d-i.po index fecab6728..bc9ccb390 100644 --- a/po/ro/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ro/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-07 22:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-26 17:11+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Eddy Petrişor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3;plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1))\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3;plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?" +"2:1))\n" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:5 @@ -191,8 +192,8 @@ msgstr "" "Mesajele de eroare şi jurnalele sunt redirecţionate spre a patra consolă. " "Puteţi activa această consolă apăsând <keycombo><keycap>Alt stânga</" "keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (ţineţi apăsată tasta <keycap>Alt " -"stânga</keycap> în timp ce apăsaţi tasta funcţională <keycap>F4</keycap>); vă " -"puteţi întoarce la procesul de instalare cu <keycombo><keycap>Alt stânga</" +"stânga</keycap> în timp ce apăsaţi tasta funcţională <keycap>F4</keycap>); " +"vă puteţi întoarce la procesul de instalare cu <keycombo><keycap>Alt stânga</" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para @@ -358,8 +359,10 @@ msgstr "examinatorul de imagini iso - iso-scan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." -msgstr "Cauta sisteme de fişiere ISO care ar putea fi pe un CD sau pe discul fix." +msgid "" +"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Cauta sisteme de fişiere ISO care ar putea fi pe un CD sau pe discul fix." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:193 @@ -457,7 +460,8 @@ msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." +msgid "" +"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." msgstr "" "Partiţionează automat un disc întreg în conformitate cu preferinţe " "preconfigurate ale utilizatorului." @@ -665,8 +669,11 @@ msgstr "consola - shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." -msgstr "Permite utilizatorului să execute o interfaţă-consolă din meniu, sau să o execute în cea de-a doua consolă." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgstr "" +"Permite utilizatorului să execute o interfaţă-consolă din meniu, sau să o " +"execute în cea de-a doua consolă." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:372 @@ -681,7 +688,10 @@ msgid "" "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, " "hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to " "accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." -msgstr "Oferă utilizatorului o metodă să salva informaţii pe o dischetă, în reţea, pe disc sau alt mediu când se întâlnesc probleme, pentru a raporta corect, mai târziu, către dezvoltatorii Debian probleme ale programului de instalare." +msgstr "" +"Oferă utilizatorului o metodă să salva informaţii pe o dischetă, în reţea, " +"pe disc sau alt mediu când se întâlnesc probleme, pentru a raporta corect, " +"mai târziu, către dezvoltatorii Debian probleme ale programului de instalare." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:390 @@ -699,13 +709,20 @@ msgid "" "that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are " "actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your " "hardware." -msgstr "În această secţiune vom descrie în detaliu fiecare componentă a programului de instalare. Componentele au fost grupate în etape care ar trebui să fie uşor recunoscute de utilizatori. Sunt prezentate în ordinea în care apar în timpul instalării. A se reţine că nu toate modulele vor fi folosite în orice instalare; care module care vor fi folosite de fapt, depinde de metoda de instalre folosită şi de componentele hardware." +msgstr "" +"În această secţiune vom descrie în detaliu fiecare componentă a programului " +"de instalare. Componentele au fost grupate în etape care ar trebui să fie " +"uşor recunoscute de utilizatori. Sunt prezentate în ordinea în care apar în " +"timpul instalării. A se reţine că nu toate modulele vor fi folosite în orice " +"instalare; care module care vor fi folosite de fapt, depinde de metoda de " +"instalre folosită şi de componentele hardware." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:403 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration" -msgstr "Pregătirea Programului de instalare al Debian şi a configuraţiei hardware" +msgstr "" +"Pregătirea Programului de instalare al Debian şi a configuraţiei hardware" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:404 @@ -720,7 +737,12 @@ msgid "" "help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like " "selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network " "mirror)." -msgstr "Să presupunem ca programul de instalare al Debian a pornit şi sunteţi în faţa primului ecran. La acest moment, capabilităţile &d-i; sunt destul de limitate. Acesta nu ştie prea multe despre componentele calculatorului dumneavoastră, limba preferată şi nici despre ce sarcini trebuie să îndeplinească." +msgstr "" +"Să presupunem ca programul de instalare al Debian a pornit şi sunteţi în " +"faţa primului ecran. La acest moment, capabilităţile &d-i; sunt destul de " +"limitate. Acesta nu ştie prea multe despre componentele calculatorului " +"dumneavoastră, limba preferată şi nici despre ce sarcini trebuie să " +"îndeplinească." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:417 @@ -731,7 +753,13 @@ msgid "" "specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your " "CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this " "first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." -msgstr "Veţi observa că &d-i; încearcă <firstterm>detecţia hardware</firstterm> de câteva ori în timpul acestei etape. Prima încercare are ca ţintă specifică componentele care sunt necesare încărcării componentelor programului de instalare (ex.: CD-ROM-ul sau placa de reţea). Cum este posibil ca toate drivere-le să fie disponibile în timpul acestei prime încercări, procesul de detecţie trebuie repetat mai târziu." +msgstr "" +"Veţi observa că &d-i; încearcă <firstterm>detecţia hardware</firstterm> de " +"câteva ori în timpul acestei etape. Prima încercare are ca ţintă specifică " +"componentele care sunt necesare încărcării componentelor programului de " +"instalare (ex.: CD-ROM-ul sau placa de reţea). Cum este posibil ca toate " +"drivere-le să fie disponibile în timpul acestei prime încercări, procesul de " +"detecţie trebuie repetat mai târziu." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:432 @@ -747,7 +775,11 @@ msgid "" "available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the " "installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on " "your system." -msgstr "Unul dintre primele lucruri pe care le face &d-i; este verificarea memoriei disponibile. Dacă memoria disponibilă este limitată, această componentă va face câteva schimbări în procesul de instalare care se speră că vă va permite să instalaţi &debian; pe sistemul dumneavoastră." +msgstr "" +"Unul dintre primele lucruri pe care le face &d-i; este verificarea memoriei " +"disponibile. Dacă memoria disponibilă este limitată, această componentă va " +"face câteva schimbări în procesul de instalare care se speră că vă va " +"permite să instalaţi &debian; pe sistemul dumneavoastră." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:441 @@ -756,7 +788,10 @@ msgid "" "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " "installation." -msgstr "În timpul unei instalări cu memorie puţină nu vor fi disponibile toate componentele. Una dintre limitări este faptul că nu veţi putea o limbă pentru instalare." +msgstr "" +"În timpul unei instalări cu memorie puţină nu vor fi disponibile toate " +"componentele. Una dintre limitări este faptul că nu veţi putea o limbă " +"pentru instalare." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:456 @@ -772,7 +807,11 @@ msgid "" "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " "locales." -msgstr "În cele mai multe cazuri, primele întrebări vor fi legate de selectarea opţiunilor de localizare care vor fi folosite atât pentru instalare cât şi pentru sistemul instalat. Opţiunile de localizare consistă în limba, ţara şi localele." +msgstr "" +"În cele mai multe cazuri, primele întrebări vor fi legate de selectarea " +"opţiunilor de localizare care vor fi folosite atât pentru instalare cât şi " +"pentru sistemul instalat. Opţiunile de localizare consistă în limba, ţara şi " +"localele." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:465 @@ -782,7 +821,11 @@ msgid "" "process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no " "valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will " "default to English." -msgstr "Limba aleasă va fi folosită pentru restul procesului de instalare, cu condiţia să existe traduceri pentru diversele ferestre de dialog afişate. Dacă nu există o traducere validă pentru limba selectată, programul de instalare va folosi implicit engleza." +msgstr "" +"Limba aleasă va fi folosită pentru restul procesului de instalare, cu " +"condiţia să existe traduceri pentru diversele ferestre de dialog afişate. " +"Dacă nu există o traducere validă pentru limba selectată, programul de " +"instalare va folosi implicit engleza." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:472 @@ -792,7 +835,12 @@ msgid "" "the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " "location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " "locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." -msgstr "Ţara selectată va fi folosită mai târziu în procesul de instalare pentru a alege fusul orar implicit şi o arhivă-copie a arhivei Debian potrivită localizării geografice a dumneavoastră. Limba şi ţara, împreună, vor fi folosite pentru configurarea localei implicite pentru sistemul dumneavoastră şi pentru alegerea tastaturii dumneavoastră." +msgstr "" +"Ţara selectată va fi folosită mai târziu în procesul de instalare pentru a " +"alege fusul orar implicit şi o arhivă-copie a arhivei Debian potrivită " +"localizării geografice a dumneavoastră. Limba şi ţara, împreună, vor fi " +"folosite pentru configurarea localei implicite pentru sistemul dumneavoastră " +"şi pentru alegerea tastaturii dumneavoastră." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:479 @@ -807,7 +855,16 @@ msgid "" "will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system " "will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> " "package will not be installed." -msgstr "Veţi fi întrebat mai întâi să selectaţi limba preferată. Numele limbilor sunt afişate atât în engleză (în partea stângă) şi în limba respectivă (în partea dreaptă); numele din partea dreaptă sunt afişate chiar în tipul de script potrivit pentru limbă. Lista este ordonată după numele englezeşti. În capul listei există o opţiune suplimentară care vă permite să selectaţi locala <quote>C</quote> în loc de o limbă. Dacă alegeţi locala <quote>C</quote>, procesul de instalare se va face în engleză, iar sistemul instalat nu va avea suport de localizare deoarece pachetul <classname>locales</classname> nu va fi instalat." +msgstr "" +"Veţi fi întrebat mai întâi să selectaţi limba preferată. Numele limbilor " +"sunt afişate atât în engleză (în partea stângă) şi în limba respectivă (în " +"partea dreaptă); numele din partea dreaptă sunt afişate chiar în tipul de " +"script potrivit pentru limbă. Lista este ordonată după numele englezeşti. În " +"capul listei există o opţiune suplimentară care vă permite să selectaţi " +"locala <quote>C</quote> în loc de o limbă. Dacă alegeţi locala <quote>C</" +"quote>, procesul de instalare se va face în engleză, iar sistemul instalat " +"nu va avea suport de localizare deoarece pachetul <classname>locales</" +"classname> nu va fi instalat." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:491 @@ -821,7 +878,14 @@ msgid "" "presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the " "language has only one country associated with it, that country will be " "selected automatically." -msgstr "Dacă ati selectat o limbă care este recunoscută ca limbă oficială pentru mai mult de o ţară <footnote> <para> În termeni tehnici: atunci când există mai multe locale cu diferite coduri de ţară pentru acea limbă. </para> </footnote>, la pasul următor vi se va cere să selectaţi o ţară. Dacă alegeţi <guimenuitem>alta</guimenuitem> din partea de jos a listei, vi se va prezenta o listă cu toate ţarile, grupate pe continente. Dacă limba are doar o ţară asociată, acea ţară va fi selectată automat." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ati selectat o limbă care este recunoscută ca limbă oficială pentru mai " +"mult de o ţară <footnote> <para> În termeni tehnici: atunci când există mai " +"multe locale cu diferite coduri de ţară pentru acea limbă. </para> </" +"footnote>, la pasul următor vi se va cere să selectaţi o ţară. Dacă alegeţi " +"<guimenuitem>alta</guimenuitem> din partea de jos a listei, vi se va " +"prezenta o listă cu toate ţarile, grupate pe continente. Dacă limba are doar " +"o ţară asociată, acea ţară va fi selectată automat." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:509 @@ -831,7 +895,11 @@ msgid "" "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " "option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional " "locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgstr "O locală implicită va fi selectată pe baza limbii selectate şi a ţarii. Dacă instalaţi la prioritate medie sau joasă, veţi putea selecta o locală implicită diferită şi veţi putea să selectaţi locale suplimentare pentru a fi generate pentru sisemul instalat." +msgstr "" +"O locală implicită va fi selectată pe baza limbii selectate şi a ţarii. Dacă " +"instalaţi la prioritate medie sau joasă, veţi putea selecta o locală " +"implicită diferită şi veţi putea să selectaţi locale suplimentare pentru a " +"fi generate pentru sisemul instalat." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:524 @@ -849,30 +917,46 @@ msgid "" "installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a " "wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you " "have completed the installation)." -msgstr "Tastaturile sunt adesea proiectate după caracterele utilizate într-o limbă. Selectaţi un aranjament care este conform cu tastatura folosită, sau selectaţi ceva apropiat, dacă aranjamentul de tastatură dorit nu este reprezentat. Odată instalat sistemul, veţi putea să selectaţi un aranjament de tastatură dintr-o gamă mai largă de opţiuni (rulaţi <command>kbdconfig</command> ca root după ce aţi terminat instalarea)." +msgstr "" +"Tastaturile sunt adesea proiectate după caracterele utilizate într-o limbă. " +"Selectaţi un aranjament care este conform cu tastatura folosită, sau " +"selectaţi ceva apropiat, dacă aranjamentul de tastatură dorit nu este " +"reprezentat. Odată instalat sistemul, veţi putea să selectaţi un aranjament " +"de tastatură dintr-o gamă mai largă de opţiuni (rulaţi <command>kbdconfig</" +"command> ca root după ce aţi terminat instalarea)." +# couldn't xml-ised quotes be used for the ' characters? #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:536 #, no-c-format -# couldn't xml-ised quotes be used for the ' characters? msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " "&enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the " "same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are " "independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one " "with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." -msgstr "Mutaţi cursorul la selcţia de tastatură dorită şi apăsaţi &enterkey;. Folosiţi săgeţile pentru a muta cursorul — se află în acelaşi loc pe aranjamenele de tastaturi naţionale, deci sunt independente de configuraţia tastaturii. O tastatură „extinsă” este una cu taste de la <keycap>F1</keycap> la <keycap>F10</keycap> deasupra şirului de sus." +msgstr "" +"Mutaţi cursorul la selcţia de tastatură dorită şi apăsaţi &enterkey;. " +"Folosiţi săgeţile pentru a muta cursorul — se află în acelaşi loc pe " +"aranjamenele de tastaturi naţionale, deci sunt independente de configuraţia " +"tastaturii. O tastatură „extinsă” este una cu taste de la <keycap>F1</" +"keycap> la <keycap>F10</keycap> deasupra şirului de sus." +# XXX: isn't it "DEC stations"? #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:545 #, no-c-format -#XXX: isn't it "DEC stations"? msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " "to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 " "US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS " "kernel development." -msgstr "Pe calculatoarele DEC nu este disponibil în prezent nici un arajament care poate încărcat, deci va trebui să săriţi peste selectarea tastaturii şi să păstraţi aranjamentul din nucleu (LK201 US). Acest lucru este posibil să se schimbe în viitor, dar depinde de dezvoltarea în continuare a nucelului Linux/MIPS." +msgstr "" +"Pe calculatoarele DEC nu este disponibil în prezent nici un arajament care " +"poate încărcat, deci va trebui să săriţi peste selectarea tastaturii şi să " +"păstraţi aranjamentul din nucleu (LK201 US). Acest lucru este posibil să se " +"schimbe în viitor, dar depinde de dezvoltarea în continuare a nucelului " +"Linux/MIPS." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:552 @@ -885,12 +969,19 @@ msgid "" "(Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> " "key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two " "layouts are similar." -msgstr "Există două aranjamente de tastatură pentru tastaturile US; aranjamentul qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple pe USB) va plasa funcţiile Alt pe tasta <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (pe tastatură, lângă tasta <keycap>spaţiu</keycap>, similar cu <keycap>Alt</keycap> pe tastaturile PC), în timp ce aranjamentul qwerty/us (standard) va plasa funcţia Alt pe tasta <keycap>Option</keycap> (inscripţionată cu 'alt' pe cele mai multe tastaturi Mac). În celelalte privinţe, cele două aranjamente sunt similare." +msgstr "" +"Există două aranjamente de tastatură pentru tastaturile US; aranjamentul " +"qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple pe USB) va plasa funcţiile Alt pe tasta " +"<keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (pe tastatură, lângă tasta <keycap>spaţiu</" +"keycap>, similar cu <keycap>Alt</keycap> pe tastaturile PC), în timp ce " +"aranjamentul qwerty/us (standard) va plasa funcţia Alt pe tasta " +"<keycap>Option</keycap> (inscripţionată cu 'alt' pe cele mai multe tastaturi " +"Mac). În celelalte privinţe, cele două aranjamente sunt similare." +# XXX: 2.4 is no longer default! should this be abolished? #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:564 #, no-c-format -#XXX: 2.4 is no longer default! should this be abolished? msgid "" "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " @@ -898,7 +989,13 @@ msgid "" "a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " "result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " "there is no problem." -msgstr "Dacă instalaţi pe un sistem care are o tastatură Sun USB şi aţi pornit programul de instalare cu nucleul implicit 2.4, tastatura nu va fi identificată corect de sistemul de instalare. Programul de instalare vă va afişa o listă de tastaturi de tip Sun din care să alegeţi, dar selectarea uneia dintre acestea va duce la o tastatură nefuncţională. Dacă instalaţi cu nucleul 2.6, nu va fi nici o problemă." +msgstr "" +"Dacă instalaţi pe un sistem care are o tastatură Sun USB şi aţi pornit " +"programul de instalare cu nucleul implicit 2.4, tastatura nu va fi " +"identificată corect de sistemul de instalare. Programul de instalare vă va " +"afişa o listă de tastaturi de tip Sun din care să alegeţi, dar selectarea " +"uneia dintre acestea va duce la o tastatură nefuncţională. Dacă instalaţi cu " +"nucleul 2.6, nu va fi nici o problemă." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:573 @@ -914,7 +1011,18 @@ msgid "" "if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " "to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " "for US keyboards." -msgstr "Pentru a obţine o tastatură funcţională, va trebui să porniţi prgramul de instalare cu parametrul <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. Când ajungeţi la selectarea tastaturii<footnote> <para> Dacă instalaţi la prioritatea implicită, va trebui să folosiţi butonul <userinput>Înapoi</userinput> pentru a vă întoarce la meniul programului de instalare unde sunt afişate lista de aranjamente de tastatură de tip Sun. </para> </footnote>, alegeţi <quote>Nici o tastatură de configurat</quote> dacă aveţi o tastatură cu aranjament American (US), sau alegeţi <quote>Tastatură USB</quote>, dacă aveţi o tastatură cu aranjament localizat. Dacă selectaţi <quote>Nici o tastatură de configurat</quote> harta tastaturii din nucleu va fi lăsată în pace, lucru corect pentru tastaturile US." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a obţine o tastatură funcţională, va trebui să porniţi prgramul de " +"instalare cu parametrul <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. Când " +"ajungeţi la selectarea tastaturii<footnote> <para> Dacă instalaţi la " +"prioritatea implicită, va trebui să folosiţi butonul <userinput>Înapoi</" +"userinput> pentru a vă întoarce la meniul programului de instalare unde sunt " +"afişate lista de aranjamente de tastatură de tip Sun. </para> </footnote>, " +"alegeţi <quote>Nici o tastatură de configurat</quote> dacă aveţi o tastatură " +"cu aranjament American (US), sau alegeţi <quote>Tastatură USB</quote>, dacă " +"aveţi o tastatură cu aranjament localizat. Dacă selectaţi <quote>Nici o " +"tastatură de configurat</quote> harta tastaturii din nucleu va fi lăsată în " +"pace, lucru corect pentru tastaturile US." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:611 @@ -931,8 +1039,10 @@ msgid "" "order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-" "scan</command> does exactly this." msgstr "" -"Când se instalează folosind metoda <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis>, va exista un moment când va trebui să găsiţi şi să montaţi imaginea iso a programului de instalare al Debian, pentru a obţine restul de fişiere de instalare. Componenta <command>iso-" -"scan</command> face chiar acest lucru." +"Când se instalează folosind metoda <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis>, va exista " +"un moment când va trebui să găsiţi şi să montaţi imaginea iso a programului " +"de instalare al Debian, pentru a obţine restul de fişiere de instalare. " +"Componenta <command>iso-scan</command> face chiar acest lucru." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:619 @@ -951,9 +1061,18 @@ msgid "" "former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for " "another image." msgstr "" -"La început, <command>iso-scan</command> montează automat toate dispozitivele bloc (ex.: partiţii) care au un sistem de fişiere cunoscut pe ele şi caută secvenţial fişiere care se termină cu <filename>.iso</filename> (sau <filename>.ISO</filename>). Atenţie, prima încercare examinează doar fişierele din directorul rădăcină şi de pe primul nivel de subdirectoare (mai exact, găseşte <filename>/<replaceable>ceva</replaceable>.iso</filename>, " -"<filename>/data/<replaceable>ceva</replaceable>.iso</filename>, dar nu " -"<filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>ceva</replaceable>.iso</filename>). După ce a fost găsită o imagine iso, <command>iso-scan</command> îi verifică conţinutul pentru a determina dacă imaginea este sau nu o imagine iso validă pentru Debian. Dacă da, atunci procesul s-a terminat, în caz contrar, <command>iso-scan</command> caută o altă imagine." +"La început, <command>iso-scan</command> montează automat toate dispozitivele " +"bloc (ex.: partiţii) care au un sistem de fişiere cunoscut pe ele şi caută " +"secvenţial fişiere care se termină cu <filename>.iso</filename> (sau " +"<filename>.ISO</filename>). Atenţie, prima încercare examinează doar " +"fişierele din directorul rădăcină şi de pe primul nivel de subdirectoare " +"(mai exact, găseşte <filename>/<replaceable>ceva</replaceable>.iso</" +"filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>ceva</replaceable>.iso</filename>, " +"dar nu <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>ceva</replaceable>.iso</filename>). " +"După ce a fost găsită o imagine iso, <command>iso-scan</command> îi verifică " +"conţinutul pentru a determina dacă imaginea este sau nu o imagine iso validă " +"pentru Debian. Dacă da, atunci procesul s-a terminat, în caz contrar, " +"<command>iso-scan</command> caută o altă imagine." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:636 @@ -963,7 +1082,11 @@ msgid "" "<command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a " "more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost " "directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." -msgstr "În cazul în care încercarea anterioară de a găsi o imagine iso eşuează, <command>iso-scan</command> vă va întreba dacă să se efectueze o căutare mai amănunţită. Această trecere nu doar caută în cele mai de sus directoare, ci chiar traversează întregul sistem de fişiere." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care încercarea anterioară de a găsi o imagine iso eşuează, " +"<command>iso-scan</command> vă va întreba dacă să se efectueze o căutare mai " +"amănunţită. Această trecere nu doar caută în cele mai de sus directoare, ci " +"chiar traversează întregul sistem de fişiere." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:643 @@ -975,7 +1098,13 @@ msgid "" "filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the " "checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the " "second console." -msgstr "Dacă <command>iso-scan</command> nu vă descoperă imaginea iso a programului de instalare, reporniţi în sistemul de operare original şi verificaţi dacă imaginea are numele corect (dacă se termină în <filename>.iso</filename>), dacă imaginea se află pe un sistem de fişiere recunoscut de &d-i; şi dacă nu este coruptă (verificaţi suma de control). Utilizatorii experimentaţi de Unix ar putea face aceste lucruri fără a reporni, de la a doua consolă." +msgstr "" +"Dacă <command>iso-scan</command> nu vă descoperă imaginea iso a programului " +"de instalare, reporniţi în sistemul de operare original şi verificaţi dacă " +"imaginea are numele corect (dacă se termină în <filename>.iso</filename>), " +"dacă imaginea se află pe un sistem de fişiere recunoscut de &d-i; şi dacă nu " +"este coruptă (verificaţi suma de control). Utilizatorii experimentaţi de " +"Unix ar putea face aceste lucruri fără a reporni, de la a doua consolă." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:664 @@ -995,8 +1124,14 @@ msgid "" "complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> " "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." msgstr "" -"La intrarea în acest pas, dacă sistemul detectează că aveţi mai mult de un dispozitiv de reţea, vi se va cere să alegeţi care dispozitiv va fi interfaţa de reţea <emphasis>primară</emphasis>, în consecinţă aceea care doriţi să fie folosită la instalare. Celelate interfeţe nu vor fi configurate la acest moment. Veţi putea să configuraţi alte interfeţe după ce se va termina instalarea; a se vedea pagina de manual <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> " -"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>." +"La intrarea în acest pas, dacă sistemul detectează că aveţi mai mult de un " +"dispozitiv de reţea, vi se va cere să alegeţi care dispozitiv va fi " +"interfaţa de reţea <emphasis>primară</emphasis>, în consecinţă aceea care " +"doriţi să fie folosită la instalare. Celelate interfeţe nu vor fi " +"configurate la acest moment. Veţi putea să configuraţi alte interfeţe după " +"ce se va termina instalarea; a se vedea pagina de manual <citerefentry> " +"<refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" +"citerefentry>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:677 @@ -1010,7 +1145,17 @@ msgid "" "the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or " "if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow " "in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." -msgstr "Implicit, &d-i; încearcă să configureze automat, prin DHCP, conexiunea la reţea a calculatorului dumneavoastră. Dacă testele pentru DHCP reuşesc, asta e tot. Dacă testele eşuează, acest lucru poate fi cauzat de mai mulţi factori de la un cablu de reţea neconectat până la o configuraţie DHCP configurată prost. Sau poate că nu aveţi deloc un server DHCP în reţeaua dumneavoastră. Pentru mai multe explicaţii verificaţi mesajele de eroare de la consola a treia. În orice caz, veţi fi întrebat dacă doriţi să mai încercaţi încă o dată sau dacă doriţi să configuraţi manual. Serverele DHCP sunt uneori foarte lente în a răspunde, deci dacă sunteţi sigur(ă) că totul este cum trebuie, încercaţi din nou." +msgstr "" +"Implicit, &d-i; încearcă să configureze automat, prin DHCP, conexiunea la " +"reţea a calculatorului dumneavoastră. Dacă testele pentru DHCP reuşesc, asta " +"e tot. Dacă testele eşuează, acest lucru poate fi cauzat de mai mulţi " +"factori de la un cablu de reţea neconectat până la o configuraţie DHCP " +"configurată prost. Sau poate că nu aveţi deloc un server DHCP în reţeaua " +"dumneavoastră. Pentru mai multe explicaţii verificaţi mesajele de eroare de " +"la consola a treia. În orice caz, veţi fi întrebat dacă doriţi să mai " +"încercaţi încă o dată sau dacă doriţi să configuraţi manual. Serverele DHCP " +"sunt uneori foarte lente în a răspunde, deci dacă sunteţi sigur(ă) că totul " +"este cum trebuie, încercaţi din nou." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:689 @@ -1026,14 +1171,20 @@ msgid "" "key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/" ">." msgstr "" -"În schimb, configuraţia manuală vă întreabă un număr de întrebări legate de reţeaua dumneavoastră, şi anume <computeroutput>adresa IP</computeroutput>, " +"În schimb, configuraţia manuală vă întreabă un număr de întrebări legate de " +"reţeaua dumneavoastră, şi anume <computeroutput>adresa IP</computeroutput>, " "<computeroutput>masca de reţea</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway-ul</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Adrese ale serverelor de nume</computeroutput>, şi <computeroutput>Numele calculatorului</computeroutput>. Mai mult, dacă aveţi o interfaţă de reţea prin radio, vi se va cere să furnizaţi <computeroutput>ESSID-ul radio</computeroutput> şi o <computeroutput>cheie WEP</computeroutput>. Completaţi răspunsurile din <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Adrese ale serverelor de nume</" +"computeroutput>, şi <computeroutput>Numele calculatorului</computeroutput>. " +"Mai mult, dacă aveţi o interfaţă de reţea prin radio, vi se va cere să " +"furnizaţi <computeroutput>ESSID-ul radio</computeroutput> şi o " +"<computeroutput>cheie WEP</computeroutput>. Completaţi răspunsurile din " +"<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." +# XXX: „address is the bitwise” does not fit quite well #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:703 #, no-c-format -#XXX: „address is the bitwise” does not fit quite well msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " "assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP " @@ -1044,7 +1195,18 @@ msgid "" "installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" "filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, " "which will step you through your network setup." -msgstr "Câteva detalii pe care poate le veţi găsi ca fiind utile: programul va presupune că adresa reţelei este rezultatul opreaţiei <quote>şi pe biţi</quote> dintre adresa dumneavoastră IP şi masca de reţea. Va ghici adresa de <quote>broadcast</quote> cu o operaţie <quote>sau pe biţi</quote> între adresa IP a sistemului dumneavoastră şi vaolarea negată pe biţi a măştii de reţea. Va ghici şi <quote>gateway-ul</quote>. Dacă nu găsiţi vre-una dintre aceste informaţii, folosiţi răspunsurile sistemului — le puteţi schimba, dacă este nevoie, imediat ce sistemul este instalat, prin editarea fişierului <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Ca alternativă puteţi instala <classname>etherconf</classname>, care vă va purta prin paşii de configurare a reţelei." +msgstr "" +"Câteva detalii pe care poate le veţi găsi ca fiind utile: programul va " +"presupune că adresa reţelei este rezultatul opreaţiei <quote>şi pe biţi</" +"quote> dintre adresa dumneavoastră IP şi masca de reţea. Va ghici adresa de " +"<quote>broadcast</quote> cu o operaţie <quote>sau pe biţi</quote> între " +"adresa IP a sistemului dumneavoastră şi vaolarea negată pe biţi a măştii de " +"reţea. Va ghici şi <quote>gateway-ul</quote>. Dacă nu găsiţi vre-una dintre " +"aceste informaţii, folosiţi răspunsurile sistemului — le puteţi " +"schimba, dacă este nevoie, imediat ce sistemul este instalat, prin editarea " +"fişierului <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Ca alternativă " +"puteţi instala <classname>etherconf</classname>, care vă va purta prin paşii " +"de configurare a reţelei." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:742 @@ -1062,7 +1224,15 @@ msgid "" "the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating " "filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely " "related issues like LVM or RAID devices." -msgstr "Acum, după ce detetcţia de hardware a fost executată o ultimă dată, &d-i; ar trebui sa fie în deplinătatea forţelor sale, particularizat pentru nevoile utilizatorului şi este gata să facă lucruri utile. După cum indică şi titlul acestei secţiuni, principala sarcină a următoarelor componente este de a prtiţiona discurile, de a crea sistemele de fişiere, de a asocia punte de montare şi, opţional, să configureze lucruri legate strâns de acestea, precum Managerul de volume logice (<quote>LVM</quote>) sau dispozitivele RAID." +msgstr "" +"Acum, după ce detetcţia de hardware a fost executată o ultimă dată, &d-i; ar " +"trebui sa fie în deplinătatea forţelor sale, particularizat pentru nevoile " +"utilizatorului şi este gata să facă lucruri utile. După cum indică şi titlul " +"acestei secţiuni, principala sarcină a următoarelor componente este de a " +"prtiţiona discurile, de a crea sistemele de fişiere, de a asocia punte de " +"montare şi, opţional, să configureze lucruri legate strâns de acestea, " +"precum Managerul de volume logice (<quote>LVM</quote>) sau dispozitivele " +"RAID." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:765 @@ -1077,123 +1247,186 @@ msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " "partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=" "\"partitioning\"/>." -msgstr "Acum este momentul să partiţionaţi discurile. Dacă nu vă simţiţi confortabil în legătură cu partiţionarea sau dacă doriti să aflaţi mai multe detalii, a se vedea <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Acum este momentul să partiţionaţi discurile. Dacă nu vă simţiţi confortabil " +"în legătură cu partiţionarea sau dacă doriti să aflaţi mai multe detalii, a " +"se vedea <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " -"entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</" -"quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " -"<guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." -msgstr "La început vi se va oferi posibilitatea de a partiţiona automat fie un întreg dispozitiv, fie spaţiul liber de pe un disc. Aceasta se mai numeşte şi partiţionare <quote>ghidată</quote>. Dacă nu doriti să partiţionaţi automat, alegeţi <guimenuitem>Editează manual tabela de partiţii</guimenuitem> din meniu." +"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called " +"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, " +"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." +msgstr "" +"La început vi se va oferi posibilitatea de a partiţiona automat fie un " +"întreg dispozitiv, fie spaţiul liber de pe un disc. Aceasta se mai numeşte " +"şi partiţionare <quote>ghidată</quote>. Dacă nu doriti să partiţionaţi " +"automat, alegeţi <guimenuitem>Editează manual tabela de partiţii</" +"guimenuitem> din meniu." + +# XXX: shouldn't real Note style be used instead of the inline string? +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " +"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " +"LVM. Note: the options to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " +"architectures." +msgstr "" +"Dacă alegeţi partiţionarea ghidată, aveţi două opţiuni: să creaţi partiţii " +"direct pe discul fix (metoda clasică) sau să folosiţi managementul de volume " +"logice (<quote>LVM</quote>). în cel de-al doilea caz programul de instalare " +"va crea mare parte din partiţii într-o partiţie mare; avantajul acestei " +"metode este că partiţiile din această partiţie mare pot fi redimensionate " +"relativ uşor, mai târziu. Notă: este posbil ca opţiunea de a folosi LVM să " +"nu fie prezentă pe toate arhitecturile." + +# XXX: shouldn't real Note style be used instead of the inline string? +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " +"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions " +"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the " +"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing " +"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." +msgstr "" +"Dacă alegeţi partiţionarea ghidată, aveţi două opţiuni: să creaţi partiţii " +"direct pe discul fix (metoda clasică) sau să folosiţi managementul de volume " +"logice (<quote>LVM</quote>). în cel de-al doilea caz programul de instalare " +"va crea mare parte din partiţii într-o partiţie mare; avantajul acestei " +"metode este că partiţiile din această partiţie mare pot fi redimensionate " +"relativ uşor, mai târziu. Notă: este posbil ca opţiunea de a folosi LVM să " +"nu fie prezentă pe toate arhitecturile." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format -#XXX: shouldn't real Note style be used instead of the inline string? msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " -"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " -"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " -"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " -"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " -"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." -msgstr "Dacă alegeţi partiţionarea ghidată, aveţi două opţiuni: să creaţi partiţii direct pe discul fix (metoda clasică) sau să folosiţi managementul de volume logice (<quote>LVM</quote>). în cel de-al doilea caz programul de instalare va crea mare parte din partiţii într-o partiţie mare; avantajul acestei metode este că partiţiile din această partiţie mare pot fi redimensionate relativ uşor, mai târziu. Notă: este posbil ca opţiunea de a folosi LVM să nu fie prezentă pe toate arhitecturile." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " +"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while " +"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is " +"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them " +"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before " +"they are written to disk." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " -"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " -"is currently on the selected hard disk." -msgstr "Dacă alegeţi partţionarea ghidată folosind LVM, nu va mai fi posibil să anulaţi schimbările făcute în tabela de partiţii. Aceasta şterge efectiv toate datele care se află în present pe discul selectat." +"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " +"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " +"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " +"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " +"differ from what you are used too. The size of the disks may help to " +"identify them." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " -"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " -"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" -"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " -"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " -"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " -"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " +"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " +"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " +"possible." msgstr "" -"După ce alegeţi partiţionarea ghidată (fie clasică, fie folosind LVM), veţi putea sa alegeţi dintre schemele afişate afişate în tabela de mai jos. Toate schemele au argumente pro şi contra, unele dintre ele fiind discutate în <xref linkend=" -"\"partitioning\"/>. Dacă sunteţi nesigur(ă), alegeţi-o pe prima. Nu uitaţi că partiţionarea ghidată are nevoie de un minim de spaţiu liber pe disc cu care să lucreze. Dacă nu îi oferiţi cel puţin 1 GO de spaţiu (dependent de schema aleasă), partiţionarea ghidată va eşua." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " +"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in " +"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space " +"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends " +"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +msgstr "" +"După ce alegeţi partiţionarea ghidată (fie clasică, fie folosind LVM), veţi " +"putea sa alegeţi dintre schemele afişate afişate în tabela de mai jos. Toate " +"schemele au argumente pro şi contra, unele dintre ele fiind discutate în " +"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Dacă sunteţi nesigur(ă), alegeţi-o pe " +"prima. Nu uitaţi că partiţionarea ghidată are nevoie de un minim de spaţiu " +"liber pe disc cu care să lucreze. Dacă nu îi oferiţi cel puţin 1 GO de " +"spaţiu (dependent de schema aleasă), partiţionarea ghidată va eşua." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Schema de partiţionare" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Spaţiu minim" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partiţii create" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:823 +#: using-d-i.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Toate fişierele pe o partiţie" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:824 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MO" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Partiţie /home separată" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:828 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MO" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:859 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Partiţii /home, /usr, /var and /tmp separate" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:834 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GO</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:835 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1203,46 +1436,61 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:844 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " -"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." -msgstr "Dacă alegeţi partiţionare ghidată folosind LVM, programul de instalare va crea şi o partiţie <filename>/boot</filename> separată. Celelalte partiţii, exceptând partiţia de swap, vor fi create în interiorul partiţiei LVM." +"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " +"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other " +"partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Dacă alegeţi partiţionare ghidată folosind LVM, programul de instalare va " +"crea şi o partiţie <filename>/boot</filename> separată. Celelalte partiţii, " +"exceptând partiţia de swap, vor fi create în interiorul partiţiei LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " "additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " "boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " "manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." -msgstr "Dacă alegeţi partiţionarea ghidată pentru sistemul dumneavoastră IA64, va fi şi o partiţie adiţională, formatată ca sistem de fişiere FAT16 care poate fi pornit, pentru încărcătorul de sistem EFI. Există şi un element suplimentar în meniul de formatare pentru a configura o partiţie ca partiţie de pornire EFI." +msgstr "" +"Dacă alegeţi partiţionarea ghidată pentru sistemul dumneavoastră IA64, va fi " +"şi o partiţie adiţională, formatată ca sistem de fişiere FAT16 care poate fi " +"pornit, pentru încărcătorul de sistem EFI. Există şi un element suplimentar " +"în meniul de formatare pentru a configura o partiţie ca partiţie de pornire " +"EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " "unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " "reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." -msgstr "Dacă alegeţi partiţionarea ghidată pentru sistemul dumneavoastră Alpha, suplimentar, se va aloca o partiţie neformatată la începutul discului pentru a rezerva spaţiu pentru încărcătorul de sistem aboot." +msgstr "" +"Dacă alegeţi partiţionarea ghidată pentru sistemul dumneavoastră Alpha, " +"suplimentar, se va aloca o partiţie neformatată la începutul discului pentru " +"a rezerva spaţiu pentru încărcătorul de sistem aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:864 +#: using-d-i.xml:890 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " "table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted " "and where they will be mounted." -msgstr "După selectarea unei scheme, următorul ecran vă va arăta noua tabelă de partiţii, inclusiv informaţii legate de felul în care, şi dacă, vor fi formatate şi dacă vor fi montate." +msgstr "" +"După selectarea unei scheme, următorul ecran vă va arăta noua tabelă de " +"partiţii, inclusiv informaţii legate de felul în care, şi dacă, vor fi " +"formatate şi dacă vor fi montate." +# XXX: NOTE??? #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:896 #, no-c-format -#XXX: NOTE??? msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -1283,10 +1531,16 @@ msgstr "" " #7 logical 498.8 MO ext3\n" " #8 logical 551.5 MO swap swap\n" " #9 logical 65.8 GO ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Acest examplu ilustrează două discuri fixe pe IDE împărţite în câteva partiţii; primul disc are ceva spaţiu liber. Fiecare linie cu o partiţie constă în numărul partiţiei, tipul său, dimensiunea, fanioane opţionale, sistemul de fişiere şi punctul de montare (dacă e cazul). Notă: această configurare nu poate creată folosind partiţionarea ghidată, dar ilustrează variaţiile posibile care pot fi obţinute folosind partiţionarea manuală." +"</screen></informalexample> Acest examplu ilustrează două discuri fixe pe " +"IDE împărţite în câteva partiţii; primul disc are ceva spaţiu liber. Fiecare " +"linie cu o partiţie constă în numărul partiţiei, tipul său, dimensiunea, " +"fanioane opţionale, sistemul de fişiere şi punctul de montare (dacă e " +"cazul). Notă: această configurare nu poate creată folosind partiţionarea " +"ghidată, dar ilustrează variaţiile posibile care pot fi obţinute folosind " +"partiţionarea manuală." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1296,10 +1550,18 @@ msgid "" "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" "guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " "changes as described below for manual partitioning." -msgstr "Cu aceasta se termină partiţionarea ghidată. Dacă sunteţi mulţumit(ă) cu tabela de partiţii generată, puteţi alege <guimenuitem>Finalizează partiţionarea şi scrie modificările pe disc</guimenuitem> din meniu, pentru a pune în practică noua tabelă de partiţii (după cum e descris la sfârşitul acestei secţiuni). Dacă nu sunteţi mulţumit(ă), puteţi alege <guimenuitem>Anulează schimbările făcute asupra partiţiilor</guimenuitem> şi să rulaţi partiţionarea ghidată din nou sau să modificaţi schimbările propuse după cum se va descrie mai jos la partiţionarea manuală." +msgstr "" +"Cu aceasta se termină partiţionarea ghidată. Dacă sunteţi mulţumit(ă) cu " +"tabela de partiţii generată, puteţi alege <guimenuitem>Finalizează " +"partiţionarea şi scrie modificările pe disc</guimenuitem> din meniu, pentru " +"a pune în practică noua tabelă de partiţii (după cum e descris la sfârşitul " +"acestei secţiuni). Dacă nu sunteţi mulţumit(ă), puteţi alege " +"<guimenuitem>Anulează schimbările făcute asupra partiţiilor</guimenuitem> şi " +"să rulaţi partiţionarea ghidată din nou sau să modificaţi schimbările " +"propuse după cum se va descrie mai jos la partiţionarea manuală." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:893 +#: using-d-i.xml:919 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1307,20 +1569,30 @@ msgid "" "and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and " "the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the " "remainder of this section." -msgstr "Un ecran similar cu cel din-nainte va fi afişat dacă alegeţi partiţionarea manuală, cu excepţia că va fi afişată tabela de partiţii actuală şi punctele de montare nu vor fi afişate. Felul în care să configuraţi manual tabela de partiţii şi felul în care să fie folosite de către noul dumneavoastră sistem Debian vor fi acoperite în restul acestei secţiuni." +msgstr "" +"Un ecran similar cu cel din-nainte va fi afişat dacă alegeţi partiţionarea " +"manuală, cu excepţia că va fi afişată tabela de partiţii actuală şi punctele " +"de montare nu vor fi afişate. Felul în care să configuraţi manual tabela de " +"partiţii şi felul în care să fie folosite de către noul dumneavoastră sistem " +"Debian vor fi acoperite în restul acestei secţiuni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " -"space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is " -"needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled " -"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." -msgstr "Dacă selectaţi un disc nou care nu are nici partiţii nici spaţiu liber pe el, vi se va oferi posibilitatea să creaţi o nouă tabelă de partiţii (acest lucru este necesar pentru a putea crea noi partiţii). După aceasta o linie nouă numită <quote>SPAŢIU LIBER</quote> ar trebui să apară sub discul selectat." +"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " +"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " +"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " +"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +msgstr "" +"Dacă selectaţi un disc nou care nu are nici partiţii nici spaţiu liber pe " +"el, vi se va oferi posibilitatea să creaţi o nouă tabelă de partiţii (acest " +"lucru este necesar pentru a putea crea noi partiţii). După aceasta o linie " +"nouă numită <quote>SPAŢIU LIBER</quote> ar trebui să apară sub discul " +"selectat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1336,10 +1608,26 @@ msgid "" "from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " "partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " "and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." -msgstr "Dacă selectaţi un spaţiu liber, veţi putea să creaţi o nouă partiţie. Va trebui să răspundeţi la o scurtă serie de întrebări legate de dimensiunea ei, tipul ei (primară sau logică) şi locul de plasare (la începutul sau la sfârşitul spaţiului liber). După aceasta, vi se va oferi o privire de detaliu asupra noii partiţii. Există opţiuni precum punctul de montare, opţiunile de montare, fanionul de pornire sau modul de utilizare. Dacă nu vă plac opţiunile implicite le puteţi schimba după bunul dumneavoastră plac. Ex. prin selectarea opţiunii <guimenuitem>Folosită că:</guimenuitem> se poate alege un alt sistem de fişier pentru această partiţie, existând inclusiv posibilităţile de a o folosi ca partiţie <quote>swap</quote>, <quote>software RAID</quote>, LVM sau de a nu o folosi deloc. O altă facilitate utilă este posibilitatea de a copia date dintr-o partiţie deja existentă pe cea nouă. Când sunteţi mulţumit(ă) cu noua schemă de partiţionare, selectaţi <guimenuitem>S-a finalizat ajustarea partiţiei</guimenuitem> şi veţi fi aduşi înapoi în ecranul principal al lui <command>partman</command>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă selectaţi un spaţiu liber, veţi putea să creaţi o nouă partiţie. Va " +"trebui să răspundeţi la o scurtă serie de întrebări legate de dimensiunea " +"ei, tipul ei (primară sau logică) şi locul de plasare (la începutul sau la " +"sfârşitul spaţiului liber). După aceasta, vi se va oferi o privire de " +"detaliu asupra noii partiţii. Există opţiuni precum punctul de montare, " +"opţiunile de montare, fanionul de pornire sau modul de utilizare. Dacă nu vă " +"plac opţiunile implicite le puteţi schimba după bunul dumneavoastră plac. " +"Ex. prin selectarea opţiunii <guimenuitem>Folosită că:</guimenuitem> se " +"poate alege un alt sistem de fişier pentru această partiţie, existând " +"inclusiv posibilităţile de a o folosi ca partiţie <quote>swap</quote>, " +"<quote>software RAID</quote>, LVM sau de a nu o folosi deloc. O altă " +"facilitate utilă este posibilitatea de a copia date dintr-o partiţie deja " +"existentă pe cea nouă. Când sunteţi mulţumit(ă) cu noua schemă de " +"partiţionare, selectaţi <guimenuitem>S-a finalizat ajustarea partiţiei</" +"guimenuitem> şi veţi fi aduşi înapoi în ecranul principal al lui " +"<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1350,10 +1638,18 @@ msgid "" "the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " "at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " "delete a partition." -msgstr "Dacă vă decideţi să schimbaţi ceva legat de partiţie, selectaţi partiţia, lucru care vă va duce la meniul de configurare a partiţiei. Deoarece este acelaşi ecran ca la crearea unei partiţii, puteţi schimba acelaşi set de opţiuni. Un lucru care poate nu este evident la prima vedere este că o partiţie se poate redimensiona prin selectarea elementului care specifică dimensiunea partiţiei. Sistemele de fişiere despre care se ştie că pot redimensiona sunt fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 şi swap. Acest meniu vă permite şi să ştergeţi o partiţie." +msgstr "" +"Dacă vă decideţi să schimbaţi ceva legat de partiţie, selectaţi partiţia, " +"lucru care vă va duce la meniul de configurare a partiţiei. Deoarece este " +"acelaşi ecran ca la crearea unei partiţii, puteţi schimba acelaşi set de " +"opţiuni. Un lucru care poate nu este evident la prima vedere este că o " +"partiţie se poate redimensiona prin selectarea elementului care specifică " +"dimensiunea partiţiei. Sistemele de fişiere despre care se ştie că pot " +"redimensiona sunt fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 şi swap. Acest meniu vă permite " +"şi să ştergeţi o partiţie." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:938 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1364,7 +1660,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1373,7 +1669,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:952 +#: using-d-i.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1384,7 +1680,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1394,13 +1690,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:988 +#: using-d-i.xml:1014 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:989 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1413,7 +1709,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1423,7 +1719,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1465,97 +1761,97 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1090 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1091 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1092 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1093 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1099 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1129 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1111 +#: using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1563,7 +1859,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1571,7 +1867,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1582,7 +1878,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1594,7 +1890,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1608,7 +1904,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1617,7 +1913,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1630,7 +1926,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1182 +#: using-d-i.xml:1208 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1638,7 +1934,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1190 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1650,7 +1946,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1199 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1660,13 +1956,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1677,7 +1973,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1690,7 +1986,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1703,7 +1999,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -1714,7 +2010,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#: using-d-i.xml:1279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -1727,7 +2023,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#: using-d-i.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -1735,43 +2031,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -1779,7 +2075,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -1787,7 +2083,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -1797,7 +2093,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -1806,13 +2102,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -1826,7 +2122,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -1843,7 +2139,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -1853,7 +2149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -1866,7 +2162,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -1877,7 +2173,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -1887,13 +2183,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -1909,13 +2205,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -1925,13 +2221,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1422 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1450 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -1943,7 +2239,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -1953,25 +2249,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1454 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -1981,13 +2277,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -1999,7 +2295,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2012,13 +2308,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2032,7 +2328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2041,13 +2337,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1530 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2056,25 +2352,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1544 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2084,19 +2380,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2106,7 +2402,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1594 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2118,7 +2414,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2129,7 +2425,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1614 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2144,7 +2440,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1627 +#: using-d-i.xml:1653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2158,7 +2454,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2178,7 +2474,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1656 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2191,7 +2487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2199,13 +2495,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1678 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2213,13 +2509,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1690 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1718 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2229,13 +2525,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1710 +#: using-d-i.xml:1736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2245,7 +2541,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1717 +#: using-d-i.xml:1743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2257,7 +2553,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2267,19 +2563,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1773 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2289,7 +2585,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2300,7 +2596,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1765 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2309,13 +2605,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1777 +#: using-d-i.xml:1803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2325,7 +2621,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2338,7 +2634,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2348,7 +2644,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2356,13 +2652,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2372,13 +2668,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2389,7 +2685,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2398,7 +2694,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1846 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2408,13 +2704,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1860 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2425,13 +2721,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1876 +#: using-d-i.xml:1902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2451,7 +2747,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2463,13 +2759,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1942 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1918 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2481,7 +2777,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2501,7 +2797,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1952 +#: using-d-i.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2509,7 +2805,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2517,7 +2813,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2527,7 +2823,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2537,13 +2833,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2554,7 +2850,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2019 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2564,7 +2860,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2001 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2572,13 +2868,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2588,13 +2884,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2022 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2023 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2606,13 +2902,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2624,13 +2920,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2050 +#: using-d-i.xml:2076 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2051 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2640,7 +2936,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2651,13 +2947,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2079 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2667,7 +2963,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2678,13 +2974,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2695,7 +2991,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2112 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2706,13 +3002,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2156 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2726,13 +3022,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2151 +#: using-d-i.xml:2177 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2152 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2743,19 +3039,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2161 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2199 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -2764,7 +3060,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2181 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -2773,7 +3069,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -2781,13 +3077,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2227 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -2798,7 +3094,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2239 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -2808,7 +3104,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -2816,13 +3112,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -2830,13 +3126,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2845,13 +3141,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2863,7 +3159,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2256 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -2875,13 +3171,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2273 +#: using-d-i.xml:2299 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -2898,7 +3194,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2291 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -2910,13 +3206,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2303 +#: using-d-i.xml:2329 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2305 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -2928,13 +3224,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -2952,13 +3248,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2344 +#: using-d-i.xml:2370 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -2967,13 +3263,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2380 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -2983,13 +3279,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -2999,13 +3295,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3014,13 +3310,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2415 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3030,13 +3326,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3061,13 +3357,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2430 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2431 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3075,13 +3371,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2439 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2440 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3089,13 +3385,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2449 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3103,13 +3399,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2483 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2458 +#: using-d-i.xml:2484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3117,13 +3413,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2480 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3140,13 +3436,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2500 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3154,19 +3450,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2508 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2518 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3174,13 +3471,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2552 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2527 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3188,7 +3485,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2537 +#: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3196,19 +3493,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2569 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3221,13 +3518,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2599 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3237,13 +3534,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2615 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3254,13 +3551,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2633 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3278,13 +3575,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2660 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3296,7 +3593,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3310,13 +3607,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2663 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3324,13 +3621,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2675 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2703 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3340,7 +3637,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2684 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3350,13 +3647,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2698 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2725 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3365,13 +3662,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2714 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3380,7 +3677,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3391,13 +3688,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2741 +#: using-d-i.xml:2767 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3411,7 +3708,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3423,7 +3720,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3436,13 +3733,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2784 +#: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2812 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3454,7 +3751,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3468,7 +3765,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2809 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3476,7 +3773,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3490,7 +3787,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2826 +#: using-d-i.xml:2852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3499,7 +3796,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3518,7 +3815,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3530,7 +3827,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3543,7 +3840,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3554,10 +3851,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " "resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " +#~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " +#~ "data that is currently on the selected hard disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dacă alegeţi partţionarea ghidată folosind LVM, nu va mai fi posibil să " +#~ "anulaţi schimbările făcute în tabela de partiţii. Aceasta şterge efectiv " +#~ "toate datele care se află în present pe discul selectat." diff --git a/po/ru/installation-howto.po b/po/ru/installation-howto.po index 8374b8719..728f71bb4 100644 --- a/po/ru/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/ru/installation-howto.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-howto\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-16 18:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-09 13:10+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:5 @@ -98,8 +99,8 @@ msgstr "" "Для некоторых методов установки требуются дополнительные образы помимо CD-" "образа. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> На <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;" "\">домашней странице &d-i;</ulink> находятся ссылки на такие образы.</" -"phrase> В <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> описано, как их найти на " -"серверах-зеркалах Debian." +"phrase> В <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> описано, как их найти на серверах-" +"зеркалах Debian." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:58 @@ -447,12 +448,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " -"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space " -"on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if " -"you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available " +"free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new " +"users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "Теперь пришло время разметки дисков. Сначала вам предложат автоматическую " "разметку всего диска или только свободного пространства. Этот режим " @@ -460,7 +462,7 @@ msgstr "" "авторазметку, выберите ручной режим из меню." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -476,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian; просто выберите нужный раздел и укажите его новый размер." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:265 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -498,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr "" "рассказано более подробно о процедуре разметки." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:275 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -508,7 +510,7 @@ msgstr "" "может занять некоторое время. Затем устанавливается ядро." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:280 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -526,7 +528,7 @@ msgstr "" "его в другое место. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:290 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -540,7 +542,7 @@ msgstr "" "который описан в <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:297 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -550,13 +552,13 @@ msgstr "" "посмотрите <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:306 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Отправьте нам отчёт об установке" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:307 +#: installation-howto.xml:308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -570,7 +572,7 @@ msgstr "" "запуск команды <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:315 +#: installation-howto.xml:316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -586,13 +588,13 @@ msgstr "" "вообще ничего не удалось, смотрите <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:327 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "И напоследок..." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:328 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " @@ -601,4 +603,3 @@ msgstr "" "Мы надеемся, что установка Debian была приятной и что вы найдёте Debian " "полезным. Вероятно, вам пригодится информация из <xref linkend=\"post-install" "\"/>." - diff --git a/po/ru/preseed.po b/po/ru/preseed.po index 2d11c838b..67441ee45 100644 --- a/po/ru/preseed.po +++ b/po/ru/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-09 13:13+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1206,16 +1206,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:648 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" "\n" -"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" -"# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format. If the method\n" -"# supports it, you can specify several disks separated by spaces.\n" +"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name\n" +"# can be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" "# For example, to use the first disk:\n" "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" "# In addition, you'll need to specify the method to use.\n" @@ -1226,6 +1225,8 @@ msgid "" "# contains an old LVM configuration, the user will normally receive a\n" "# warning. This can be preseeded away...\n" "d-i partman-auto/purge_lvm_from_device boolean true\n" +"# And the same goes for the confirmation to write the lvm partitions.\n" +"d-i partman-lvm/confirm boolean true\n" "\n" "# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" @@ -1335,12 +1336,100 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Partitioning using RAID" +msgstr "Разметка дисков" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:654 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " +"Supported are RAID levels 0, 1 and 5, creating degraded arrays and " +"specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to " +"install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootloader\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:664 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " +"new component that may still have some bugs or missing error handling. The " +"responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and " +"don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</" +"filename> if you run into problems." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:672 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " +"component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded arrays or " +"spare devices has only been tested lightly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:680 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" +"\n" +"# The method should be set to \"raid\".\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/method string raid\n" +"# Specify the disks to be partitioned. They will all get the same layout,\n" +"# so this will only work if the disks are the same size.\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc /dev/discs/disc1/disc\n" +"\n" +"# Next you need to specify the physical partitions that will be used. \n" +"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" +"# multiraid :: \\\n" +"# 1000 5000 4000 raid \\\n" +"# $primary{ } method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 64 512 300% raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 500 10000 1000000000 raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# Last you need to specify how the previously defined partitions will be\n" +"# used in the RAID setup. Remember to use the correct partition numbers\n" +"# for logical partitions.\n" +"# Parameters are:\n" +"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <mountpoint> \\\n" +"# <devices> <sparedevices>\n" +"# RAID levels 0, 1 and 5 are supported; devices are separated using \"#\"\n" +"#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 ext3 / \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part1#/dev/discs/disc1/part1 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 swap - \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part5#/dev/discs/disc1/part5 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 0 2 0 ext3 /home \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part6#/dev/discs/disc1/part6 \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" +"d-i partman-md/confirm boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" +" select Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" +"d-i partman/confirm boolean true" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "Настройка времени и часового пояса" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:655 +#: preseed.xml:687 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1358,13 +1447,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:660 +#: preseed.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "Настройка Apt" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:661 +#: preseed.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1378,7 +1467,7 @@ msgstr "" "добавить другие (локальные) репозитории." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:669 +#: preseed.xml:701 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1413,13 +1502,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:674 +#: preseed.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "Настройка учётной записи" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:675 +#: preseed.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1431,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "виде или в виде <emphasis>хешей</emphasis> MD5." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:682 +#: preseed.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1447,7 +1536,7 @@ msgstr "" "пароль прямым перебором." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1493,7 +1582,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 хеш]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:694 +#: preseed.xml:726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1514,26 +1603,26 @@ msgstr "" "<command>sudo</command>)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:704 +#: preseed.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "MD5 хеш для пароля можно сгенерировать с помощью следующей команды." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:708 +#: preseed.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:714 +#: preseed.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:715 +#: preseed.xml:747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1544,7 +1633,7 @@ msgstr "" "основном они касаются установки ядра." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:722 +#: preseed.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1555,13 +1644,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:727 +#: preseed.xml:759 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "Установка загрузчика" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:729 +#: preseed.xml:761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1610,13 +1699,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:734 +#: preseed.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Выбор пакетов" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1626,73 +1715,73 @@ msgstr "" "Доступные задачи:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:744 +#: preseed.xml:776 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "standard (стандартная система)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:747 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "desktop (рабочий стол)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:750 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "gnome-desktop (рабочий стол gnome)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "kde-desktop (рабочий стол kde)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:756 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "web-server (веб сервер)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:759 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "print-server (сервер печати)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:762 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "dns-server (DNS-сервер)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "file-server (файловый сервер)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:768 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "mail-server (почтовый сервер)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:771 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "sql-database (база данных SQL)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:774 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "laptop (для ноутбука)" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1704,7 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>standard</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1719,7 +1808,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно указать в командной строке ядра." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:794 +#: preseed.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1749,13 +1838,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "Завершение первого этапа установки" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:801 +#: preseed.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1773,13 +1862,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:806 +#: preseed.xml:838 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "Настройка почты" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:807 +#: preseed.xml:839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1790,7 +1879,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматическая настройка." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:814 +#: preseed.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1806,13 +1895,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:819 +#: preseed.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "Настройка X системы" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:820 +#: preseed.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1825,7 +1914,7 @@ msgstr "" "оборудования." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:828 +#: preseed.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1875,13 +1964,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:833 +#: preseed.xml:865 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "Автоматизация других пакетов" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:835 +#: preseed.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1904,19 +1993,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> файл" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:841 +#: preseed.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Дополнительные параметры" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:844 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Команды оболочки" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:846 +#: preseed.xml:878 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1956,13 +2045,13 @@ msgstr "" "zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "Последовательная загрузка нескольких файлов ответов" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:852 +#: preseed.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -1978,7 +2067,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигураций в другие файлы." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:862 +#: preseed.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po index 19806f498..c50c9f939 100644 --- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-07 22:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-09 13:15+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:5 @@ -354,7 +355,8 @@ msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." +msgid "" +"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." msgstr "Ищет файловые системы ISO в приводе CD-ROM или на жёстком диске." #. Tag: term @@ -453,7 +455,8 @@ msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." +msgid "" +"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." msgstr "" "Автоматически создаёт разделы на всём диске, согласно заданным пользователем " "установкам." @@ -558,7 +561,8 @@ msgstr "user-setup" #: using-d-i.xml:306 #, no-c-format msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user." -msgstr "Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя." +msgstr "" +"Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:314 @@ -660,7 +664,8 @@ msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." msgstr "" "Позволяет пользователю вызвать интерпретатор командной строки из меню или на " "второй консоли." @@ -1156,11 +1161,11 @@ msgstr "" "При ручной настройке сети вам зададут несколько вопросов о вашей сети, а " "именно про <computeroutput>IP-адрес</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>маску " "сети</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>шлюз</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>адреса DNS-серверов</computeroutput> и " -"<computeroutput>имени машины</computeroutput>. Кроме того, если у вас " -"интерфейс беспроводной сети, то вас попросят ввести личный " -"<computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> и <computeroutput>WEP ключ</" -"computeroutput>. Введите ответы из <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." +"<computeroutput>адреса DNS-серверов</computeroutput> и <computeroutput>имени " +"машины</computeroutput>. Кроме того, если у вас интерфейс беспроводной сети, " +"то вас попросят ввести личный <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</" +"computeroutput> и <computeroutput>WEP ключ</computeroutput>. Введите ответы " +"из <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:703 @@ -1230,12 +1235,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " -"entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</" -"quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " -"<guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." +"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called " +"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, " +"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "Сначала вам предложат автоматическую разметку или всего диска или только его " "свободного места. Это так называемая <quote>направляющая</quote> разметка. " @@ -1243,15 +1248,14 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Редактирование таблицы разделов вручную</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " -"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " -"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " -"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " -"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " -"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " +"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " +"LVM. Note: the options to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " +"architectures." msgstr "" "Если вы выбрали направляющую разметку, то есть два пути: создавать разделы " "непосредственно на жёстком диске (классический метод) или использовать " @@ -1262,28 +1266,68 @@ msgstr "" "архитектурах." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:791 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " -"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " -"is currently on the selected hard disk." +"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " +"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions " +"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the " +"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing " +"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" -"При включении направляющей разметки с использованием LVM, невозможно " -"отменить изменения, сделанные в таблице разделов. Этот выбор полностью " -"стирает все данные с задействованного жёсткого диска." +"Если вы выбрали направляющую разметку, то есть два пути: создавать разделы " +"непосредственно на жёстком диске (классический метод) или использовать " +"управление логическими томами (LVM). Во втором случае, программа установки " +"будет создавать сами разделы внутри одного большого раздела; преимущество " +"этого метода в том, что у разделов внутри этого большого раздела можно легко " +"изменить размеры позже. Замечание: LVM может быть недоступен на некоторых " +"архитектурах." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " -"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " -"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" -"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " -"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " -"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " -"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " +"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while " +"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is " +"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them " +"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before " +"they are written to disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " +"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " +"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " +"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " +"differ from what you are used too. The size of the disks may help to " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " +"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " +"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " +"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in " +"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space " +"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends " +"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "Если вы выбрали направляющую разметку (или классическую или использующую " "LVM), то вам предложат выбрать одну из схем, описанных в таблице ниже. Любая " @@ -1295,73 +1339,73 @@ msgstr "" "завершится неудачно." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Схема разметки" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Минимальное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Создаваемые разделы" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:823 +#: using-d-i.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Все файлы на одном разделе" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:824 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Отдельный раздел /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:828 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:859 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Отдельные разделы /home, /usr, /var и /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:834 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1ГБ</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:835 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1371,12 +1415,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:844 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " -"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " +"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other " +"partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM " +"partition." msgstr "" "Если вы выбрали направляющую разметку с использованием LVM, то программа " "установки также создаст отдельный раздел <filename>/boot</filename>. " @@ -1384,7 +1429,7 @@ msgstr "" "раздела LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1399,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" "качестве загрузочного раздела EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1411,7 +1456,7 @@ msgstr "" "предназначен для резервирования места под системный загрузчик aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:864 +#: using-d-i.xml:890 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1423,7 +1468,7 @@ msgstr "" "они будут смонтированы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1473,7 +1518,7 @@ msgstr "" "разметки, это просто пример, созданный с помощью разметки вручную." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1493,7 +1538,7 @@ msgstr "" "предложенные изменения вручную, как описано ниже." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:893 +#: using-d-i.xml:919 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1508,13 +1553,13 @@ msgstr "" "разделы в Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " -"space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is " -"needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled " -"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " +"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " +"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " +"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" "Если вы работаете с чистым диском, на котором нет ни разделов ни свободного " "места, то вам предложат создать новую таблицу разделов (это необходимо для " @@ -1522,7 +1567,7 @@ msgstr "" "новая строка <quote>СВОБОДНОЕ ПРОСТРАНСТВО</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1555,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr "" "обратно в главное меню <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1576,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделом подкачки. Также, из этого меню можно удалить раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:938 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1593,7 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "" "исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1605,7 +1650,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы создадите такой раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:952 +#: using-d-i.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1621,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename> или <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1635,13 +1680,13 @@ msgstr "" "подтвердить, что все представленные файловые системы должны быть созданы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:988 +#: using-d-i.xml:1014 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Настройка устройства Multidisk (программный RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:989 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1662,7 +1707,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>программный RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1677,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "" "точку монтирования и т.д.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1734,19 +1779,19 @@ msgstr "" "оставшихся дисках. Второе: вам доступна только часть имеющегося объёма " "(более точно, размер самого маленького раздела в RAID). Третье: нагрузка при " "чтении файла сбалансированно распределяется по всем дискам, что может " -"повысить производительность, например, файлового сервера, на котором операций " -"чтения больше чем операций записи. </para><para> Также, вы можете иметь в " -"массиве запасной диск, который включится в работу в случае неисправности " -"одного из дисков. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " -"<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Хороший компромисс между скоростью, " -"надёжностью и избыточностью. RAID5 разделяет все входящие данные на полосы и " -"распределяет их пропорционально на все диски кроме одного ( как и RAID0). В " -"отличие от RAID0, RAID5 вычисляет <firstterm>контрольную сумму</firstterm>, " -"которую записывает на оставшийся диск. Диск с контрольной суммой не статичен " -"(тогда это был бы RAID4), а периодически изменяется, так что контрольная " -"сумма распределяется по всем дискам. Когда один из дисков ломается, " -"потерянную часть информации можно вычислить из оставшихся данных и её " -"контрольной суммы. RAID5 должен состоять, как минимум из трёх активных " +"повысить производительность, например, файлового сервера, на котором " +"операций чтения больше чем операций записи. </para><para> Также, вы можете " +"иметь в массиве запасной диск, который включится в работу в случае " +"неисправности одного из дисков. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> " +"<varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Хороший компромисс между " +"скоростью, надёжностью и избыточностью. RAID5 разделяет все входящие данные " +"на полосы и распределяет их пропорционально на все диски кроме одного ( как " +"и RAID0). В отличие от RAID0, RAID5 вычисляет <firstterm>контрольную сумму</" +"firstterm>, которую записывает на оставшийся диск. Диск с контрольной суммой " +"не статичен (тогда это был бы RAID4), а периодически изменяется, так что " +"контрольная сумма распределяется по всем дискам. Когда один из дисков " +"ломается, потерянную часть информации можно вычислить из оставшихся данных и " +"её контрольной суммы. RAID5 должен состоять, как минимум из трёх активных " "разделов. Также, вы можете иметь в массиве запасной диск, который включится " "в работу в случае неисправности одного из дисков. </para><para> Как видите, " "RAID5 имеет немного надёжности от RAID1, но достигает этого с меньшей " @@ -1755,101 +1800,101 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> Итог:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1090 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Минимум устройств" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1091 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Запасное устройство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1092 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Сохранятся ли данные при отказе диска?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1093 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Доступное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1099 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1063, index.docbook:1064 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>нет</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1129 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела умноженный на число устройств в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1071, index.docbook:1079 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "необязательно" # index.docbook:1072, index.docbook:1080 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>да</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1111 +#: using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1859,7 +1904,7 @@ msgstr "" "один)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1869,7 +1914,7 @@ msgstr "" "software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1885,7 +1930,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройство RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1903,7 +1948,7 @@ msgstr "" "некоторую настройку или шаги установки вручную из командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1925,7 +1970,7 @@ msgstr "" "зависят от типа выбранного MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1936,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашей задачей будет выбор разделов, из которых вы хотите сформировать MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1956,7 +2001,7 @@ msgstr "" "позволит вам продолжить, пока вы не исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1182 +#: using-d-i.xml:1208 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1966,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать как минимум <emphasis>три</emphasis> активных раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1190 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1984,7 +2029,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1199 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1998,13 +2043,13 @@ msgstr "" "новых MD устройствах и назначить им обычные атрибуты типа точек монтирования." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Настройка менеджера логических томов (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2021,7 +2066,7 @@ msgstr "" "и т.д." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2041,7 +2086,7 @@ msgstr "" "их группы томов) можно распределить по нескольким физическим дискам." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2062,7 +2107,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2079,7 +2124,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#: using-d-i.xml:1279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2099,7 +2144,7 @@ msgstr "" "Возможные действия:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#: using-d-i.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2109,43 +2154,43 @@ msgstr "" "структуру LVM устройства, имена и размеры логических томов и т.д." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Создать группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Создание логических томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Удалить группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Удаление логических томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Расширить группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Уменьшить группу томов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2155,7 +2200,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2165,7 +2210,7 @@ msgstr "" "логические тома." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -2180,7 +2225,7 @@ msgstr "" "удалить их." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2192,13 +2237,13 @@ msgstr "" "они одинаково)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Настройка шифрованных томов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2220,7 +2265,7 @@ msgstr "" "данные на диске выглядят как случайный набор символов." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2248,7 +2293,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузить ядро с шифрованного раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2262,7 +2307,7 @@ msgstr "" "процессора, выбранного алгоритма шифрования и длины ключа." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2282,7 +2327,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметров шифрования." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2298,7 +2343,7 @@ msgstr "" "непреодолимых причин, рекомендуется использовать метод по умолчанию." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2312,13 +2357,13 @@ msgstr "" "вдумчиво выбирались исходя из соображений безопасности." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2343,13 +2388,13 @@ msgstr "" "конфиденциальной информации в 21-ом веке." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Размер ключа: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2363,13 +2408,13 @@ msgstr "" "ключа зависят от шифра." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1422 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV алгоритм: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1450 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2387,7 +2432,7 @@ msgstr "" "повторяющихся участков в шифрованных данных." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2402,25 +2447,25 @@ msgstr "" "задействовать новые алгоритмы." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>ключевая фраза</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь можно ввести тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1454 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Ключевая фраза" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2434,13 +2479,13 @@ msgstr "" "которую вы сможете ввести позже." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Произвольный ключ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2458,7 +2503,7 @@ msgstr "" "продолжительность жизни.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2477,13 +2522,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки) восстановить приостановленные данные записанные в раздел подкачки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Стереть данные: <userinput>да</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2504,7 +2549,7 @@ msgstr "" "неоднократной перезаписи на магнитооптических носителях. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2516,13 +2561,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующие параметры:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1530 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2534,25 +2579,25 @@ msgstr "" "размерах ключей смотрите в разделах ранее." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1544 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь вы можете выбрать тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "файл ключа (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2567,19 +2612,19 @@ msgstr "" "позже в процессе установки)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Подробней о произвольных ключах смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Подробней о стирании данных смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2593,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr "" "фраз</emphasis> в качестве ключей шифрования." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1594 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2611,7 +2656,7 @@ msgstr "" "это может занять некоторое время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2628,7 +2673,7 @@ msgstr "" "родственников и тому подобное)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1614 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2652,7 +2697,7 @@ msgstr "" "ключевой фразы для корневой файловой системы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1627 +#: using-d-i.xml:1653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2675,7 +2720,7 @@ msgstr "" "для каждого шифруемого раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2709,7 +2754,7 @@ msgstr "" "устраивают." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1656 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2728,21 +2773,22 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " "installation." -msgstr "После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку." +msgstr "" +"После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Настройка системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1678 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2752,13 +2798,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки устанавливаемой системы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1690 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Настройка часового пояса" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1718 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2772,13 +2818,13 @@ msgstr "" "выберет этот часовой пояс." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Настройка времени" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1710 +#: using-d-i.xml:1736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2792,7 +2838,7 @@ msgstr "" "установлено других операционных систем." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1717 +#: using-d-i.xml:1743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2805,13 +2851,13 @@ msgstr "" "В экспертном режиме вы всегда можете выбрать установлены ли часы по Гринвичу " "или нет. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Аппаратные часы на Macintosh обычно " "показывают локальное время. Если хотите использовать мультизагрузку, " -"выберите локальное время вместо GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">В системах, " -"в которых (также) работают под Dos или Windows часы обычно настроены на " -"локальное время. Если хотите использовать мультизагрузку, выберите локальное " -"время вместо GMT.</phrase>" +"выберите локальное время вместо GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">В " +"системах, в которых (также) работают под Dos или Windows часы обычно " +"настроены на локальное время. Если хотите использовать мультизагрузку, " +"выберите локальное время вместо GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2824,19 +2870,19 @@ msgstr "" "неправильное или если оно раньше показывало время не по Гринвичу." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Добавление пользователей и паролей" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1773 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Установка пароля суперпользователя (root)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2851,7 +2897,7 @@ msgstr "" "время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2867,7 +2913,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной информации, которую можно угадать." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1765 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2880,13 +2926,13 @@ msgstr "" "администраторами." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Создание учётной записи обычного пользователя" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1777 +#: using-d-i.xml:1803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2901,7 +2947,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2922,7 +2968,7 @@ msgstr "" "прочтите одну из них, если это для вас в новинку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2935,7 +2981,7 @@ msgstr "" "вполне подойдёт. И, наконец, вас попросят ввести пароль учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2945,13 +2991,13 @@ msgstr "" "запись, воспользуйтесь командой <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2965,13 +3011,13 @@ msgstr "" "может занять определённое время." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2987,7 +3033,7 @@ msgstr "" "нажмите <keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2999,7 +3045,7 @@ msgstr "" "файле <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1846 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3013,13 +3059,13 @@ msgstr "" "списка доступных ядер." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Установка дополнительного программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1860 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -3036,13 +3082,13 @@ msgstr "" "с сетью." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Настройка apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1876 +#: using-d-i.xml:1902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -3076,7 +3122,7 @@ msgstr "" "(поиск пакетов и отображение состояния) в отличном интерфейсе пользователя." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3093,13 +3139,13 @@ msgstr "" "его по желаю после завершения установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1942 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Выбор и установка программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1918 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3116,7 +3162,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроить компьютер на выполнение определённых задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3151,7 +3197,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимое пространство для возможных задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1952 +#: using-d-i.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3161,7 +3207,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> начнёт установку выбранных пакетов. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3171,7 +3217,7 @@ msgstr "" "отмены задач используется клавиша пробел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3185,7 +3231,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете вообще ничего не устанавливать с помощью задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3200,13 +3246,13 @@ msgstr "" "этого процесса." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Настройка программы пересылки почты (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3222,7 +3268,7 @@ msgstr "" "маленькая, гибкая и лёгкая в освоении программа." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2019 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3237,7 +3283,7 @@ msgstr "" "электронной почте." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2001 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3247,13 +3293,13 @@ msgstr "" "Выберите тот, который подходит вам больше всего:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "интернет-сайт" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3267,13 +3313,13 @@ msgstr "" "которых вы принимаете или передаёте почту." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2022 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "отправка почты через компьютер-шлюз (smarthost)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2023 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3292,13 +3338,13 @@ msgstr "" "подключение по телефонной линии." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "доставка только локальной почты" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3316,13 +3362,13 @@ msgstr "" "пользователям, потому что далее не задаётся больше никаких вопросов." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2050 +#: using-d-i.xml:2076 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "в данный момент конфигурация отсутствует" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2051 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3336,7 +3382,7 @@ msgstr "" "пропустить некоторые важные сообщения от ваших системных утилит." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3352,13 +3398,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Установка и настройка системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2079 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3372,7 +3418,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию; смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3388,13 +3434,13 @@ msgstr "" "в документации по менеджеру загрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Обнаружение операционных систем" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3410,7 +3456,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционную систему в дополнении к Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2112 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3426,13 +3472,13 @@ msgstr "" "информацию можно найти в документации по менеджеру загрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2156 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Установка <command>aboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3454,13 +3500,13 @@ msgstr "" "установлен Debian, то используйте загрузку GNU/Linux с дискеты." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2151 +#: using-d-i.xml:2177 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2152 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3476,19 +3522,20 @@ msgstr "" "есть <command>PALO</command> умеет работать с разделами Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2161 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2199 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3500,7 +3547,7 @@ msgstr "" "хорошим выбором по умолчанию для новичков и опытных пользователей." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2181 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3513,7 +3560,7 @@ msgstr "" "grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3524,13 +3571,14 @@ msgstr "" "использовать." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2227 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3547,7 +3595,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2239 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3561,7 +3609,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционных систем, например, GNU/Linux и GNU/Hurd после установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3571,13 +3619,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Главная загрузочная запись (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3587,13 +3635,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "раздел, созданный для Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3605,13 +3653,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian и будет играть роль вторичного системного загрузчика." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Другой" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3629,7 +3677,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> или <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2256 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3647,13 +3695,14 @@ msgstr "" "читайте в <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2273 +#: using-d-i.xml:2299 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3681,7 +3730,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>, чтобы загрузить и выполнить ядро Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2291 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3698,13 +3747,13 @@ msgstr "" "диске что и <emphasis>корневая</emphasis> файловая система." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2303 +#: using-d-i.xml:2329 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Выберите правильный раздел!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2305 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3722,13 +3771,13 @@ msgstr "" "установки, стерев его содержимое!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Содержимое EFI раздела" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3758,13 +3807,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки системы." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2344 +#: using-d-i.xml:2370 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3776,13 +3825,13 @@ msgstr "" "указывающими на файлы в EFI разделе." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2380 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3796,13 +3845,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>менеджер загрузки EFI</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3817,13 +3866,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3835,13 +3884,13 @@ msgstr "" "будут уничтожены при следующем запуске <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2415 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3855,13 +3904,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3905,13 +3954,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2430 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2431 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3921,42 +3970,44 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> для встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2439 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2440 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " "installed" -msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>" +msgstr "" +"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>" # index.docbook:1600, index.docbook:1669 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2449 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" "filename> resides" -msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" +msgstr "" +"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2483 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2458 +#: using-d-i.xml:2484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3966,13 +4017,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2480 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4000,13 +4051,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> в приглашении микропрограммы." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2500 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4017,33 +4068,36 @@ msgstr "" "встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2508 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" -msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" +msgstr "" +"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2518 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " "resides" -msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>" +msgstr "" +"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2552 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2527 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4053,7 +4107,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2537 +#: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4063,19 +4117,20 @@ msgstr "" "должна быть загружена конфигурация по умолчанию, то достаточно набрать" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2569 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4095,13 +4150,14 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware установлена на загрузку &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2599 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4116,13 +4172,13 @@ msgstr "" "на некоторых клонах Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2615 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4138,13 +4194,14 @@ msgstr "" "developerWorks, если хотите узнать больше о <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2633 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4175,13 +4232,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2660 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Продолжение без системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4200,7 +4257,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4222,13 +4279,13 @@ msgstr "" "то также и раздел файловой системы с <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Завершение установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2663 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4238,13 +4295,13 @@ msgstr "" "уборка за &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2675 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Завершение установки и перезагрузка" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2703 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4258,7 +4315,7 @@ msgstr "" "действия, а затем перезагрузит машину в новую систему Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2684 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4272,13 +4329,13 @@ msgstr "" "качестве корневой файловой системы в самом начале установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2698 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Разное" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2725 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4290,13 +4347,13 @@ msgstr "" "пойдёт не так." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Сохранение протокола установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2714 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4308,7 +4365,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> в новой системе Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4324,13 +4381,13 @@ msgstr "" "протокол на другой системе или послать его вместе с отчётом об ошибке." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2741 +#: using-d-i.xml:2767 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Использование командной строки и просмотр журнальных файлов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4353,7 +4410,7 @@ msgstr "" "называемый <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4371,7 +4428,7 @@ msgstr "" "такие как автодополнение и история команд." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4392,13 +4449,13 @@ msgstr "" "меню для входа в режим командной строки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2784 +#: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Установка по сети" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2812 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4416,7 +4473,7 @@ msgstr "" ">.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4438,7 +4495,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Продолжение установки через SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2809 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4448,7 +4505,7 @@ msgstr "" "после настройки сети." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4470,7 +4527,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>человеку, который будет продолжать установку удалённо</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2826 +#: using-d-i.xml:2852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4482,7 +4539,7 @@ msgstr "" "компоненту." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4513,7 +4570,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы вы смогли убедиться, что это именно тот компьютер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4531,7 +4588,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> и попробовать подключиться ещё раз." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4551,7 +4608,7 @@ msgstr "" "для установочного меню и несколько для оболочки командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4566,7 +4623,7 @@ msgstr "" "завершению установки или проблемам в установленной системой." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4575,3 +4632,11 @@ msgstr "" "Также, если SSH сессия запускается из X терминала, вы не должны изменять " "размеры окна, так как это приведёт к разрыву соединения." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " +#~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " +#~ "data that is currently on the selected hard disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "При включении направляющей разметки с использованием LVM, невозможно " +#~ "отменить изменения, сделанные в таблице разделов. Этот выбор полностью " +#~ "стирает все данные с задействованного жёсткого диска." diff --git a/po/sv/installation-howto.po b/po/sv/installation-howto.po index 37299af33..045831028 100644 --- a/po/sv/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/sv/installation-howto.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 installation howto\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-16 18:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-10 19:00+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -23,8 +23,21 @@ msgstr "Installationshjälp" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:7 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the information you will need for most installs. When more information can be useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." -msgstr "Det här dokumentet beskriver hur man installerar &debian; &releasename; för &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) med den nya &d-i;. Det här är en snabb genomgång av installationsprocessen vilken bör innehålla all information du behöver för de flesta installationer. När mer information kan vara av användning kommer vi att länka till mer detaljerade förklarningar i <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">Installationsguiden för &debian;</link>." +msgid "" +"This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-" +"title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick " +"walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the " +"information you will need for most installs. When more information can be " +"useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=" +"\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." +msgstr "" +"Det här dokumentet beskriver hur man installerar &debian; &releasename; för " +"&arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) med den nya &d-i;. Det här är " +"en snabb genomgång av installationsprocessen vilken bör innehålla all " +"information du behöver för de flesta installationer. När mer information kan " +"vara av användning kommer vi att länka till mer detaljerade förklarningar i " +"<link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">Installationsguiden för &debian;" +"</link>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:20 @@ -35,8 +48,20 @@ msgstr "Förberedelser" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:21 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Debian-installer är fortfarande i ett beta-tillstånd. </phrase> Om du påträffar fel under din installation, referera till <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> för instruktioner om hur man rapporterar dem. Om du har frågor som inte kan bli besvarade av det här dokumentet, skicka dem gärna till sändlistan debian-boot (&email-debian-boot-list;) eller fråga på IRC (#debian-boot på OFTC-nätverket)." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a " +"beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please " +"refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report " +"them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, " +"please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-" +"list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Debian-installer är fortfarande i " +"ett beta-tillstånd. </phrase> Om du påträffar fel under din installation, " +"referera till <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> för instruktioner om hur man " +"rapporterar dem. Om du har frågor som inte kan bli besvarade av det här " +"dokumentet, skicka dem gärna till sändlistan debian-boot (&email-debian-boot-" +"list;) eller fråga på IRC (#debian-boot på OFTC-nätverket)." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:37 @@ -47,20 +72,43 @@ msgstr "Starta upp installeraren" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:38 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> För några snabba länkar till cd-avbilder, ta en titt på webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; </ulink>. </phrase> Debian-cd-teamet ger ut byggnationer av cd-avbilder med &d-i; på sidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</ulink>. För mer information om var man får tag på cd-skivor, se <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, " +"check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> " +"The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on " +"where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> För några snabba länkar till cd-" +"avbilder, ta en titt på webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; </" +"ulink>. </phrase> Debian-cd-teamet ger ut byggnationer av cd-avbilder med &d-" +"i; på sidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</ulink>. " +"För mer information om var man får tag på cd-skivor, se <xref linkend=" +"\"official-cdrom\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." -msgstr "Vissa installationsmetoder kräver andra avbilder än cd-avbilder. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; </ulink> har länkar till andra avbilder. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> förklarar hur man hittar avbilder på Debian-speglar." +msgid "" +"Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase " +"condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home " +"page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files" +"\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." +msgstr "" +"Vissa installationsmetoder kräver andra avbilder än cd-avbilder. <phrase " +"condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; </" +"ulink> har länkar till andra avbilder. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files" +"\"/> förklarar hur man hittar avbilder på Debian-speglar." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:58 #, no-c-format -msgid "The subsections below will give the details about which images you should get for each possible means of installation." -msgstr "Undersektionerna nedan ger detaljer om vilka avbilder du bör hämta för varje tänkbar installation." +msgid "" +"The subsections below will give the details about which images you should " +"get for each possible means of installation." +msgstr "" +"Undersektionerna nedan ger detaljer om vilka avbilder du bör hämta för varje " +"tänkbar installation." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:66 @@ -71,14 +119,42 @@ msgstr "Cd-rom" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install &releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the first CD of the set." -msgstr "Det finns två olika cd-avbilder för nätinstallation (netinst) som kan användas för installation av &releasename; med &d-i;. Dessa avbilder är tänkta att starta från cd och installera ytterligare paket över ett nätverk, därav namnet \"netinst\". Skillnaden mellan de två avbilderna är att på den fulla netinst-avbilden är grundpaketen inkluderade och om du använder visitkortsavbilden måste du hämta dessa från webbplatsen. Om du hellre vill kan du hämta en fullstorleks cd-avbild som inte behöver nätverk för att installeras. Du behöver endast den första cd-skivan i uppsättningen." +msgid "" +"There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install " +"&releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and " +"install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The " +"difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base " +"packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if " +"you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full " +"size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the " +"first CD of the set." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två olika cd-avbilder för nätinstallation (netinst) som kan " +"användas för installation av &releasename; med &d-i;. Dessa avbilder är " +"tänkta att starta från cd och installera ytterligare paket över ett nätverk, " +"därav namnet \"netinst\". Skillnaden mellan de två avbilderna är att på den " +"fulla netinst-avbilden är grundpaketen inkluderade och om du använder " +"visitkortsavbilden måste du hämta dessa från webbplatsen. Om du hellre vill " +"kan du hämta en fullstorleks cd-avbild som inte behöver nätverk för att " +"installeras. Du behöver endast den första cd-skivan i uppsättningen." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:79 #, no-c-format -msgid "Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"x86\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </phrase>" -msgstr "Hämta den typ du föredrar och bränn den till en cd-skiva. <phrase arch=\"x86\">För att starta cd-skivan kanske du behöver att ändra din BIOS-konfiguration som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> För att starta en PowerMac från cd-skiva, tryck <keycap>c</keycap>-knappen under uppstart. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> för andra sätt att starta från en cd-skiva. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"x86" +"\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as " +"explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc" +"\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while " +"booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Hämta den typ du föredrar och bränn den till en cd-skiva. <phrase arch=\"x86" +"\">För att starta cd-skivan kanske du behöver att ändra din BIOS-" +"konfiguration som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> " +"<phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> För att starta en PowerMac från cd-skiva, tryck " +"<keycap>c</keycap>-knappen under uppstart. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> " +"för andra sätt att starta från en cd-skiva. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:93 @@ -89,32 +165,69 @@ msgstr "Diskett" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:94 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> and possibly one of the driver disks." -msgstr "Om du inte kan starta från en cd kan du hämta diskettavbilder för att installera Debian. Du behöver <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> och möjligen en av drivrutinsdisketterna." +msgid "" +"If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. " +"You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root." +"img</filename> and possibly one of the driver disks." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan starta från en cd kan du hämta diskettavbilder för att " +"installera Debian. Du behöver <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, " +"<filename>floppy/root.img</filename> och möjligen en av " +"drivrutinsdisketterna." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:100 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." -msgstr "Startdisketten är den med <filename>boot.img</filename> på sig. När den här disketten startas kommer den att fråga dig att mata in en andra diskett — använd den med <filename>root.img</filename> på sig." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This " +"floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use " +"the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." +msgstr "" +"Startdisketten är den med <filename>boot.img</filename> på sig. När den här " +"disketten startas kommer den att fråga dig att mata in en andra diskett " +"— använd den med <filename>root.img</filename> på sig." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:106 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename>, which contains additional drivers for many ethernet cards, and support for PCMCIA." -msgstr "Om du planerar att installera över nätverket kommer du normalt sett att behöva <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename> som innehåller ytterligare drivrutiner för många Ethernet-kort och stöd för PCMCIA." +msgid "" +"If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the " +"<filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename>, which contains additional " +"drivers for many ethernet cards, and support for PCMCIA." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att installera över nätverket kommer du normalt sett att " +"behöva <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename> som innehåller " +"ytterligare drivrutiner för många Ethernet-kort och stöd för PCMCIA." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:112 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the install using the CD." -msgstr "Om du har en cd-skiva men inte kan starta upp från den kan du starta upp från startdisketter och använda <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> på en drivrutinsdiskett för att färdigställa installationen med cd-skivan." +msgid "" +"If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use " +"<filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the " +"install using the CD." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en cd-skiva men inte kan starta upp från den kan du starta upp " +"från startdisketter och använda <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> " +"på en drivrutinsdiskett för att färdigställa installationen med cd-skivan." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:118 #, no-c-format -msgid "Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each <filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." -msgstr "Disketter är en av de minst pålitliga medium så var beredd på en hel del dåliga disketter (se <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Varje <filename>.img</filename>-fil du hämtar får plats på en diskett; du kan använda kommandot dd för att skriva dem till /dev/fd0 eller andra sätt (se <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> för detaljer). Eftersom du har mer än en diskett är det en bra idé att etikettera dem." +msgid "" +"Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for " +"lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each " +"<filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you " +"can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than " +"one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." +msgstr "" +"Disketter är en av de minst pålitliga medium så var beredd på en hel del " +"dåliga disketter (se <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Varje " +"<filename>.img</filename>-fil du hämtar får plats på en diskett; du kan " +"använda kommandot dd för att skriva dem till /dev/fd0 eller andra sätt (se " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> för detaljer). Eftersom du har mer än en " +"diskett är det en bra idé att etikettera dem." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:131 @@ -125,32 +238,74 @@ msgstr "USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:132 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can take with you anywhere." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att installera från en flyttbar USB-lagringsenhet. Till exempel kan en USB-nyckelring vara ett händigt medium att installera Debian från och som du kan ta med dig överallt." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For " +"example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can " +"take with you anywhere." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att installera från en flyttbar USB-lagringsenhet. Till " +"exempel kan en USB-nyckelring vara ett händigt medium att installera Debian " +"från och som du kan ta med dig överallt." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:138 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 256 MB image from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must be at least 256 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>.iso</literal>." -msgstr "Det enklaste sättet att förbereda ditt USB-minne är att hämta <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> och använda gunzip för att packa upp den 256 MB stora avbilden från den filen. Skriv den här avbilden direkt till ditt minne, som måste vara minst 256 MB stor. Så klart kommer det här att förstöra allt som redan finns på minnet. Montera sedan minnet, som nu har ett FAT-filsystem på sig. Hämta sedan en Debian netinst cd-avbild och kopiera den filen till minnet; vilket filnamn som helst är ok så länge det slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-" +"media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 256 MB image " +"from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must " +"be at least 256 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on " +"the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT " +"filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that " +"file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>." +"iso</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Det enklaste sättet att förbereda ditt USB-minne är att hämta <filename>hd-" +"media/boot.img.gz</filename> och använda gunzip för att packa upp den 256 MB " +"stora avbilden från den filen. Skriv den här avbilden direkt till ditt " +"minne, som måste vara minst 256 MB stor. Så klart kommer det här att " +"förstöra allt som redan finns på minnet. Montera sedan minnet, som nu har " +"ett FAT-filsystem på sig. Hämta sedan en Debian netinst cd-avbild och " +"kopiera den filen till minnet; vilket filnamn som helst är ok så länge det " +"slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." -msgstr "Det finns andra, mer flexibla sätt att ställa in ett minne för användning av Debian-installer och det är möjligt att få det att fungera med mindre minnen. För detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the " +"debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory " +"sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Det finns andra, mer flexibla sätt att ställa in ett minne för användning av " +"Debian-installer och det är möjligt att få det att fungera med mindre " +"minnen. För detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:155 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Vissa BIOS kan starta upp på USB-minnen direkt och vissa kan det inte. Du kanske behöver konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en <quote>flyttbar enhet</quote> eller till och med en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> för att få den att starta upp från USB-enheten. För hjälpfulla tips och detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgid "" +"Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to " +"configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a " +"<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful " +"hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa BIOS kan starta upp på USB-minnen direkt och vissa kan det inte. Du " +"kanske behöver konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en " +"<quote>flyttbar enhet</quote> eller till och med en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> " +"för att få den att starta upp från USB-enheten. För hjälpfulla tips och " +"detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:162 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Starta upp Macintosh-system från USB-lagringsenheter innebär manuell användning av Open Firmware. För instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgid "" +"Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of " +"Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp Macintosh-system från USB-lagringsenheter innebär manuell " +"användning av Open Firmware. För instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot" +"\"/>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:171 @@ -161,14 +316,32 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från nätverk" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:172 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att starta upp &d-i; helt från nätverket. De olika metoderna att nätstarta beror på din arkitektur och nätstartskonfiguration. Filerna i <filename>netboot/</filename> kan användas för att nätstarta &d-i;." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various " +"methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files " +"in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att starta upp &d-i; helt från nätverket. De olika " +"metoderna att nätstarta beror på din arkitektur och nätstartskonfiguration. " +"Filerna i <filename>netboot/</filename> kan användas för att nätstarta &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:178 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." -msgstr "Det lättaste sättet att ställa in är antagligen nätstart via PXE. Packa upp filen <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> till <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename> eller där det är lämpligast för din tftp-server. Ställ in din DHCP-server att skicka filnamnet <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> till klienterna och med lite tur bör allt fungera. För detaljerade instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgid "" +"The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file " +"<filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up " +"your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, " +"see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Det lättaste sättet att ställa in är antagligen nätstart via PXE. Packa upp " +"filen <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> till <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename> eller där det är lämpligast för din tftp-server. Ställ " +"in din DHCP-server att skicka filnamnet <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> " +"till klienterna och med lite tur bör allt fungera. För detaljerade " +"instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:192 @@ -179,8 +352,23 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </phrase>" -msgstr "Det är möjligt att starta installeraren utan flyttbar media men bara en existerande hårddisk som kan ha ett annat operativsystem på sig. Hämta <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename> och en Debian cd-avbild till toppnivåkatalogen av hårddisken. Se till att cd-avbilden har ett filnamn som slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>. Nu är det bara att starta linux med initrd. <phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> förklarar ett sätt att göra det på. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an " +"existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download " +"<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard " +"disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</" +"literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase " +"arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att starta installeraren utan flyttbar media men bara en " +"existerande hårddisk som kan ha ett annat operativsystem på sig. Hämta " +"<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename> och en Debian cd-avbild till toppnivåkatalogen av hårddisken. Se " +"till att cd-avbilden har ett filnamn som slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>. " +"Nu är det bara att starta linux med initrd. <phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> förklarar ett sätt att göra det på. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:210 @@ -191,104 +379,230 @@ msgstr "Installation" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:211 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press &enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" -msgstr "När installeraren har startat kommer du bli hälsad med en startskärm. Tryck &enterkey; för att starta upp eller läs instruktionerna för de andra uppstartsmetoderna och parametrar (se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> Om du vill ha en 2.4-kärna, skriv <userinput>linux24</userinput> vid <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompten. <footnote><para> 2.6-kärnan är standard för de flesta uppstartsmetoder men finns inte tillgänglig vid uppstart från en startdiskett. </para></footnote> </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " +"&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " +"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the " +"default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a " +"floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"När installeraren har startat kommer du bli hälsad med en startskärm. Tryck " +"&enterkey; för att starta upp eller läs instruktionerna för de andra " +"uppstartsmetoderna och parametrar (se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). " +"<phrase arch=\"i386\"> Om du vill ha en 2.4-kärna, skriv <userinput>linux24</" +"userinput> vid <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompten. <footnote><para> 2.6-kärnan " +"är standard för de flesta uppstartsmetoder men finns inte tillgänglig vid " +"uppstart från en startdiskett. </para></footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:227 #, no-c-format -msgid "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to select your country, with the choices including countries where your language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the countries in the world is available." -msgstr "Efter ett tag kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt språk. Använd piltangenterna för att välja ett språk och tryck &enterkey; för att fortsätta. Efter det kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt land med de val som inkluderar länder där ditt språk talas. Om det är inte är på den korta listan finns en lista över att länder i världen tillgänglig." +msgid "" +"After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " +"to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to " +"select your country, with the choices including countries where your " +"language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the " +"countries in the world is available." +msgstr "" +"Efter ett tag kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt språk. Använd " +"piltangenterna för att välja ett språk och tryck &enterkey; för att " +"fortsätta. Efter det kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt land med de val som " +"inkluderar länder där ditt språk talas. Om det är inte är på den korta " +"listan finns en lista över att länder i världen tillgänglig." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:235 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless you know better." -msgstr "Du kan bli frågad att bekräfta ditt tangentbordarrangemang. Välj den förvalda om du är osäker." +msgid "" +"You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " +"you know better." +msgstr "" +"Du kan bli frågad att bekräfta ditt tangentbordarrangemang. Välj den " +"förvalda om du är osäker." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:240 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." -msgstr "Nu är det bara att luta sig tillbaka under tiden Debian-installer identifierar din maskinvara och läser in resten av sig själv från cd-skiva, startdiskett, USB etc." +msgid "" +"Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " +"the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det bara att luta sig tillbaka under tiden Debian-installer " +"identifierar din maskinvara och läser in resten av sig själv från cd-skiva, " +"startdiskett, USB etc." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:245 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." -msgstr "Efter det kommer installeraren att försöka att identifiera din nätverksmaskinvara och ställa in nätverket via DHCP. Om du inte är ansluten till ett nätverk eller inte har DHCP har du getts möjligheten att konfigurera nätverket manuellt." +msgid "" +"Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " +"networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you " +"will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." +msgstr "" +"Efter det kommer installeraren att försöka att identifiera din " +"nätverksmaskinvara och ställa in nätverket via DHCP. Om du inte är ansluten " +"till ett nätverk eller inte har DHCP har du getts möjligheten att " +"konfigurera nätverket manuellt." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." -msgstr "Nu är det dags att partitionera dina diskar. Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller fritt utrymme på en disk. Det här rekommenderas för nya användare eller de som har bråttom men om du inte vill automatiskt partitionera, välj Manuell från menyn." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available " +"free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new " +"users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det dags att partitionera dina diskar. Först kommer du få möjligheten " +"att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller fritt utrymme på en " +"disk. Det här rekommenderas för nya användare eller de som har bråttom men " +"om du inte vill automatiskt partitionera, välj Manuell från menyn." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the partition and specify its new size." -msgstr "Om du har en existerande DOS- eller Windows-partition som du vill behålla, var väldigt försiktig med automatisk partitionering. Om du väljer manuell partitionering kan du använda installeraren för att ändra storlek på existerande FAT eller NTFS-partitioner för att skapa plats åt Debian-installationen: välj helt enkelt partitionen och ange dess nya storlek." +msgid "" +"If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " +"be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual " +"partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS " +"partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the " +"partition and specify its new size." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en existerande DOS- eller Windows-partition som du vill behålla, " +"var väldigt försiktig med automatisk partitionering. Om du väljer manuell " +"partitionering kan du använda installeraren för att ändra storlek på " +"existerande FAT eller NTFS-partitioner för att skapa plats åt Debian-" +"installationen: välj helt enkelt partitionen och ange dess nya storlek." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:265 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about partitioning." -msgstr "På nästa skärm kan du se din partitionstabell, hur partitionerna kommer att formateras och var de kommer att monteras. Välj en partition att modifiera eller ta bort. Om du använde automatisk partitionering bör du kunna välja <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från menyn för att använda det som ställts in. Kom ihåg att tilldela åtminstone en partition som växlingsutrymme och att montera en partition på <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> har mer information om partitionering." +msgid "" +"On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " +"will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to " +"modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be " +"able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</" +"guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at " +"least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</" +"filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about " +"partitioning." +msgstr "" +"På nästa skärm kan du se din partitionstabell, hur partitionerna kommer att " +"formateras och var de kommer att monteras. Välj en partition att modifiera " +"eller ta bort. Om du använde automatisk partitionering bör du kunna välja " +"<guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</" +"guimenuitem> från menyn för att använda det som ställts in. Kom ihåg att " +"tilldela åtminstone en partition som växlingsutrymme och att montera en " +"partition på <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> har " +"mer information om partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:275 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." -msgstr "Nu kommer &d-i; att formatera dina partitioner och börja installera grundsystemet, vilket kan ta lite tid. Det här följs av installation av kärnan." +msgid "" +"Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " +"which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." +msgstr "" +"Nu kommer &d-i; att formatera dina partitioner och börja installera " +"grundsystemet, vilket kan ta lite tid. Det här följs av installation av " +"kärnan." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:280 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, no-c-format -msgid "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and let you know. <phrase arch=\"x86\">By default GRUB will be installed to the master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it elsewhere. </phrase>" -msgstr "Det sista steget är att installera en starthanterare. Om installeraren identifierar andra operativsystem på din dator kommer den att lägga till de i uppstartsmenyn och informera dig. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Som standard kommer GRUB att installeras på huvudstartsektorn (MBR) på första hårddisken som normalt sett är ett bra val. Du kommer att ges möjligheten att åsidosätta det valet och installera den någon annanstans. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " +"operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and " +"let you know. <phrase arch=\"x86\">By default GRUB will be installed to the " +"master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. " +"You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it " +"elsewhere. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det sista steget är att installera en starthanterare. Om installeraren " +"identifierar andra operativsystem på din dator kommer den att lägga till de " +"i uppstartsmenyn och informera dig. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Som standard kommer " +"GRUB att installeras på huvudstartsektorn (MBR) på första hårddisken som " +"normalt sett är ett bra val. Du kommer att ges möjligheten att åsidosätta " +"det valet och installera den någon annanstans. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:290 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." -msgstr "&d-i; kommer nu att berätta för dig att installation är färdigställd. Mata ut cd-skivan eller andra uppstartsmedia och tryck &enterkey; för att starta om din maskin. Den bör starta upp till nästa steg i installationsprocessen vilken förklaras i <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +msgid "" +"&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " +"or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should " +"boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; kommer nu att berätta för dig att installation är färdigställd. Mata " +"ut cd-skivan eller andra uppstartsmedia och tryck &enterkey; för att starta " +"om din maskin. Den bör starta upp till nästa steg i installationsprocessen " +"vilken förklaras i <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:297 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Om du behöver mer information om installationsprocessen, se <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" +"intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver mer information om installationsprocessen, se <xref linkend=" +"\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:306 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Sänd oss en installationsrapport" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:307 +#: installation-howto.xml:308 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." -msgstr "Om du lyckades göra en installation med &d-i;, ta dig tid att skicka oss en rapport. Det enklaste sättet att göra det här är att installera paketet reportbug (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>) och köra <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgid "" +"If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " +"provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the " +"reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run " +"<command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgstr "" +"Om du lyckades göra en installation med &d-i;, ta dig tid att skicka oss en " +"rapport. Det enklaste sättet att göra det här är att installera paketet " +"reportbug (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>) och köra " +"<command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:315 +#: installation-howto.xml:316 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." -msgstr "Om du inte färdigställde installation har du möjligen hittat ett fel i Debian-installer. För att förbättra installeraren är det nödvändigt att vi känner till dessa fel, så ta dig tid att rapportera dem. Du kan använda en installationsrapport för att rapportera problem; om installationen totalt misslyckades, se <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" +"installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, " +"so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report " +"to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=" +"\"problem-report\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte färdigställde installation har du möjligen hittat ett fel i " +"Debian-installer. För att förbättra installeraren är det nödvändigt att vi " +"känner till dessa fel, så ta dig tid att rapportera dem. Du kan använda en " +"installationsrapport för att rapportera problem; om installationen totalt " +"misslyckades, se <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:327 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "Och till slut.." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:328 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format -msgid "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." -msgstr "Vi hoppas att din Debian-installation känns bra och att du tycker att Debian är användbar. Du kanske även vill läsa <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." +msgid "" +"We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " +"useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Vi hoppas att din Debian-installation känns bra och att du tycker att Debian " +"är användbar. Du kanske även vill läsa <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time " @@ -312,4 +626,3 @@ msgstr "Vi hoppas att din Debian-installation känns bra och att du tycker att D #~ "sättet att göra detta är att installera paketet reportbug (<command>apt-" #~ "get install reportbug</command>) och köra <command>reportbug installation-" #~ "report</command>. </phrase>" - diff --git a/po/sv/preseed.po b/po/sv/preseed.po index c785f4fb5..73d89311a 100644 --- a/po/sv/preseed.po +++ b/po/sv/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 08:53+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -23,15 +23,23 @@ msgstr "Automatiserad installation med förinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:18 #, no-c-format -msgid "This appendix explains the intricacies of preseeding answers to questions in &d-i; to automate your installation." -msgstr "Det här appendixet förklarar svårigheterna med förinställning av svar på frågorna i &d-i; för att automatisera din installation." +msgid "" +"This appendix explains the intricacies of preseeding answers to questions in " +"&d-i; to automate your installation." +msgstr "" +"Det här appendixet förklarar svårigheterna med förinställning av svar på " +"frågorna i &d-i; för att automatisera din installation." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 -#: preseed.xml:504 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:504 #, no-c-format -msgid "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an example preconfiguration file from &urlset-example-preseed;." -msgstr "Konfigurationsdelarna som används i det här appendixet finns även tillgängliga som exempelfiler för förkonfiguration från &urlset-example-preseed;." +msgid "" +"The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " +"example preconfiguration file from &urlset-example-preseed;." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationsdelarna som används i det här appendixet finns även " +"tillgängliga som exempelfiler för förkonfiguration från &urlset-example-" +"preseed;." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:31 @@ -42,8 +50,18 @@ msgstr "Introduktion" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:32 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types of installation and even offers some features not available during normal installations." -msgstr "Förinställningar ger ett sätt att ställa in svar på frågor som ställs under installationsprocessen, utan att manuellt behöva ange svaren under tiden installationen körs. Det här gör det möjligt att fullt automatisera de flesta typer av installationer och erbjuder även vissa funktioner som inte finns tillgängliga vid normala installationer." +msgid "" +"Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the " +"installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types " +"of installation and even offers some features not available during normal " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"Förinställningar ger ett sätt att ställa in svar på frågor som ställs under " +"installationsprocessen, utan att manuellt behöva ange svaren under tiden " +"installationen körs. Det här gör det möjligt att fullt automatisera de " +"flesta typer av installationer och erbjuder även vissa funktioner som inte " +"finns tillgängliga vid normala installationer." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:43 @@ -54,14 +72,34 @@ msgstr "Metoder för förinställning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:44 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods. With file and network preseeding the first few installer questions cannot be preseeded because the preconfiguration file is only loaded after they have been asked." -msgstr "Det finns tre metoder som kan användas för förinställning: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>fil</firstterm> och <firstterm>nätverk</firstterm>. Förinställning med initrd fungerar med alla installationsmetoder och har stöd för förinställningar av fler saker, men den kräver den största förberedelsen. Förinställning med fil och nätverk kan användas med olika installationsmetoder. Med fil och nätverk kan inte de första installationsfrågorna förinställas på grund av att förkonfigurationsfilen läses in först efter att frågorna har ställts." +msgid "" +"There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. " +"Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports " +"preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and " +"network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods. " +"With file and network preseeding the first few installer questions cannot be " +"preseeded because the preconfiguration file is only loaded after they have " +"been asked." +msgstr "" +"Det finns tre metoder som kan användas för förinställning: " +"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>fil</firstterm> och " +"<firstterm>nätverk</firstterm>. Förinställning med initrd fungerar med alla " +"installationsmetoder och har stöd för förinställningar av fler saker, men " +"den kräver den största förberedelsen. Förinställning med fil och nätverk kan " +"användas med olika installationsmetoder. Med fil och nätverk kan inte de " +"första installationsfrågorna förinställas på grund av att " +"förkonfigurationsfilen läses in först efter att frågorna har ställts." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:55 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which installation methods." -msgstr "Följande tabell visar vilka förinställningsmetoder som kan användas med vilka installationsmetoder." +msgid "" +"The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which " +"installation methods." +msgstr "" +"Följande tabell visar vilka förinställningsmetoder som kan användas med " +"vilka installationsmetoder." #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:64 @@ -94,28 +132,15 @@ msgid "CD/DVD" msgstr "Cd/Dvd" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:72 -#: preseed.xml:73 -#: preseed.xml:77 -#: preseed.xml:79 -#: preseed.xml:82 -#: preseed.xml:83 -#: preseed.xml:87 -#: preseed.xml:88 -#: preseed.xml:92 -#: preseed.xml:94 -#: preseed.xml:97 -#: preseed.xml:99 +#: preseed.xml:72 preseed.xml:73 preseed.xml:77 preseed.xml:79 preseed.xml:82 +#: preseed.xml:83 preseed.xml:87 preseed.xml:88 preseed.xml:92 preseed.xml:94 +#: preseed.xml:97 preseed.xml:99 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:74 -#: preseed.xml:78 -#: preseed.xml:84 -#: preseed.xml:89 -#: preseed.xml:93 +#: preseed.xml:74 preseed.xml:78 preseed.xml:84 preseed.xml:89 preseed.xml:93 #: preseed.xml:98 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" @@ -130,8 +155,10 @@ msgstr "nätuppstart" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:81 #, no-c-format -msgid "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" -msgstr "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(inklusive USB-minne)</phrase>" +msgid "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(inklusive USB-minne)</phrase>" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:86 @@ -154,20 +181,50 @@ msgstr "generisk/band" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:105 #, no-c-format -msgid "An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which the preconfiguration file is loaded and processed. For initrd preseeding this is right at the start of the installation, before the first question is even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image has been loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has been configured." -msgstr "En viktig skillnad mellan förinställningsmetoderna är när förkonfigurationsfilen läses in och behandlas. För förinställning via initrd görs det här direkt i början av installationen, före den första frågan ställs. För förinställning via fil görs det här efter cd-skivan eller cd-avbilden har lästs in. För förinställning via nätverk är det endast efter att nätverket har konfigurerats." +msgid "" +"An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which " +"the preconfiguration file is loaded and processed. For initrd preseeding " +"this is right at the start of the installation, before the first question is " +"even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image has been " +"loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has been " +"configured." +msgstr "" +"En viktig skillnad mellan förinställningsmetoderna är när " +"förkonfigurationsfilen läses in och behandlas. För förinställning via initrd " +"görs det här direkt i början av installationen, före den första frågan " +"ställs. För förinställning via fil görs det här efter cd-skivan eller cd-" +"avbilden har lästs in. För förinställning via nätverk är det endast efter " +"att nätverket har konfigurerats." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:114 #, no-c-format -msgid "In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the questions about language, country and keyboard selection will already have been asked. For network preseeding add to that any questions related to network configuration. Some other questions that are only displayed at medium or low priority (like the first hardware detection run) will also already have been processed." -msgstr "I praktiska termer betyder det för förinställning via fil och nätverk har frågorna om språk, land och tangentbordsval redan ställts. För förinställning vid nätverk gäller det även frågor relaterade till nätverkskonfigurationen. Vissa andra frågor som endast visas vid medel eller låg prioritet (såsom den första maskinvaruidentifieringen) kommer även de redan ha behandlats." +msgid "" +"In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the " +"questions about language, country and keyboard selection will already have " +"been asked. For network preseeding add to that any questions related to " +"network configuration. Some other questions that are only displayed at " +"medium or low priority (like the first hardware detection run) will also " +"already have been processed." +msgstr "" +"I praktiska termer betyder det för förinställning via fil och nätverk har " +"frågorna om språk, land och tangentbordsval redan ställts. För " +"förinställning vid nätverk gäller det även frågor relaterade till " +"nätverkskonfigurationen. Vissa andra frågor som endast visas vid medel eller " +"låg prioritet (såsom den första maskinvaruidentifieringen) kommer även de " +"redan ha behandlats." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:123 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the preconfiguration file is loaded cannot be preseeded. <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> offers a way to avoid these questions being asked." -msgstr "Så klart, alla frågor som har behandlat före förkonfigurationsfilen är inläst kan inte förinställas. <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> erbjuder ett sätt att undvika att de här frågorna ställs." +msgid "" +"Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the " +"preconfiguration file is loaded cannot be preseeded. <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootparms\"/> offers a way to avoid these questions being asked." +msgstr "" +"Så klart, alla frågor som har behandlat före förkonfigurationsfilen är " +"inläst kan inte förinställas. <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> erbjuder " +"ett sätt att undvika att de här frågorna ställs." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:134 @@ -178,8 +235,17 @@ msgstr "Begränsningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:135 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID." -msgstr "Även om de flesta frågor som används av &d-i; kan förinställas med den här metoden finns det vissa undantag. Du måste (om)partitionera en hel disk eller använda tillgängligt utrymme på en disk; det är inte möjligt att använda existerande partitioner. Du kan för närvarande inte använda förinställning för att ställa in RAID." +msgid "" +"Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, " +"there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or " +"use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing " +"partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID." +msgstr "" +"Även om de flesta frågor som används av &d-i; kan förinställas med den här " +"metoden finns det vissa undantag. Du måste (om)partitionera en hel disk " +"eller använda tillgängligt utrymme på en disk; det är inte möjligt att " +"använda existerande partitioner. Du kan för närvarande inte använda " +"förinställning för att ställa in RAID." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:207 @@ -190,20 +256,37 @@ msgstr "Kör anpassade kommandon under installationen" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:208 #, no-c-format -msgid "A very powerful and flexible option offered by the preconfiguration tools is the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the installation. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> for details." -msgstr "Ett mycket kraftfullt och flexibelt alternativ som erbjuds av förkonfigurationsverktygen är möjligheten att köra kommandon eller skript vid vissa punkter i installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"A very powerful and flexible option offered by the preconfiguration tools is " +"the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the " +"installation. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> for details." +msgstr "" +"Ett mycket kraftfullt och flexibelt alternativ som erbjuds av " +"förkonfigurationsverktygen är möjligheten att köra kommandon eller skript " +"vid vissa punkter i installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> för " +"detaljer." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:217 #, no-c-format -msgid "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the preconfiguration file has been loaded" -msgstr "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: körs så fort som förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in" +msgid "" +"<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the " +"preconfiguration file has been loaded" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: körs så fort som " +"förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the reboot at the end of the install, but before the <filename>/target</filename> filesystem has been unmounted" -msgstr "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: körs precis före omstarten på slutet av installationen, men före filsystemet <filename>/target</filename> har avmonterats" +msgid "" +"<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the reboot " +"at the end of the install, but before the <filename>/target</filename> " +"filesystem has been unmounted" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: körs precis före omstarten på " +"slutet av installationen, men före filsystemet <filename>/target</filename> " +"har avmonterats" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:231 @@ -214,8 +297,16 @@ msgstr "Användning av förinställningar för att ändra på standardvärden" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the value for a question." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att använda förinställning för att ändra standardsvaret på en fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan. För att göra det här måste flaggan <firstterm>seen</firstterm> återställas till <quote>false</quote> efter att värdet ställts in för en fråga." +msgid "" +"It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a " +"question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</" +"firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the " +"value for a question." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att använda förinställning för att ändra standardsvaret på en " +"fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan. För att göra det här måste flaggan " +"<firstterm>seen</firstterm> återställas till <quote>false</quote> efter att " +"värdet ställts in för en fråga." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:241 @@ -236,14 +327,37 @@ msgstr "Användning av förinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:248 #, no-c-format -msgid "Of course you will first need to create a preconfiguration file and place it in the location from where you want to use it. Creating the preconfiguration file is covered later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location is fairly straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the file off a floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or DVD, you will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the preconfiguration file included in the initrd is outside the scope of this document; please consult the developers documentation for &d-i;." -msgstr "Så klart behöver du först skapa en förkonfigurationsfil och placera den på den plats du vill använda den. Skapandet av förkonfigurationsfilen förklaras senare i det här appendixet. Lägga den på rätt plats är ganska självförklarande för förinställning via nätverket eller om du vill läsa filen från en diskett eller ett USB-minne. Om du vill inkludera filen på en cd- eller dvd-skiva, behöver du göra om iso-avbilden. Hur man får in förkonfigurationsfil inkluderad i initrd är utanför omfånget för det här dokumentet; konsultera utvecklarnas dokumentation för &d-i;." +msgid "" +"Of course you will first need to create a preconfiguration file and place it " +"in the location from where you want to use it. Creating the preconfiguration " +"file is covered later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location " +"is fairly straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the " +"file off a floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or " +"DVD, you will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the " +"preconfiguration file included in the initrd is outside the scope of this " +"document; please consult the developers documentation for &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Så klart behöver du först skapa en förkonfigurationsfil och placera den på " +"den plats du vill använda den. Skapandet av förkonfigurationsfilen förklaras " +"senare i det här appendixet. Lägga den på rätt plats är ganska " +"självförklarande för förinställning via nätverket eller om du vill läsa " +"filen från en diskett eller ett USB-minne. Om du vill inkludera filen på en " +"cd- eller dvd-skiva, behöver du göra om iso-avbilden. Hur man får in " +"förkonfigurationsfil inkluderad i initrd är utanför omfånget för det här " +"dokumentet; konsultera utvecklarnas dokumentation för &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:259 #, no-c-format -msgid "An example preconfiguration file that you can use as basis for your own preconfiguration file is available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file is based on the configuration fragments included in this appendix." -msgstr "Ett exempel på en förkonfigurationsfil du kan använda som grund för din egna förkonfigurationsfil finns tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;. Den filen är baserad på konfigurationsdelarna som inkluderats in det här appendixet." +msgid "" +"An example preconfiguration file that you can use as basis for your own " +"preconfiguration file is available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file " +"is based on the configuration fragments included in this appendix." +msgstr "" +"Ett exempel på en förkonfigurationsfil du kan använda som grund för din egna " +"förkonfigurationsfil finns tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;. Den " +"filen är baserad på konfigurationsdelarna som inkluderats in det här " +"appendixet." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:268 @@ -254,26 +368,61 @@ msgstr "Inläsning av förkonfigurationsfilen" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:269 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and load it." -msgstr "Om du använder förinställning via initrd, behöver du endast se till att filen som heter <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> finns inkluderar i rotkatalogen på initrd. Installeraren kommer automatiskt att kontrollera om den filen finns och sedan läsa in den." +msgid "" +"If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named " +"<filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the " +"initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and " +"load it." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder förinställning via initrd, behöver du endast se till att " +"filen som heter <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> finns inkluderar i " +"rotkatalogen på initrd. Installeraren kommer automatiskt att kontrollera om " +"den filen finns och sedan läsa in den." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:276 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to use when you boot it. This is normally done by passing the kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader configuration file (e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the parameter to the end of the append line(s) for the kernel." -msgstr "För de övriga förinställningsmetoderna behöver du tala om för installeraren vilken fil du använder när du startar upp den. Det gör du genom att skicka med en uppstartsparameter till kärnan, antingen manuellt vid uppstart eller genom att redigera konfigurationsfilen för starthanteraren (exempelvis <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) och lägga till parametern på slutet av den tillagda raden/raderna till kärnan." +msgid "" +"For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to " +"use when you boot it. This is normally done by passing the kernel a boot " +"parameter, either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader " +"configuration file (e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the " +"parameter to the end of the append line(s) for the kernel." +msgstr "" +"För de övriga förinställningsmetoderna behöver du tala om för installeraren " +"vilken fil du använder när du startar upp den. Det gör du genom att skicka " +"med en uppstartsparameter till kärnan, antingen manuellt vid uppstart eller " +"genom att redigera konfigurationsfilen för starthanteraren (exempelvis " +"<filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) och lägga till parametern på slutet av " +"den tillagda raden/raderna till kärnan." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:284 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do specify the preconfiguration file in the bootloader configuration, you might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot the installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to <literal>1</literal> in <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." -msgstr "Om du anger förkonfigurationsfilen i konfigurationen för starthanteraren, behöver du kanske ändra konfigurationen så att du inte behöver trycka Enter för att starta installeraren. För syslinux betyder det att ställa in timeout-värdet till <literal>1</literal> i <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you do specify the preconfiguration file in the bootloader configuration, " +"you might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot " +"the installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to <literal>1</" +"literal> in <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om du anger förkonfigurationsfilen i konfigurationen för starthanteraren, " +"behöver du kanske ändra konfigurationen så att du inte behöver trycka Enter " +"för att starta installeraren. För syslinux betyder det att ställa in timeout-" +"värdet till <literal>1</literal> i <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:291 #, no-c-format -msgid "To make sure the installer gets the right preconfiguration file, you can optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a md5sum, and if specified it must match the preconfiguration file or the installer will refuse to use it." -msgstr "För att se till att installeraren får rätt förkonfigurationsfil, kan du valfritt ange en kontrollsumma för filen. För närvarande behöver det vara en md5sum och om den anges måste den stämma med förkonfigurationsfilen eller så kommer installeraren att vägra använda den." +msgid "" +"To make sure the installer gets the right preconfiguration file, you can " +"optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a " +"md5sum, and if specified it must match the preconfiguration file or the " +"installer will refuse to use it." +msgstr "" +"För att se till att installeraren får rätt förkonfigurationsfil, kan du " +"valfritt ange en kontrollsumma för filen. För närvarande behöver det vara en " +"md5sum och om den anges måste den stämma med förkonfigurationsfilen eller så " +"kommer installeraren att vägra använda den." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:300 @@ -310,14 +459,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:302 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that <filename>preseed/url</filename> can be shortened to just <filename>url</filename> and <filename>preseed/file</filename> to just <filename>file</filename> when they are passed as boot parameters." -msgstr "Observera att <filename>preseed/url</filename> kan kortas ner till endast <filename>url</filename> och <filename>preseed/file</filename> till <filename>file</filename> när de skickas med som uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"Note that <filename>preseed/url</filename> can be shortened to just " +"<filename>url</filename> and <filename>preseed/file</filename> to just " +"<filename>file</filename> when they are passed as boot parameters." +msgstr "" +"Observera att <filename>preseed/url</filename> kan kortas ner till endast " +"<filename>url</filename> och <filename>preseed/file</filename> till " +"<filename>file</filename> när de skickas med som uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:308 #, no-c-format -msgid "While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions even if the preseeding below misses some." -msgstr "När du ändå är igång kanske du vill lägga till en uppstartsparameter <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. Den här kommer att undvika de flesta frågor även om förinställningen nedan missar några." +msgid "" +"While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter " +"<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions " +"even if the preseeding below misses some." +msgstr "" +"När du ändå är igång kanske du vill lägga till en uppstartsparameter " +"<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. Den här kommer att undvika de " +"flesta frågor även om förinställningen nedan missar några." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:318 @@ -328,8 +489,22 @@ msgstr "Använd en DHCP-server för att ange förkonfigurationsfiler" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:319 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to use DHCP to specify a preconfiguration file to download from the network. DHCP allows specifying a filename. Normally this is a file to netboot, but if it appears to be an URL then installation media that support network preseeding will download the file from the URL and use it as a preconfiguration file. Here is an example of how to set it up in the dhcpd.conf for version 3 of the ISC DHCP server (the dhcp3-server Debian package)." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att använda DHCP för att ange en förkonfigurationsfil att hämta från nätverket. DHCP tillåter att man anger ett filnamn. Normalt är det en fil som används för uppstart via nätverket men om det verkar vara en URL så kommer installationsmediumet som har stöd för förinställning via nätverket att hämta filen från URL:en och använda det som en förkonfigurationsfil. Här är ett exempel på hur man ställer in dhcpd.conf för version 3 av ISC DHCP-servern (Debian-paketet heter dhcp3-server)." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to use DHCP to specify a preconfiguration file to " +"download from the network. DHCP allows specifying a filename. Normally this " +"is a file to netboot, but if it appears to be an URL then installation media " +"that support network preseeding will download the file from the URL and use " +"it as a preconfiguration file. Here is an example of how to set it up in the " +"dhcpd.conf for version 3 of the ISC DHCP server (the dhcp3-server Debian " +"package)." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att använda DHCP för att ange en förkonfigurationsfil " +"att hämta från nätverket. DHCP tillåter att man anger ett filnamn. Normalt " +"är det en fil som används för uppstart via nätverket men om det verkar vara " +"en URL så kommer installationsmediumet som har stöd för förinställning via " +"nätverket att hämta filen från URL:en och använda det som en " +"förkonfigurationsfil. Här är ett exempel på hur man ställer in dhcpd.conf " +"för version 3 av ISC DHCP-servern (Debian-paketet heter dhcp3-server)." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:330 @@ -346,14 +521,34 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the above example limits this filename to DHCP clients that identify themselves as \"d-i\", so it will not affect regular DHCP clients, but only the installer. You can also put the text in a stanza for only one particular host to avoid preseeding all installs on your network." -msgstr "Observera att exemplet ovan begränsar filnamnet till DHCP-klienter som identifierar sig själva som \"d-i\", så det kommer inte att påverka vanliga DHCP-klienter men endast installeraren. Du kan också lägga in text i en sats för endast en speciell värd för att undvika förinställning av alla installationer på ditt nätverk." +msgid "" +"Note that the above example limits this filename to DHCP clients that " +"identify themselves as \"d-i\", so it will not affect regular DHCP clients, " +"but only the installer. You can also put the text in a stanza for only one " +"particular host to avoid preseeding all installs on your network." +msgstr "" +"Observera att exemplet ovan begränsar filnamnet till DHCP-klienter som " +"identifierar sig själva som \"d-i\", så det kommer inte att påverka vanliga " +"DHCP-klienter men endast installeraren. Du kan också lägga in text i en sats " +"för endast en speciell värd för att undvika förinställning av alla " +"installationer på ditt nätverk." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:339 #, no-c-format -msgid "A good way to use the DHCP preseeding is to only preseed values specific to your network, such as the Debian mirror to use. This way installs on your network will automatically get a good mirror selected, but the rest of the installation can be performed interactively. Using DHCP preseeding to fully automate Debian installs should only be done with care." -msgstr "Ett bra sätt att använda förinställning via DHCP är att endast förinställa värden specifika till ditt nätverk, såsom vilken Debian-spegel som ska användas. Det här sättet kommer installationer på ditt nätverk att automatiskt få en bra spegel vald men resten av installationen kan genomföras interaktivt. Använda förinställning via DHCP för att helt automatisera Debian-installationer ska genomföras med försiktighet." +msgid "" +"A good way to use the DHCP preseeding is to only preseed values specific to " +"your network, such as the Debian mirror to use. This way installs on your " +"network will automatically get a good mirror selected, but the rest of the " +"installation can be performed interactively. Using DHCP preseeding to fully " +"automate Debian installs should only be done with care." +msgstr "" +"Ett bra sätt att använda förinställning via DHCP är att endast förinställa " +"värden specifika till ditt nätverk, såsom vilken Debian-spegel som ska " +"användas. Det här sättet kommer installationer på ditt nätverk att " +"automatiskt få en bra spegel vald men resten av installationen kan " +"genomföras interaktivt. Använda förinställning via DHCP för att helt " +"automatisera Debian-installationer ska genomföras med försiktighet." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:351 @@ -364,44 +559,101 @@ msgstr "Användning av uppstartsparametrar för att bistå förinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:352 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some forms of preseeding because the questions are asked before the preconfiguration file is loaded. For example, if the preconfiguration file is downloaded over the network, the network setup must be done first. One reason to use initrd preseeding is that it allows preseeding of even these early steps of the installation process." -msgstr "Vissa delar av installationsprocessen kan inte automatiseras via någon form av förinställning på grund av att frågorna ställs före förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in. Till exempel, om förkonfigurationsfilen hämtas över nätverket måste nätverkskonfigurationen vara gjord först. En anledning att använda förinställning via initrd är att den tillåter förinställning av de här tidiga stegen i installationsprocessen." +msgid "" +"Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some forms " +"of preseeding because the questions are asked before the preconfiguration " +"file is loaded. For example, if the preconfiguration file is downloaded over " +"the network, the network setup must be done first. One reason to use initrd " +"preseeding is that it allows preseeding of even these early steps of the " +"installation process." +msgstr "" +"Vissa delar av installationsprocessen kan inte automatiseras via någon form " +"av förinställning på grund av att frågorna ställs före " +"förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in. Till exempel, om förkonfigurationsfilen " +"hämtas över nätverket måste nätverkskonfigurationen vara gjord först. En " +"anledning att använda förinställning via initrd är att den tillåter " +"förinställning av de här tidiga stegen i installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:361 #, no-c-format -msgid "If a preconfiguration file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the kernel on the command line. Just pass <userinput>path/to/var=value</userinput> for any of the preseed variables listed in the examples." -msgstr "Om en förkonfigurationsfil inte kan användas för att förinställa vissa steg, kan installeraren fortfarande vara fullt automatiserad eftersom du kan skicka förinställningsvärden till kärnan på kommandoraden. Skicka bara <userinput>sökväg/till/var=värde</userinput> för någon av de förinställningsvariabler som listas i exemplen." +msgid "" +"If a preconfiguration file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install " +"can still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the " +"kernel on the command line. Just pass <userinput>path/to/var=value</" +"userinput> for any of the preseed variables listed in the examples." +msgstr "" +"Om en förkonfigurationsfil inte kan användas för att förinställa vissa steg, " +"kan installeraren fortfarande vara fullt automatiserad eftersom du kan " +"skicka förinställningsvärden till kärnan på kommandoraden. Skicka bara " +"<userinput>sökväg/till/var=värde</userinput> för någon av de " +"förinställningsvariabler som listas i exemplen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:368 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that some variables that are frequently set at the boot prompt have a shorter alias. If an alias is available, it is used in the examples in this appendix instead of the full variable." -msgstr "Observera att vissa variabler som ofta ställs in vid uppstartsprompten har ett kortare alias. Om ett alias finns tillgängligt, kommer det att användas i exemplen i detta appendix istället för den fullständiga variabeln." +msgid "" +"Note that some variables that are frequently set at the boot prompt have a " +"shorter alias. If an alias is available, it is used in the examples in this " +"appendix instead of the full variable." +msgstr "" +"Observera att vissa variabler som ofta ställs in vid uppstartsprompten har " +"ett kortare alias. Om ett alias finns tillgängligt, kommer det att användas " +"i exemplen i detta appendix istället för den fullständiga variabeln." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 #, no-c-format -msgid "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." -msgstr "Tecknen <quote>--</quote> i uppstartsflaggorna har en speciell betydelse. Kärnparametrar som visas efter det kommer att kopieras in i den installerade starthanterarens konfiguration (om det stöds av installeraren för starthanteraren). Observera att <quote>--</quote> kanske redan finns bland de uppstartsparametrar som är standard." +msgid "" +"A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " +"parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader " +"configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that " +"the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." +msgstr "" +"Tecknen <quote>--</quote> i uppstartsflaggorna har en speciell betydelse. " +"Kärnparametrar som visas efter det kommer att kopieras in i den installerade " +"starthanterarens konfiguration (om det stöds av installeraren för " +"starthanteraren). Observera att <quote>--</quote> kanske redan finns bland " +"de uppstartsparametrar som är standard." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:383 #, no-c-format -msgid "The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options." -msgstr "2.4-kärnan accepterar maximalt 8 kommandoradsflaggor och 8 miljöflaggor (inklusive de flaggor som läggs till som standard för installeraren). Om de här antalen överskrids kommer 2.4-kärnor att förkasta alla flaggor som överskrids och 2.6-kärnor får panik. För kärnan 2.6.9 och senare, kan du använda 32 kommandoradsflaggor och 32 miljöflaggor." +msgid "" +"The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment " +"options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these " +"numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 " +"kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options." +msgstr "" +"2.4-kärnan accepterar maximalt 8 kommandoradsflaggor och 8 miljöflaggor " +"(inklusive de flaggor som läggs till som standard för installeraren). Om de " +"här antalen överskrids kommer 2.4-kärnor att förkasta alla flaggor som " +"överskrids och 2.6-kärnor får panik. För kärnan 2.6.9 och senare, kan du " +"använda 32 kommandoradsflaggor och 32 miljöflaggor." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:392 #, no-c-format -msgid "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader configuration file, like <literal>vga=normal</literal>, may be safely removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." -msgstr "För de flesta installationer kan vissa av de standardflaggor i din konfigurationsfil för starthanteraren såsom \"vga=normal\" med säkerhet tas bort, vilket kan ge dig möjlighet att lägga till fler flaggor för förinställningen." +msgid "" +"For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " +"configuration file, like <literal>vga=normal</literal>, may be safely " +"removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." +msgstr "" +"För de flesta installationer kan vissa av de standardflaggor i din " +"konfigurationsfil för starthanteraren såsom \"vga=normal\" med säkerhet tas " +"bort, vilket kan ge dig möjlighet att lägga till fler flaggor för " +"förinställningen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:399 #, no-c-format -msgid "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." -msgstr "Det kanske inte alltid är möjligt att ange värden med blanksteg för uppstartsparametrar, även om du avgränsar dem med citattecken." +msgid "" +"It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " +"parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." +msgstr "" +"Det kanske inte alltid är möjligt att ange värden med blanksteg för " +"uppstartsparametrar, även om du avgränsar dem med citattecken." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:409 @@ -412,8 +664,14 @@ msgstr "Skapa en förkonfigurationsfil" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:410 #, no-c-format -msgid "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-selections</command> command. The general format of a line in a preconfiguration file is:" -msgstr "Förkonfigurationsfilen är i samma format som används av kommandot <command>debconf-set-selections</command>. Det allmänna formatet för en rad i en förkonfigurationsfil är:" +msgid "" +"The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" +"selections</command> command. The general format of a line in a " +"preconfiguration file is:" +msgstr "" +"Förkonfigurationsfilen är i samma format som används av kommandot " +"<command>debconf-set-selections</command>. Det allmänna formatet för en rad " +"i en förkonfigurationsfil är:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:416 @@ -424,44 +682,82 @@ msgstr "<ägare> <frågans namn> <frågetyp> <värde>" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:418 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." -msgstr "Det finns ett par regler att ha i åtanke när man skriver en förkonfigurationsfil." +msgid "" +"There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett par regler att ha i åtanke när man skriver en " +"förkonfigurationsfil." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:425 #, no-c-format -msgid "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional whitespace will be interpreted as belonging to the value." -msgstr "Lägg endast till en enda blanksteg eller tabulator mellan typ och värde: eventuella tomrum kommer att tolkas som de tillhör värdet." +msgid "" +"Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional " +"whitespace will be interpreted as belonging to the value." +msgstr "" +"Lägg endast till en enda blanksteg eller tabulator mellan typ och värde: " +"eventuella tomrum kommer att tolkas som de tillhör värdet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format -msgid "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) as the line continuation character. A good place to split a line is after the question name; a bad place is between type and value." -msgstr "En rad kan vara uppdelad i flera rader genom att lägga till ett omvänt snedstreck på slutet (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) som ett radfortsättningstecken. En bra plats att dela en rad är efter frågenamnet; en dålig plats är mellan typ och värde." +msgid "" +"A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash " +"(<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) as the line continuation character. A " +"good place to split a line is after the question name; a bad place is " +"between type and value." +msgstr "" +"En rad kan vara uppdelad i flera rader genom att lägga till ett omvänt " +"snedstreck på slutet (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) som ett " +"radfortsättningstecken. En bra plats att dela en rad är efter frågenamnet; " +"en dålig plats är mellan typ och värde." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:435 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and not the translated values. However, there are some questions (for example in <classname>partman</classname>) where the translated values need to be used." -msgstr "De flesta frågor behöver förinställdas med giltiga värden på engelska och inte med översatta värden. Dock finns det några frågor (till exempel i <classname>partman</classname>) där översatta värden måste användas." +msgid "" +"Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and " +"not the translated values. However, there are some questions (for example in " +"<classname>partman</classname>) where the translated values need to be used." +msgstr "" +"De flesta frågor behöver förinställdas med giltiga värden på engelska och " +"inte med översatta värden. Dock finns det några frågor (till exempel i " +"<classname>partman</classname>) där översatta värden måste användas." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is shown during installation." -msgstr "Vissa frågor tar en kod som ett värde istället för den engelska texten som visas under installationen." +msgid "" +"Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is " +"shown during installation." +msgstr "" +"Vissa frågor tar en kod som ett värde istället för den engelska texten som " +"visas under installationen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:447 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file linked in <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> as basis and work from there." -msgstr "Det enklaste sättet att skapa en förkonfigurationsfil på är att använda exempelfilen som länkas i <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> som grund och arbeta vidare därifrån." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file " +"linked in <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> as basis and work from there." +msgstr "" +"Det enklaste sättet att skapa en förkonfigurationsfil på är att använda " +"exempelfilen som länkas i <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> som grund och " +"arbeta vidare därifrån." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:452 #, no-c-format -msgid "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after rebooting, use the <command>debconf-get-selections</command> from the <classname>debconf-utils</classname> package to dump both the debconf database and the installer's cdebconf database to a single file:" -msgstr "En alternativ metod är att göra en manuell installation och sedan, efter omstart, använda <command>debconf-get-selections</command> från paketet <classname>debconf-utils</classname> för att dumpa både debconf-databasen och installerarens cdebconf-databas till en enda fil:" +msgid "" +"An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after " +"rebooting, use the <command>debconf-get-selections</command> from the " +"<classname>debconf-utils</classname> package to dump both the debconf " +"database and the installer's cdebconf database to a single file:" +msgstr "" +"En alternativ metod är att göra en manuell installation och sedan, efter " +"omstart, använda <command>debconf-get-selections</command> från paketet " +"<classname>debconf-utils</classname> för att dumpa både debconf-databasen " +"och installerarens cdebconf-databas till en enda fil:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:459 @@ -476,32 +772,70 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:461 #, no-c-format -msgid "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should not be preseeded, and the example file is a better starting place for most users." -msgstr "Dock, en fil som genereras på detta sätt kommer att ha några poster som inte bör förinställas, och exempelfilen är en bättre startpunkt för de flesta användare." +msgid "" +"However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should " +"not be preseeded, and the example file is a better starting place for most " +"users." +msgstr "" +"Dock, en fil som genereras på detta sätt kommer att ha några poster som inte " +"bör förinställas, och exempelfilen är en bättre startpunkt för de flesta " +"användare." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:469 #, no-c-format -msgid "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the installer's cdebconf database is saved to the installed system in <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. However, because the database may contain sensitive information, by default the files are only readable by root." -msgstr "Denna metod förlitar sig på att vid slutet av installationen, sparas installerarens cdebconf-databas till det installerade systemet i <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. Dock, på grund av att databasen kan innehålla känslig information, är filerna som standard endast läsbara av root." +msgid "" +"This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the " +"installer's cdebconf database is saved to the installed system in <filename>/" +"var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. However, because the database may " +"contain sensitive information, by default the files are only readable by " +"root." +msgstr "" +"Denna metod förlitar sig på att vid slutet av installationen, sparas " +"installerarens cdebconf-databas till det installerade systemet i <filename>/" +"var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. Dock, på grund av att databasen kan " +"innehålla känslig information, är filerna som standard endast läsbara av " +"root." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:477 #, no-c-format -msgid "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it will be deleted from your system if you purge the package <classname>installation-report</classname>." -msgstr "Katalogen <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> och alla filer i den kommer att tas bort från ditt system om du rensar ut paketet <classname>installation-report</classname>." +msgid "" +"The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it " +"will be deleted from your system if you purge the package " +"<classname>installation-report</classname>." +msgstr "" +"Katalogen <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> och alla filer i den " +"kommer att tas bort från ditt system om du rensar ut paketet " +"<classname>installation-report</classname>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:485 #, no-c-format -msgid "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> to examine the files in <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> while an installation is in progress. View <filename>templates.dat</filename> for the raw templates and <filename>questions.dat</filename> for the current values and for the values assigned to variables." -msgstr "För att kontrollera möjliga värden för frågor kan du använda <command>nano</command> för att undersöka filerna i <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> under tiden en installation pågår. Se <filename>templates.dat</filename> för de råa mallarna och <filename>questions.dat</filename> för de aktuella värdena och för de värden som tilldelas till variabler." +msgid "" +"To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> " +"to examine the files in <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> while an " +"installation is in progress. View <filename>templates.dat</filename> for the " +"raw templates and <filename>questions.dat</filename> for the current values " +"and for the values assigned to variables." +msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera möjliga värden för frågor kan du använda <command>nano</" +"command> för att undersöka filerna i <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> " +"under tiden en installation pågår. Se <filename>templates.dat</filename> för " +"de råa mallarna och <filename>questions.dat</filename> för de aktuella " +"värdena och för de värden som tilldelas till variabler." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:493 #, no-c-format -msgid "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." -msgstr "För att kontrollera om formatet på din förkonfigurationsfil är giltigt före en installation genomförs, kan du använda kommandot <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." +msgid "" +"To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before " +"performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-" +"selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." +msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera om formatet på din förkonfigurationsfil är giltigt före " +"en installation genomförs, kan du använda kommandot <command>debconf-set-" +"selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:503 @@ -512,8 +846,18 @@ msgstr "Innehållet av en förkonfigurationsfil" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:509 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for your architecture." -msgstr "Observera att det här exemplet är baserat på en installation för Intel x86-arkitekturen. Om du installerar en annan arkitektur, vissa av exemplen (såsom tangentbordsval och installation av starthanteraren) kanske inte är relevanta och behöver ersättas av debconf-inställningar som är lämpliga för din arkitektur." +msgid "" +"Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " +"architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the " +"examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be " +"relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for " +"your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Observera att det här exemplet är baserat på en installation för Intel x86-" +"arkitekturen. Om du installerar en annan arkitektur, vissa av exemplen " +"(såsom tangentbordsval och installation av starthanteraren) kanske inte är " +"relevanta och behöver ersättas av debconf-inställningar som är lämpliga för " +"din arkitektur." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:520 @@ -524,14 +868,27 @@ msgstr "Lokalanpassning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:521 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd preseeding. With all other methods the preconfiguration file will only be loaded after these questions have been asked." -msgstr "Ställa in värden för lokalanpassning kommer endast att fungera om du använder förinställning via initrd. Med alla andra metoder kommer förkonfigurationsfilen först att läsas in efter att de här frågorna har ställts." +msgid "" +"Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " +"preseeding. With all other methods the preconfiguration file will only be " +"loaded after these questions have been asked." +msgstr "" +"Ställa in värden för lokalanpassning kommer endast att fungera om du " +"använder förinställning via initrd. Med alla andra metoder kommer " +"förkonfigurationsfilen först att läsas in efter att de här frågorna har " +"ställts." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:527 #, no-c-format -msgid "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Lokalen kan användas för att ange både språk och land. För att ange lokalen som en uppstartsparameter, använd <userinput>locale=<replaceable>sv_SE</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " +"locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</" +"replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Lokalen kan användas för att ange både språk och land. För att ange lokalen " +"som en uppstartsparameter, använd <userinput>locale=<replaceable>sv_SE</" +"replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:533 @@ -546,8 +903,16 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:535 #, no-c-format -msgid "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be valid for the selected keyboard architecture." -msgstr "Tangentbordskonfiguration består av val av tangentbordsarkitektur och en tangentlayout. I de flesta fall är den korrekta tangentbordsarkitekturen vald som standard, så den behöver man normalt sett inte förinställa. Tangentlayouten måste vara giltig för den valda tangentbordsarkitekturen." +msgid "" +"Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " +"keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by " +"default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be valid " +"for the selected keyboard architecture." +msgstr "" +"Tangentbordskonfiguration består av val av tangentbordsarkitektur och en " +"tangentlayout. I de flesta fall är den korrekta tangentbordsarkitekturen " +"vald som standard, så den behöver man normalt sett inte förinställa. " +"Tangentlayouten måste vara giltig för den valda tangentbordsarkitekturen." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:542 @@ -568,14 +933,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:544 #, no-c-format -msgid "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the kernel keymap remaining active." -msgstr "För att hoppa över konfiguration av tangentbordet kan du förinställa <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> med <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. Det här kommer att resultera i att kärnans tangentlayout fortsätter vara aktiv." +msgid "" +"To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" +"classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the " +"kernel keymap remaining active." +msgstr "" +"För att hoppa över konfiguration av tangentbordet kan du förinställa " +"<classname>console-tools/archs</classname> med <userinput>skip-config</" +"userinput>. Det här kommer att resultera i att kärnans tangentlayout " +"fortsätter vara aktiv." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:553 #, no-c-format -msgid "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." -msgstr "Ändringarna i inmatningslagret för 2.6-kärnor har gjort att tangentbordsarkitekturen nästa föråldrad. För 2.6-kärnor bör normalt sett tangentlayouten <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) väljas." +msgid "" +"The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " +"architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</" +"quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." +msgstr "" +"Ändringarna i inmatningslagret för 2.6-kärnor har gjort att " +"tangentbordsarkitekturen nästa föråldrad. För 2.6-kärnor bör normalt sett " +"tangentlayouten <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) väljas." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:563 @@ -586,20 +964,51 @@ msgstr "Nätverkskonfiguration" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:564 #, no-c-format -msgid "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading your preconfiguration file from the network. But it's great when you're booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preconfiguration files from the network, you can pass network config parameters by using kernel boot parameters." -msgstr "Så klart, att förinställa nätverkskonfiguration kommer inte att fungera om du läser in din förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket. Men det är otroligt bra när du startar upp från en cd eller ett USB-minne. Om du läser in förkonfigurationsfiler från nätverket, kan du skicka med konfigurationsparametrar via kärnans uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " +"your preconfiguration file from the network. But it's great when you're " +"booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preconfiguration files from " +"the network, you can pass network config parameters by using kernel boot " +"parameters." +msgstr "" +"Så klart, att förinställa nätverkskonfiguration kommer inte att fungera om " +"du läser in din förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket. Men det är otroligt bra " +"när du startar upp från en cd eller ett USB-minne. Om du läser in " +"förkonfigurationsfiler från nätverket, kan du skicka med " +"konfigurationsparametrar via kärnans uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:572 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Om du behöver välja ett specifikt nätgränssnitt när du startar upp via nätverket före inläsning av en förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket, använd en uppstartsparameter såsom <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " +"preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as " +"<userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver välja ett specifikt nätgränssnitt när du startar upp via " +"nätverket före inläsning av en förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket, använd " +"en uppstartsparameter såsom <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</" +"replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:578 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when using network preseeding (using <quote>preseed/url</quote>), you can use the following hack to work around that, for example if you'd like to set a static address for the network interface. The hack is to force the network configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following lines:" -msgstr "Även om förinställning av nätverkskonfigurationen normalt sett inte är möjlig när man använder förinställning via nätverk (med <quote>preseed/url</quote>) kan du använda följande hack för att komma runt det, till exempel om du vill ställa in en statisk adress för nätverksgränssnittet. Hacket tvingar nätverkskonfigurationen att köras igen efter att förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in genom att skapa ett <quote>preseed/run</quote>-skript som innehåller följande rader:" +msgid "" +"Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when " +"using network preseeding (using <quote>preseed/url</quote>), you can use the " +"following hack to work around that, for example if you'd like to set a " +"static address for the network interface. The hack is to force the network " +"configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded " +"by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following " +"lines:" +msgstr "" +"Även om förinställning av nätverkskonfigurationen normalt sett inte är " +"möjlig när man använder förinställning via nätverk (med <quote>preseed/url</" +"quote>) kan du använda följande hack för att komma runt det, till exempel om " +"du vill ställa in en statisk adress för nätverksgränssnittet. Hacket tvingar " +"nätverkskonfigurationen att köras igen efter att förkonfigurationsfilen har " +"lästs in genom att skapa ett <quote>preseed/run</quote>-skript som " +"innehåller följande rader:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:588 @@ -655,21 +1064,25 @@ msgid "" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" msgstr "" "# netcfg kommer att välja ett nätgränssnitt som har länk om möjligt.\n" -"# Det gör att den hoppar över att visa en lista om det finns fler än ett nätgränssnitt.\n" +"# Det gör att den hoppar över att visa en lista om det finns fler än ett " +"nätgränssnitt.\n" "d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" "\n" "# För att istället välja ett speciellt nätgränssnitt:\n" "#d-i netcfg/choose_interface select eth1\n" "\n" -"# Om du har en långsam dhcp-server och installeraren får timeout i väntan på\n" +"# Om du har en långsam dhcp-server och installeraren får timeout i väntan " +"på\n" "# den kan det här vara användbart.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_timeout string 60\n" "\n" -"# Om du önskar konfigurera nätverket manuellt, kommentera bort den här raden\n" +"# Om du önskar konfigurera nätverket manuellt, kommentera bort den här " +"raden\n" "# och den statiska nätverkskonfigurationen nedan.\n" "#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Om du vill att förkonfigurationsfilen ska fungera på system både med och utan \n" +"# Om du vill att förkonfigurationsfilen ska fungera på system både med och " +"utan \n" "# en dhcpserver, kommentera bort de här raderna och den statiska\n" "# nätverkskonfigurationen nedan.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_failed note\n" @@ -690,7 +1103,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "# Inaktivera den störande WEP-nyckeldialogen.\n" "d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" -"# Det galna dhcp-värdnamnet som vissa Internetleverantörer använder som ett lösenord.\n" +"# Det galna dhcp-värdnamnet som vissa Internetleverantörer använder som ett " +"lösenord.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" #. Tag: title @@ -702,20 +1116,44 @@ msgstr "Spegelinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:598 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." -msgstr "Beroende på installationsmetoden du användare, en spegel kan användas både för att hämta ytterligare komponenter för installeraren, grundsystemet och för att ställa in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " +"download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set " +"up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på installationsmetoden du användare, en spegel kan användas både " +"för att hämta ytterligare komponenter för installeraren, grundsystemet och " +"för att ställa in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> för det " +"installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:605 #, no-c-format -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for the installed system." -msgstr "Parametern <classname>mirror/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " +"the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Parametern <classname>mirror/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för det " +"installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:610 #, no-c-format -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for the installation. By default the value for <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> is the same as <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." -msgstr "Parametern <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för ytterligare komponenter för installeraren. Den är endast användbar att ställa in om komponenter faktiskt hämtas över nätverket och bör stämma överens med sviten som användes för att bygga initrd för installationsmetoden som används för installationen. Som standard är värdet för <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> samma som för <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " +"for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this " +"if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the " +"suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for " +"the installation. By default the value for <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</" +"classname> is the same as <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." +msgstr "" +"Parametern <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för " +"ytterligare komponenter för installeraren. Den är endast användbar att " +"ställa in om komponenter faktiskt hämtas över nätverket och bör stämma " +"överens med sviten som användes för att bygga initrd för " +"installationsmetoden som används för installationen. Som standard är värdet " +"för <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> samma som för <classname>mirror/" +"suite</classname>." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:622 @@ -750,27 +1188,46 @@ msgstr "Partitionering" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:628 #, no-c-format -msgid "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding nor to set up RAID." -msgstr "Använda förinställning för att partitionera hårddisken är till stor del begränsat till vad som stöds av <classname>partman-auto</classname>. Du kan välja att antingen partitionera existerande ledigt utrymme på en disk eller en hela disken. Utseendet på disken kan bestämmas genom att använda ett fördefinierat recept, ett anpassat recept från en receptfil eller ett recept som inkluderats i förkonfigurationsfilen. Det är för närvarande inte möjligt at partitionera flera diskar med förinställning eller att ställa in RAID." +msgid "" +"Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either " +"partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the " +"disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a " +"recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " +"currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding nor to " +"set up RAID." +msgstr "" +"Använda förinställning för att partitionera hårddisken är till stor del " +"begränsat till vad som stöds av <classname>partman-auto</classname>. Du kan " +"välja att antingen partitionera existerande ledigt utrymme på en disk eller " +"en hela disken. Utseendet på disken kan bestämmas genom att använda ett " +"fördefinierat recept, ett anpassat recept från en receptfil eller ett recept " +"som inkluderats i förkonfigurationsfilen. Det är för närvarande inte möjligt " +"at partitionera flera diskar med förinställning eller att ställa in RAID." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:640 #, no-c-format -msgid "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the correct one will be selected before using preseeding." -msgstr "Identifieringen av diskar är beroende på ordningen som deras drivrutiner läses in i. Om det finns flera diskar i systemet, bör du vara mycket säker på att den rätta disken kommer att väljas före förinställningen används." +msgid "" +"The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " +"are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the " +"correct one will be selected before using preseeding." +msgstr "" +"Identifieringen av diskar är beroende på ordningen som deras drivrutiner " +"läses in i. Om det finns flera diskar i systemet, bör du vara mycket säker " +"på att den rätta disken kommer att väljas före förinställningen används." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:648 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" "\n" -"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" -"# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format. If the method\n" -"# supports it, you can specify several disks separated by spaces.\n" +"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name\n" +"# can be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" "# For example, to use the first disk:\n" "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" "# In addition, you'll need to specify the method to use.\n" @@ -781,6 +1238,8 @@ msgid "" "# contains an old LVM configuration, the user will normally receive a\n" "# warning. This can be preseeded away...\n" "d-i partman-auto/purge_lvm_from_device boolean true\n" +"# And the same goes for the confirmation to write the lvm partitions.\n" +"d-i partman-lvm/confirm boolean true\n" "\n" "# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" @@ -792,7 +1251,8 @@ msgid "" "# select Separate /home, /usr, /var, and /tmp partitions\n" "\n" "# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" -"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" +"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" "# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" "# just point at it.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" @@ -825,7 +1285,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "# Om systemet har ledigt utrymme kan du välja att endast partitionera\n" "# det utrymmet.\n" -"# Observera: detta måste förinställas med ett lokalanpassat (översatt) värde.\n" +"# Observera: detta måste förinställas med ett lokalanpassat (översatt) " +"värde.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" "# select Använd det största oavbrutna lediga utrymmet\n" "\n" @@ -845,7 +1306,8 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman-auto/purge_lvm_from_device boolean true\n" "\n" "# Du kan välja från någon av de fördefinierade partitioneringsrecepten.\n" -"# Observera: detta måste förinställas med ett lokalanpassat (översatt) värde.\n" +"# Observera: detta måste förinställas med ett lokalanpassat (översatt) " +"värde.\n" "d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe \\\n" " select Alla filer på en partition (rekommenderas för nya användare)\n" "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe \\\n" @@ -854,13 +1316,16 @@ msgstr "" "# select Separata partitioner för /home, /usr, /var och /tmp\n" "\n" "# Eller använd ett eget recept...\n" -"# Formatet på recepten finns dokumenterat i filen devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" +"# Formatet på recepten finns dokumenterat i filen devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" "# Om du har ett sätt att hämta en receptfil in i d-i-miljön, kan du\n" "# bara peka på det.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" "\n" -"# Om inte, kan du lägga ett helt recept i förkonfigurationsfilen på en (logisk)\n" -"# rad. Det här exemplet skapar en liten /boot-partition, lämpligt växlingsutrymme\n" +"# Om inte, kan du lägga ett helt recept i förkonfigurationsfilen på en " +"(logisk)\n" +"# rad. Det här exemplet skapar en liten /boot-partition, lämpligt " +"växlingsutrymme\n" "# och använder resten av utrymmet till rotpartitionen:\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" "# boot-root :: \\\n" @@ -882,17 +1347,106 @@ msgstr "" "# Det här gör att partman partitionerar automatiskt utan bekräftelse.\n" "d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" "d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" -" select Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken\n" +" select Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till " +"hårddisken\n" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Partitioning using RAID" +msgstr "Partitionering" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:654 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " +"Supported are RAID levels 0, 1 and 5, creating degraded arrays and " +"specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to " +"install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootloader\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:664 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " +"new component that may still have some bugs or missing error handling. The " +"responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and " +"don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</" +"filename> if you run into problems." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:672 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " +"component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded arrays or " +"spare devices has only been tested lightly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:680 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" +"\n" +"# The method should be set to \"raid\".\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/method string raid\n" +"# Specify the disks to be partitioned. They will all get the same layout,\n" +"# so this will only work if the disks are the same size.\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc /dev/discs/disc1/disc\n" +"\n" +"# Next you need to specify the physical partitions that will be used. \n" +"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" +"# multiraid :: \\\n" +"# 1000 5000 4000 raid \\\n" +"# $primary{ } method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 64 512 300% raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 500 10000 1000000000 raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# Last you need to specify how the previously defined partitions will be\n" +"# used in the RAID setup. Remember to use the correct partition numbers\n" +"# for logical partitions.\n" +"# Parameters are:\n" +"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <mountpoint> \\\n" +"# <devices> <sparedevices>\n" +"# RAID levels 0, 1 and 5 are supported; devices are separated using \"#\"\n" +"#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 ext3 / \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part1#/dev/discs/disc1/part1 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 swap - \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part5#/dev/discs/disc1/part5 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 0 2 0 ext3 /home \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part6#/dev/discs/disc1/part6 \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" +"d-i partman-md/confirm boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" +" select Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" +"d-i partman/confirm boolean true" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "Inställning av klocka och tidszon" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:655 +#: preseed.xml:687 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -910,19 +1464,27 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string Europe/Stockholm" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:660 +#: preseed.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "Apt-inställning" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:661 +#: preseed.xml:693 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) repositories." -msgstr "Konfiguration av <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och grundläggande konfigurationsalternativ är fullt automatiserade baserat på din installationsmetod och svar på tidigare ställda frågor. Du kan valfritt lägga till andra (lokala) förråd." +msgid "" +"Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " +"configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method " +"and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) " +"repositories." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguration av <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och " +"grundläggande konfigurationsalternativ är fullt automatiserade baserat på " +"din installationsmetod och svar på tidigare ställda frågor. Du kan valfritt " +"lägga till andra (lokala) förråd." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:669 +#: preseed.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -945,7 +1507,8 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" "#d-i apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" "# Avkommentera denna för att undvika att lägga till säkerhetskällor, eller\n" -"# lägga till ett värdnamn för att använda en annan server än security.debian.org.\n" +"# lägga till ett värdnamn för att använda en annan server än security.debian." +"org.\n" "#d-i apt-setup/security_host string\n" "\n" "# Ytterligare förråd, local[0-9] tillgängliga\n" @@ -958,25 +1521,41 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://lokal.server/nyckel" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:674 +#: preseed.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "Kontoinställning" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:675 +#: preseed.xml:707 #, no-c-format -msgid "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." -msgstr "Lösenordet för root-kontot, namn och lösenordet för den första vanliga användarens konto kan förinställas. För lösenorden kan du använda antingen klartextvärden eller <emphasis>MD5-hashar</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " +"user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear " +"text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Lösenordet för root-kontot, namn och lösenordet för den första vanliga " +"användarens konto kan förinställas. För lösenorden kan du använda antingen " +"klartextvärden eller <emphasis>MD5-hashar</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:682 +#: preseed.xml:714 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute force attacks." -msgstr "Tänk på att förinställning av lösenord inte är direkt säkert eftersom alla med tillgång till förkonfigurationsfilen kan få vetskap om de här lösenorden. Använda MD5-hashar är ansett som säkrare men det kan också ge en falsk känsla av säkerhet eftersom tillgången till en MD5-hash gör att den kan utsättas för en \"brute force\"-attack." +msgid "" +"Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " +"access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these " +"passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of " +"security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 " +"hash allows for brute force attacks." +msgstr "" +"Tänk på att förinställning av lösenord inte är direkt säkert eftersom alla " +"med tillgång till förkonfigurationsfilen kan få vetskap om de här " +"lösenorden. Använda MD5-hashar är ansett som säkrare men det kan också ge en " +"falsk känsla av säkerhet eftersom tillgången till en MD5-hash gör att den " +"kan utsättas för en \"brute force\"-attack." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1000,7 +1579,8 @@ msgid "" "# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" msgstr "" -"# Hoppa över skapandet av ett root-konto (normalt användarkonto kommer att kunna\n" +"# Hoppa över skapandet av ett root-konto (normalt användarkonto kommer att " +"kunna\n" "# använda sudo).\n" "#d-i passwd/root-login boolean false\n" "# Alternativt, för att hoppa över skapandet av ett normalt användarkonto.\n" @@ -1022,64 +1602,90 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:694 +#: preseed.xml:726 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root account, provided of course that an alternative method is setup to allow administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." -msgstr "Variablerna <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> och <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> kan också förinställas med <quote>!</quote> som dess värde. I det här fallet, kommer det motsvarande kontot att inaktiveras. Det här kan vara bekvämt för root-kontot, om så klart det finns en alternativ metod som tillåter administrativa aktiviteter eller root-inloggning (till exempel genom att använda autentisering via SSH-nyckel eller kommandot <command>sudo</command>)." +msgid "" +"The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be " +"preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the " +"corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root " +"account, provided of course that an alternative method is setup to allow " +"administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key " +"authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." +msgstr "" +"Variablerna <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> och " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> kan också förinställas " +"med <quote>!</quote> som dess värde. I det här fallet, kommer det " +"motsvarande kontot att inaktiveras. Det här kan vara bekvämt för root-" +"kontot, om så klart det finns en alternativ metod som tillåter " +"administrativa aktiviteter eller root-inloggning (till exempel genom att " +"använda autentisering via SSH-nyckel eller kommandot <command>sudo</" +"command>)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:704 +#: preseed.xml:736 #, no-c-format -msgid "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." +msgid "" +"An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "En MD5-hash för ett lösenord kan genereras med följande kommando." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:708 +#: preseed.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:714 +#: preseed.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "Installation av grundsystem" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:715 +#: preseed.xml:747 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the kernel." -msgstr "Det finns faktiskt inte speciellt mycket som kan förinställas för det här steget av installationen. De enda frågorna som ställs är angående installationen av kärnan." +msgid "" +"There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " +"installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the " +"kernel." +msgstr "" +"Det finns faktiskt inte speciellt mycket som kan förinställas för det här " +"steget av installationen. De enda frågorna som ställs är angående " +"installationen av kärnan." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:722 +#: preseed.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 kernels.\n" +"# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " +"kernels.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" msgstr "" -"# Välj initramfs-generatorn som används för att generera en initrd för 2.6-kärnor.\n" +"# Välj initramfs-generatorn som används för att generera en initrd för 2.6-" +"kärnor.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:727 +#: preseed.xml:759 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "Installation av starthanteraren" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:729 +#: preseed.xml:761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the MBR\n" +"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " +"MBR\n" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other OS\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " +"OS\n" "# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" @@ -1091,16 +1697,20 @@ msgid "" "# To install grub to multiple disks:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" msgstr "" -"# Grub är starthanteraren som är standard (för x86). Om du vill att lilo ska installeras\n" +"# Grub är starthanteraren som är standard (för x86). Om du vill att lilo ska " +"installeras\n" "# istället, kommentera bort den här raden:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Det här är ganska säker att ställa in, den gör att grub installeras automatiskt till MBR\n" +"# Det här är ganska säker att ställa in, den gör att grub installeras " +"automatiskt till MBR\n" "# om inga andra operativsystem hittades på maskinen.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Den här gör att grub-installer installeras till MBR om den hittar några andra operativsystem\n" -"# också, som är mindre säkert eftersom den kanske inte kan starta upp det andra operativsystemet.\n" +"# Den här gör att grub-installer installeras till MBR om den hittar några " +"andra operativsystem\n" +"# också, som är mindre säkert eftersom den kanske inte kan starta upp det " +"andra operativsystemet.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" "# Alternativt, om du vill installera till en plats annan än MBR,\n" @@ -1112,97 +1722,116 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:734 +#: preseed.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Paketval" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:767 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. Available tasks as of this writing include:" -msgstr "Du kan välja att installera alla kombinationer av funktioner som finns tillgängliga. Tillgängliga funktioner just nu inkluderar:" +msgid "" +"You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " +"Available tasks as of this writing include:" +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja att installera alla kombinationer av funktioner som finns " +"tillgängliga. Tillgängliga funktioner just nu inkluderar:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:744 +#: preseed.xml:776 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "standard" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:747 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:750 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "gnome-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "kde-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:756 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "web-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:759 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "print-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:762 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "dns-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "file-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:768 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "mail-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:771 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "sql-database" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:774 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "laptop" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:810 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the <userinput>standard</userinput> task." -msgstr "Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner, och tvinga fram installationen av en uppsättning paket på något annat sätt. Vi rekommenderar alltid att inkludera funktionen <userinput>standard</userinput>." +msgid "" +"You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " +"of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the " +"<userinput>standard</userinput> task." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner, och tvinga fram " +"installationen av en uppsättning paket på något annat sätt. Vi rekommenderar " +"alltid att inkludera funktionen <userinput>standard</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:816 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." -msgstr "Om du vill installera några individuella paket i tillägg till de paket som installeras av en funktion, kan du använda parametern <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. Värdet för denna parameter kan vara antingen kommaseparerad eller blankstegsseparerad, så att du kan även använda den enkelt på kommandoraden för kärnan." +msgid "" +"If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " +"installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</" +"classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or " +"space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill installera några individuella paket i tillägg till de paket som " +"installeras av en funktion, kan du använda parametern <classname>pkgsel/" +"include</classname>. Värdet för denna parameter kan vara antingen " +"kommaseparerad eller blankstegsseparerad, så att du kan även använda den " +"enkelt på kommandoraden för kärnan." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:794 +#: preseed.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1225,20 +1854,24 @@ msgstr "" "# Individuella paket att installera\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" "\n" -"# Vissa versioner av installeraren kan rapportera tillbaka på vilken programvara\n" -"# du har installerad och vilken programvara du använder. Standard är att inte\n" -"# rapportera tillbaka men att skicka in rapporter hjälper projektet att bestämma\n" -"# vilken programvara som är mest populär och sedan inkludera den på cd-skivor.\n" +"# Vissa versioner av installeraren kan rapportera tillbaka på vilken " +"programvara\n" +"# du har installerad och vilken programvara du använder. Standard är att " +"inte\n" +"# rapportera tillbaka men att skicka in rapporter hjälper projektet att " +"bestämma\n" +"# vilken programvara som är mest populär och sedan inkludera den på cd-" +"skivor.\n" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "Färdigställande av första steget av installationen" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:801 +#: preseed.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1256,19 +1889,24 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:806 +#: preseed.xml:838 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av e-postserver" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:807 +#: preseed.xml:839 #, no-c-format -msgid "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." -msgstr "Under en normal installation ställer exim endast ett par frågor. Här förklaras hur man undviker även dem. Mer komplicerade förinställningar är möjliga." +msgid "" +"During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " +"even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." +msgstr "" +"Under en normal installation ställer exim endast ett par frågor. Här " +"förklaras hur man undviker även dem. Mer komplicerade förinställningar är " +"möjliga." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:814 +#: preseed.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1284,19 +1922,25 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:819 +#: preseed.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av X" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:820 +#: preseed.xml:852 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything." -msgstr "Förinställa Debians X-konfiguration är möjlig, men du behöver antagligen känna till vissa detaljer om grafikmaskinvaran på maskinen, eftersom Debians X-konfigurator inte gör en fullt automatisk konfiguration av allt." +msgid "" +"Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " +"details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X " +"configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything." +msgstr "" +"Förinställa Debians X-konfiguration är möjlig, men du behöver antagligen " +"känna till vissa detaljer om grafikmaskinvaran på maskinen, eftersom Debians " +"X-konfigurator inte gör en fullt automatisk konfiguration av allt." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:828 +#: preseed.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1313,21 +1957,26 @@ msgid "" "# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" "#xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" "# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" -"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may not\n" +"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may " +"not\n" "# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" "xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" " select medium\n" "xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" msgstr "" -"# X kan identifiera den rätta drivrutinen för vissa kort, men om du förinställer,\n" -"# kan du åsidosätta allt den väljer. Dock kommer vesa att fungera nästan överallt.\n" +"# X kan identifiera den rätta drivrutinen för vissa kort, men om du " +"förinställer,\n" +"# kan du åsidosätta allt den väljer. Dock kommer vesa att fungera nästan " +"överallt.\n" "#xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/device/driver select vesa\n" "\n" "# En nackdel med automatisk identifiering av möss är att om det misslyckas,\n" -"# kommer X att försöka om och om igen. Så om det förinställs att det ska göras\n" +"# kommer X att försöka om och om igen. Så om det förinställs att det ska " +"göras\n" "# finns det en möjlighet för att en oändlig upprepning sker om inte musen\n" -"# automatiskt identifieras.#xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" +"# automatiskt identifieras.#xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/autodetect_mouse " +"boolean true\n" "\n" "# Automatisk identifiering av skärmen rekommenderas.\n" "xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" @@ -1342,13 +1991,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:833 +#: preseed.xml:865 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "Förinställning av andra paket" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:835 +#: preseed.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1359,8 +2008,10 @@ msgid "" "# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" msgstr "" -"# Beroende på vilken programvara du väljer att installera, eller om saker går fel\n" -"# under installationsprocessen, är det möjligt att andra frågor kan ställas.\n" +"# Beroende på vilken programvara du väljer att installera, eller om saker " +"går fel\n" +"# under installationsprocessen, är det möjligt att andra frågor kan " +"ställas.\n" "# Du kan förinställa de här också, så klart. För att få en lista på alla\n" "# möjliga frågor som kan ställas under en installation, gör en\n" "# installation, och kör sedan de här kommandona:\n" @@ -1368,19 +2019,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> fil" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:841 +#: preseed.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Avancerade inställningar" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:844 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Skalkommandon" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:846 +#: preseed.xml:878 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1400,10 +2051,13 @@ msgid "" "# packages and run commands in the target system.\n" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" msgstr "" -"# Förinställning i d-i anses inte som säker. Inget i installeraren undersöker\n" +"# Förinställning i d-i anses inte som säker. Inget i installeraren " +"undersöker\n" "# efter buffertöverflöden eller andra attackförsök genom värdena i en\n" -"# förkonfigurationsfil såsom den här. Använd endast förkonfigurationfiler från en\n" -"# plats du kan lita på! För att gör det och på grund av att det är generellt sett\n" +"# förkonfigurationsfil såsom den här. Använd endast förkonfigurationfiler " +"från en\n" +"# plats du kan lita på! För att gör det och på grund av att det är generellt " +"sett\n" "# användbart, här är ett sätt att automatiskt köra de skalkommandon du vill\n" "# inne i installeraren.\n" "\n" @@ -1411,26 +2065,40 @@ msgstr "" "# att förinställningen är inläst.\n" "#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" "\n" -"# Det här kommandot körs direkt före installationen färdigställs, men när det\n" -"# fortfarande finns en användbar /target-katalog. Du kan göra en chroot till /target och\n" -"# använda det direkt, eller använda apt-install och kommandon från /target för att\n" +"# Det här kommandot körs direkt före installationen färdigställs, men när " +"det\n" +"# fortfarande finns en användbar /target-katalog. Du kan göra en chroot " +"till /target och\n" +"# använda det direkt, eller använda apt-install och kommandon från /target " +"för att\n" "# enkelt installera paket och köra kommandon på målsystemet.\n" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "Kedjeinläsning av förkonfigurationsfiler" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:852 +#: preseed.xml:884 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att inkludera andra förkonfigurationsfiler från en förkonfigurationsfil. Alla inställningar i de filerna kommer att åsidosätta eventuella inställningar från filer som lästs in tidigare. Det gör det möjligt att lägga in, till exempel, allmänna nätverksinställningar för din plats i en fil och mer specifika inställningar för vissa konfigurationer i andra filer." +msgid "" +"It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " +"preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-" +"existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, " +"for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and " +"more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att inkludera andra förkonfigurationsfiler från en " +"förkonfigurationsfil. Alla inställningar i de filerna kommer att åsidosätta " +"eventuella inställningar från filer som lästs in tidigare. Det gör det " +"möjligt att lägga in, till exempel, allmänna nätverksinställningar för din " +"plats i en fil och mer specifika inställningar för vissa konfigurationer i " +"andra filer." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:862 +#: preseed.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" @@ -1456,17 +2124,20 @@ msgid "" "d-i preseed/run string foo.sh" msgstr "" "# Fler än en fil kan listas, separerade med blanksteg; alla kommer att\n" -"# läsas in. De inkluderade filerna kan även innehålla egna direktiv för preseed/include.\n" +"# läsas in. De inkluderade filerna kan även innehålla egna direktiv för " +"preseed/include.\n" "# Observera att om filnamnen är relativa, tas de från samma katalog som\n" "# förkonfigurationsfilen som inkluderar dem.\n" "#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" "\n" -"# Installeraren kan valfritt validera kontrollsummor för förkonfigurationsfiler före\n" +"# Installeraren kan valfritt validera kontrollsummor för " +"förkonfigurationsfiler före\n" "# de används. För närvarande stöds endast md5sums, lista md5sum\n" "# i samma ordning som listan av filer som ska inkluderas.\n" "#d-i preseed/include/checksum string 5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" "\n" -"# Mer flexibelt, det här kör ett skalkommando och om det skriver ut namnen på\n" +"# Mer flexibelt, det här kör ett skalkommando och om det skriver ut namnen " +"på\n" "# förkonfigurationsfiler, inkludera de filerna. \n" "#d-i preseed/include_command \\\n" "# string echo if [ \"`hostname`\" = bob ]; then echo bob.cfg; fi\n" @@ -1479,20 +2150,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Desktop environment" #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljö" + #~ msgid "DNS server" #~ msgstr "DNS-server" + #~ msgid "File format" #~ msgstr "Filformat" + #~ msgid "Only single space allowed between template type and value" #~ msgstr "Endast ett enda blanksteg tillåts mellan malltyp och värde" + #~ msgid "Relation with /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" #~ msgstr "Relation med /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" + #~ msgid "Types of templates and how to provide values for them" #~ msgstr "Typer av mallar och hur värden ska anges för dem" + #~ msgid "Most values need to be in English or codes" #~ msgstr "Flesta värden behöver vara på engelska eller koder" + #~ msgid "Using a manual installation as base" #~ msgstr "Använder en manuell installation som grund" + #~ msgid "Finding other possible values" #~ msgstr "Hittar andra möjliga värden" - diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po index 37ee6a0c7..43de278b7 100644 --- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-07 22:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-10 18:55+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -29,62 +29,182 @@ msgstr "Hur installeraren fungerar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:8 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the installer is started." -msgstr "Debian-installeraren innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent gör sin funktion och ställer frågor till användaren som behövs för att utföra jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installeraren har startat." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to " +"perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the " +"user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are " +"given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the " +"installer is started." +msgstr "" +"Debian-installeraren innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål " +"för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent gör sin " +"funktion och ställer frågor till användaren som behövs för att utföra " +"jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för " +"frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installeraren har startat." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:16 #, no-c-format -msgid "When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for questions that are not asked." -msgstr "När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. Installeraren kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs." +msgid "" +"When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) " +"questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation " +"process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in " +"sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method " +"you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for " +"questions that are not asked." +msgstr "" +"När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög " +"prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad " +"installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter " +"körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen " +"på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. Installeraren " +"kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:25 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." -msgstr "Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn men kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. Allvarliga felnotifieringar är satta till <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet så att användaren alltid blir notifierad." +msgid "" +"If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer " +"menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are " +"no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply " +"answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are " +"set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." +msgstr "" +"Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och " +"installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte " +"uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn men " +"kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. " +"Allvarliga felnotifieringar är satta till <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet " +"så att användaren alltid blir notifierad." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:34 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." -msgstr "Några av de förvalda värden som installeraren använder kan ges genom att skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för tillgängliga flaggor." +msgid "" +"Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing " +"boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force " +"static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you " +"could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</" +"userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." +msgstr "" +"Några av de förvalda värden som installeraren använder kan ges genom att " +"skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar " +"att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om " +"tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/" +"disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för " +"tillgängliga flaggor." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:42 #, no-c-format -msgid "Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." -msgstr "Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att installeraren genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda installeraren på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each " +"step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each " +"step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-" +"driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet " +"gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att " +"installeraren genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda " +"installeraren på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till " +"uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:50 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command to start the installer or by adding the boot argument <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over &d-i;." -msgstr "Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när de installeras behöver du starta upp installeraren i <quote>expert</quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot <command>expert</command> för att starta installeraren eller genom att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." +msgid "" +"If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are " +"installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> " +"mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command " +"to start the installer or by adding the boot argument " +"<userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over " +"&d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när " +"de installeras behöver du starta upp installeraren i <quote>expert</" +"quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot " +"<command>expert</command> för att starta installeraren eller genom att lägga " +"till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget " +"ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:59 #, no-c-format -msgid "The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The <keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The <keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use &enterkey; to activate choices." -msgstr "Den normala installeraren är teckenbaserad (i motsättning till det nu mer kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön. Här är tangenterna du kan använda för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. <keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan och rullar även själva listan. I tillägg till det, i långa listor, kan du trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till den sektion som börjar med den bokstav du tryckte och använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</keycap> för att rulla listan i sektioner. <keycap>Mellanslag</keycap> väljer en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val." +msgid "" +"The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more " +"familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this " +"environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various " +"dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The " +"<keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items " +"within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in " +"long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to " +"the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-" +"Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The " +"<keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use " +"&enterkey; to activate choices." +msgstr "" +"Den normala installeraren är teckenbaserad (i motsättning till det nu mer " +"kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön. Här är " +"tangenterna du kan använda för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</" +"keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> " +"och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan " +"och rullar även själva listan. I tillägg till det, i långa listor, kan du " +"trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till den sektion som börjar med den " +"bokstav du tryckte och använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</" +"keycap> för att rulla listan i sektioner. <keycap>Mellanslag</keycap> väljer " +"en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:77 #, no-c-format -msgid "S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh session to view the logs described below." -msgstr "S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." +msgid "" +"S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh " +"session to view the logs described below." +msgstr "" +"S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och " +"tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:82 #, no-c-format -msgid "Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "" +"Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access " +"this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</" +"keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing " +"the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer " +"process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></" +"keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här " +"konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</" +"keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du " +"trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till " +"huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:92 #, no-c-format -msgid "These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." -msgstr "Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn har startats om till det nya systemet." +msgid "" +"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/" +"syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be " +"found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and " +"<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted " +"into the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra " +"installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under " +"installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn " +"har startats om till det nya systemet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:106 @@ -95,8 +215,14 @@ msgstr "Introduktion till komponenter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:107 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." -msgstr "Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgid "" +"Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each " +"component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular " +"component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje " +"komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik " +"komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:118 @@ -107,14 +233,31 @@ msgstr "main-menu" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:118 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu may appear." -msgstr "Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." +msgid "" +"Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and " +"starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to " +"priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the " +"default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error " +"which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded " +"temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu " +"may appear." +msgstr "" +"Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar " +"en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium " +"prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är " +"förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som " +"kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för " +"att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:128 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component." -msgstr "Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja <quote>Tillbaka</quote>-knappen flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." +msgid "" +"You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button " +"repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component." +msgstr "" +"Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja <quote>Tillbaka</quote>-knappen " +"flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:137 @@ -125,8 +268,16 @@ msgstr "localechooser" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." -msgstr "Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: språk, land och lokaler. Installeraren kommer att visa meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the " +"installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display " +"messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language " +"is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: " +"språk, land och lokaler. Installeraren kommer att visa meddelanden på det " +"valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då " +"kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:149 @@ -137,8 +288,12 @@ msgstr "kbd-chooser" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which matches his own." -msgstr "Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell som passar bäst." +msgid "" +"Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which " +"matches his own." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell " +"som passar bäst." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:158 @@ -149,8 +304,12 @@ msgstr "hw-detect" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:158 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." -msgstr "Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." +msgid "" +"Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network " +"cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive " +"nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:167 @@ -173,8 +332,12 @@ msgstr "netcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:175 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the internet." -msgstr "Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot Internet." +msgid "" +"Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the " +"internet." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot " +"Internet." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:184 @@ -185,8 +348,10 @@ msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." -msgstr "Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken." +msgid "" +"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:193 @@ -197,8 +362,12 @@ msgstr "choose-mirror" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of his installation packages." -msgstr "Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan för sina installationspaket." +msgid "" +"Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of " +"his installation packages." +msgstr "" +"Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan " +"för sina installationspaket." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:202 @@ -209,8 +378,12 @@ msgstr "cdrom-checker" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format -msgid "Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." -msgstr "Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." +msgid "" +"Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that " +"the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare " +"förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:211 @@ -221,8 +394,14 @@ msgstr "lowmem" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:211 #, no-c-format -msgid "Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some features)." -msgstr "Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa funktioner)." +msgid "" +"Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks " +"to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some " +"features)." +msgstr "" +"Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick " +"att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa " +"funktioner)." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:221 @@ -233,8 +412,12 @@ msgstr "anna" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the chosen mirror or CD." -msgstr "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda spegeln eller cd-skiva." +msgid "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the " +"chosen mirror or CD." +msgstr "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda " +"spegeln eller cd-skiva." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:230 @@ -245,8 +428,17 @@ msgstr "partman" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:230 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i Debian." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file " +"systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. " +"Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM " +"support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa " +"filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. " +"Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge " +"eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i " +"Debian." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:242 @@ -257,8 +449,11 @@ msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." -msgstr "Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från användaren." +msgid "" +"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." +msgstr "" +"Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från " +"användaren." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:251 @@ -269,8 +464,12 @@ msgstr "partitioner" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning " +"program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett " +"partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:261 @@ -281,8 +480,12 @@ msgstr "partconf" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:261 #, no-c-format -msgid "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected partitions according to user instructions." -msgstr "Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna enligt användarens instruktioner." +msgid "" +"Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected " +"partitions according to user instructions." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna " +"enligt användarens instruktioner." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:270 @@ -293,8 +496,12 @@ msgstr "lvmcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format -msgid "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)." -msgstr "Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk volymhantering)." +msgid "" +"Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> " +"(Logical Volume Manager)." +msgstr "" +"Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk " +"volymhantering)." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:279 @@ -305,8 +512,15 @@ msgstr "mdcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:279 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." -msgstr "Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-kontrollrar som finns på nyare moderkort." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant " +"Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the " +"cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> " +"(Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt " +"sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-kontrollrar som " +"finns på nyare moderkort." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:290 @@ -353,8 +567,12 @@ msgstr "base-installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:314 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to operate under Linux when rebooted." -msgstr "Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra Linux efter omstart." +msgid "" +"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to " +"operate under Linux when rebooted." +msgstr "" +"Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra " +"Linux efter omstart." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:323 @@ -365,8 +583,12 @@ msgstr "apt-setup" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:323 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is running from." -msgstr "Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som installeraren körs från." +msgid "" +"Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is " +"running from." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som " +"installeraren körs från." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:332 @@ -377,8 +599,12 @@ msgstr "pkgsel" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional software." -msgstr "Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera ytterligare programvara." +msgid "" +"Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional " +"software." +msgstr "" +"Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera " +"ytterligare programvara." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:340 @@ -389,8 +615,18 @@ msgstr "os-prober" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:340 #, no-c-format -msgid "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to start." -msgstr "Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska startas vid uppstart." +msgid "" +"Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes " +"this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability " +"to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way " +"the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to " +"start." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar " +"informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten " +"att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det " +"här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska " +"startas vid uppstart." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:352 @@ -401,8 +637,17 @@ msgstr "bootloader-installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:352 #, no-c-format -msgid "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." -msgstr "De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje gång datorn startas." +msgid "" +"The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the " +"hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux " +"without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose " +"an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." +msgstr "" +"De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett " +"starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska " +"starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många " +"starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje " +"gång datorn startas." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:363 @@ -413,8 +658,10 @@ msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." -msgstr "Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:372 @@ -425,8 +672,15 @@ msgstr "save-logs" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." -msgstr "Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-utvecklarna." +msgid "" +"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, " +"hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to " +"accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." +msgstr "" +"Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, " +"hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka " +"en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-" +"utvecklarna." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:390 @@ -437,8 +691,20 @@ msgstr "Användning av individuella komponenter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:391 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your hardware." -msgstr "I den här sektionen kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. Observera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara." +msgid "" +"In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The " +"components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for " +"users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note " +"that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are " +"actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your " +"hardware." +msgstr "" +"I den här sektionen kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i " +"detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av " +"användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. " +"Observera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; " +"vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder " +"och på din maskinvara." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:403 @@ -449,14 +715,43 @@ msgstr "Inställning av Debian-installeraren och maskinvarukonfiguration" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:404 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network mirror)." -msgstr "Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). " +msgid "" +"Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first " +"screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It " +"doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task " +"it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can " +"automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and " +"upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to " +"help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like " +"selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network " +"mirror)." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första " +"skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska " +"begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras " +"eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av " +"att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, " +"lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett " +"kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med " +"viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt " +"föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). " #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:417 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." -msgstr "Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för installeraren (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom alla drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen behövs en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. " +msgid "" +"You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</" +"firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted " +"specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your " +"CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this " +"first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av " +"maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är " +"målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för " +"installeraren (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom alla " +"drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen behövs " +"en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. " #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:432 @@ -467,14 +762,28 @@ msgstr "Kontrollera tillgängligt minne" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:434 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on your system." -msgstr "En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera &debian; på ditt system." +msgid "" +"One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the " +"available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the " +"installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on " +"your system." +msgstr "" +"En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. " +"Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra " +"ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera " +"&debian; på ditt system." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the installation." -msgstr "Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för installationen." +msgid "" +"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara " +"tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för " +"installationen." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:456 @@ -485,38 +794,104 @@ msgstr "Val av lokalinställningar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:458 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales." -msgstr "I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av lokaliseringsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen och för det installerade systemet. Lokaliseringsalternativen består av språk, land och lokaler." +msgid "" +"In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " +"localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"locales." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av " +"lokaliseringsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen och " +"för det installerade systemet. Lokaliseringsalternativen består av språk, " +"land och lokaler." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:465 #, no-c-format -msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English." -msgstr "Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer installeraren att falla tillbaka på engelska." +msgid "" +"The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " +"process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no " +"valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will " +"default to English." +msgstr "" +"Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om " +"en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig " +"översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer installeraren " +"att falla tillbaka på engelska." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:472 #, no-c-format -msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." -msgstr "Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att välja ditt tangentbord." +msgid "" +"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " +"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " +"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +msgstr "" +"Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att " +"välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig " +"för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans " +"för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att " +"välja ditt tangentbord." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:479 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed." -msgstr "Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för lokalisering eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer att installeras." +msgid "" +"You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " +"names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself " +"(right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper " +"script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top " +"of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</" +"quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale " +"will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system " +"will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> " +"package will not be installed." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på " +"språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra " +"sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan " +"är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra " +"alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett " +"språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter " +"på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för " +"lokalisering eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer att " +"installeras." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:491 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically." -msgstr "Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler existerar för det språket med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer det landet att automatiskt väljas." +msgid "" +"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +"footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose " +"<guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be " +"presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the " +"language has only one country associated with it, that country will be " +"selected automatically." +msgstr "" +"Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett " +"land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler existerar för " +"det språket med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att " +"bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> " +"i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade " +"efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer " +"det landet att automatiskt väljas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:509 #, no-c-format -msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgstr "En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska genereras för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " +"option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional " +"locales to be generated for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. " +"Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten " +"att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska " +"genereras för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:524 @@ -527,38 +902,115 @@ msgstr "Val av tangentbord" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:526 #, no-c-format -msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you have completed the installation)." -msgstr "Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." +msgid "" +"Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " +"layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something " +"close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system " +"installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a " +"wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you " +"have completed the installation)." +msgstr "" +"Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj " +"en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som " +"liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När " +"installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en " +"tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> " +"som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:536 #, no-c-format -msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." -msgstr "Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören — de är på samma plats för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna <keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." +msgid "" +"Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " +"&enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the " +"same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are " +"independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one " +"with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." +msgstr "" +"Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. " +"Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören — de är på samma plats " +"för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av " +"tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna " +"<keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:545 #, no-c-format -msgid "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS kernel development." -msgstr "På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan." +msgid "" +"On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " +"to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 " +"US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS " +"kernel development." +msgstr "" +"På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell " +"tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans " +"standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det " +"beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:552 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar." -msgstr "Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten <keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." +msgid "" +"There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " +"(Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</" +"keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key " +"similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us " +"(Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> " +"key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two " +"layouts are similar." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten " +"qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten " +"<keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten " +"<keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), " +"medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på " +"tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-" +"tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:564 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." -msgstr "Om du installerar på ett system som har ett Sun USB-tangentbord och startat upp installeraren med en standard 2.4-kärna, kommer tangentbordet inte att identifieras korrekt av installationssystemet. Installeraren kommer att visa dig en lista på tangenttabeller av Sun-typ att välja från, men välja en av dessa kommer att resultera i ett icke-fungerande tangentbord. Om du installerar med en 2.6-kärna är det inga problem." +msgid "" +"If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +"booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " +"identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you " +"a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " +"result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " +"there is no problem." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar på ett system som har ett Sun USB-tangentbord och startat " +"upp installeraren med en standard 2.4-kärna, kommer tangentbordet inte att " +"identifieras korrekt av installationssystemet. Installeraren kommer att visa " +"dig en lista på tangenttabeller av Sun-typ att välja från, men välja en av " +"dessa kommer att resultera i ett icke-fungerande tangentbord. Om du " +"installerar med en 2.6-kärna är det inga problem." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:573 #, no-c-format -msgid "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct for US keyboards." -msgstr "För att få ett fungerande tangentbord, bör du starta upp installeraren med parametern <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. När du kommer till tangentbordsvalet<footnote> <para> Om du installerar med standardprioritet ska du använda knappen <userinput>Gå tillbaka</userinput> för att återvända till installationsmenyn när du ser listan av tangentlayouter av Sun-typ. </para> </footnote>, välj då <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> om du har ett tangentbord med en amerikansk (US) layout, eller välj <quote>USB-tangentbord</quote> om du har ett tangenbord med en lokalanpassad layout. Välja <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> kommer att lämna kvar kärnans tangentlayout, vilken är korrekt för amerikanska tangentbord." +msgid "" +"To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +"selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +"should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +"installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +"footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +"keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> " +"if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " +"to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " +"for US keyboards." +msgstr "" +"För att få ett fungerande tangentbord, bör du starta upp installeraren med " +"parametern <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. När du kommer till " +"tangentbordsvalet<footnote> <para> Om du installerar med standardprioritet " +"ska du använda knappen <userinput>Gå tillbaka</userinput> för att återvända " +"till installationsmenyn när du ser listan av tangentlayouter av Sun-typ. </" +"para> </footnote>, välj då <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att " +"konfigurera</quote> om du har ett tangentbord med en amerikansk (US) layout, " +"eller välj <quote>USB-tangentbord</quote> om du har ett tangenbord med en " +"lokalanpassad layout. Välja <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att " +"konfigurera</quote> kommer att lämna kvar kärnans tangentlayout, vilken är " +"korrekt för amerikanska tangentbord." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:611 @@ -569,26 +1021,79 @@ msgstr "Leta efter en ISO-avbild för Debian Installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:612 #, no-c-format -msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this." -msgstr "När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten <command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." +msgid "" +"When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " +"a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in " +"order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-" +"scan</command> does exactly this." +msgstr "" +"När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du " +"till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian " +"Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten " +"<command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format -msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image." -msgstr "Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter (exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller <filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en annan avbild." +msgid "" +"At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " +"(e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially " +"searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>." +"ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only " +"files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. " +"it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, " +"<filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not " +"<filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). " +"After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its " +"content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the " +"former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for " +"another image." +msgstr "" +"Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter " +"(exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker " +"sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller " +"<filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första " +"försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av " +"underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</" +"replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</" +"replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/" +"<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild " +"har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att " +"fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första " +"fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en " +"annan avbild." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." -msgstr "Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installeraren misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet." +msgid "" +"In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " +"<command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a " +"more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost " +"directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installeraren " +"misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill " +"genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se " +"på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:643 #, no-c-format -msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console." -msgstr "Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för installeraren, starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem och kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." +msgid "" +"If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " +"reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is " +"named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a " +"filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the " +"checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the " +"second console." +msgstr "" +"Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för " +"installeraren, starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem och " +"kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</" +"filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och " +"om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare " +"kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:664 @@ -599,26 +1104,94 @@ msgstr "Konfigurering av nätverk" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:666 #, no-c-format -msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." -msgstr "När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>." +msgid "" +"As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " +"network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your " +"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want " +"to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this " +"time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is " +"complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> " +"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." +msgstr "" +"När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än " +"en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska " +"vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du " +"vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli " +"konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare " +"gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> " +"<refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" +"citerefentry>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:677 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." -msgstr "Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." +msgid "" +"By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " +"via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it " +"may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a " +"misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your " +"local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on " +"the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or " +"if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow " +"in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." +msgstr "" +"Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt " +"via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan " +"det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte " +"varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara " +"så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare " +"förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I " +"alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du " +"vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga " +"långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:689 #, no-c-format -msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." -msgstr "Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange <computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." +msgid "" +"The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " +"network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and " +"a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a " +"wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your " +"<computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP " +"key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor " +"om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, " +"och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett " +"trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange " +"<computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</" +"computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=" +"\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:703 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the system's guesses — you can change them once the system has been installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, which will step you through your network setup." -msgstr "Några tekniska detaljer du kanske eller kanske inte tycker är smidiga: programmet anser att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcastadressen är bitvis-ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den kommer även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här svaren, använd systemets gissningar — du kan ändra dem när systemet har installerats, om nödvändigt, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternativt kan du installera <classname>etherconf</classname> som kommer att hjälpa dig med din nätverkskonfigurering." +msgid "" +"Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " +"assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP " +"address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise " +"OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It " +"will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use " +"the system's guesses — you can change them once the system has been " +"installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, " +"which will step you through your network setup." +msgstr "" +"Några tekniska detaljer du kanske eller kanske inte tycker är smidiga: " +"programmet anser att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-" +"adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcastadressen är bitvis-" +"ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den kommer " +"även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här svaren, " +"använd systemets gissningar — du kan ändra dem när systemet har " +"installerats, om nödvändigt, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/" +"interfaces</filename>. Alternativt kan du installera <classname>etherconf</" +"classname> som kommer att hjälpa dig med din nätverkskonfigurering." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:742 @@ -629,8 +1202,20 @@ msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:743 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related issues like LVM or RAID devices." -msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Som titeln av den här sektionen indikerar, huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna är partitionering av dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter." +msgid "" +"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " +"should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to " +"do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of " +"the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating " +"filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely " +"related issues like LVM or RAID devices." +msgstr "" +"Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en " +"sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens " +"behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Som titeln av den här sektionen " +"indikerar, huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna är " +"partitionering av dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter " +"och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:765 @@ -641,131 +1226,251 @@ msgstr "Partitionera dina diskar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." -msgstr "Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina diskar. Om du känner dig okomfortabel med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgid "" +"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " +"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina diskar. Om du känner dig " +"okomfortabel med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 -#, no-c-format -msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." -msgstr "Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad <quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Redigera partitionstabellen manuellt</guimenuitem> från menyn." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " +"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called " +"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, " +"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." +msgstr "" +"Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel " +"disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad " +"<quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera " +"automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Redigera partitionstabellen manuellt</" +"guimenuitem> från menyn." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " +"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " +"LVM. Note: the options to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " +"architectures." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering kommer du att ha två valmöjligheter: " +"att skapa partitioner direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod) eller att " +"använda Logisk volymhantering (LVM). I det andra fallet kommer installeraren " +"att skapa de flesta partitionerna inom en stor partition; fördelen med denna " +"metod är att partitioner inom denna stora partition kan förstoras och " +"förminskas relativt enkelt. Observera: möjligheten att använda LVM kanske " +"inte finns tillgänglig på alla arkitekturer." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " +"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions " +"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the " +"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing " +"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering kommer du att ha två valmöjligheter: " +"att skapa partitioner direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod) eller att " +"använda Logisk volymhantering (LVM). I det andra fallet kommer installeraren " +"att skapa de flesta partitionerna inom en stor partition; fördelen med denna " +"metod är att partitioner inom denna stora partition kan förstoras och " +"förminskas relativt enkelt. Observera: möjligheten att använda LVM kanske " +"inte finns tillgänglig på alla arkitekturer." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." -msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering kommer du att ha två valmöjligheter: att skapa partitioner direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod) eller att använda Logisk volymhantering (LVM). I det andra fallet kommer installeraren att skapa de flesta partitionerna inom en stor partition; fördelen med denna metod är att partitioner inom denna stora partition kan förstoras och förminskas relativt enkelt. Observera: möjligheten att använda LVM kanske inte finns tillgänglig på alla arkitekturer." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " +"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while " +"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is " +"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them " +"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before " +"they are written to disk." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that is currently on the selected hard disk." -msgstr "Om du väljer den guidade partitioneringen med LVM är det inte möjligt att ångra ändringar gjorda i partitionstabellen. Detta raderar effektivt all data som för närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " +"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " +"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " +"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " +"differ from what you are used too. The size of the disks may help to " +"identify them." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." -msgstr "Efter att du valt guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med LVM), kommer du kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen nedan. Alla planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd ledigt utrymme att arbeta på. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1GB utrymme (beroende på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." +msgid "" +"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " +"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " +"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " +"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in " +"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space " +"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends " +"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du valt guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med LVM), " +"kommer du kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen nedan. Alla " +"planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk dock på att " +"guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd ledigt utrymme att " +"arbeta på. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1GB utrymme (beroende på vald " +"plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Partitioneringsplan" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Minsta utrymme" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Skapade partitioner" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:823 +#: using-d-i.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Alla filer på en partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:824 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, växl" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Separat partition för /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:828 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, växl" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:859 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Separata partitioner för /home, /usr, /var och /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:834 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:835 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" -msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl" +msgid "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" +msgstr "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:844 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." -msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering med LVM kommer installeraren även att skapa en separat partition för <filename>/boot</filename>. De andra partitionerna, förutom växlingsutrymmet, kommer att skapas inom LVM-partitionen." +#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " +"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other " +"partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering med LVM kommer installeraren även att " +"skapa en separat partition för <filename>/boot</filename>. De andra " +"partitionerna, förutom växlingsutrymmet, kommer att skapas inom LVM-" +"partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." -msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA64-system, kommer det att finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-uppstartspartition." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " +"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " +"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " +"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA64-system, kommer det att " +"finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-" +"filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost " +"i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-" +"uppstartspartition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." -msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera utrymme till starthanteraren aboot." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " +"reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra " +"oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera " +"utrymme till starthanteraren aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:864 +#: using-d-i.xml:890 #, no-c-format -msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." -msgstr "Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och var de kommer att monteras." +msgid "" +"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " +"table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted " +"and where they will be mounted." +msgstr "" +"Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, " +"inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och " +"var de kommer att monteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -784,7 +1489,12 @@ msgid "" " #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" " #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that can be achieved using manual partitioning." +"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " +"into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " +"line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " +"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be " +"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " +"can be achieved using manual partitioning." msgstr "" "Listan över partitioner kan se ut som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -802,1518 +1512,3148 @@ msgstr "" " #7 logisk 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logisk 551.5 MB växl växl\n" " #9 logisk 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Observera: denna specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." +"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som " +"delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje " +"partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria " +"flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Observera: " +"denna specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering " +"men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format -msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." -msgstr "Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den genererade partitionstabellen kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet av den här sektionen). Om du inte är nöjd kan du välja att <guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem> och köra den guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." +msgid "" +"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " +"generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " +"and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " +"partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " +"happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" +"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." +msgstr "" +"Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den " +"genererade partitionstabellen kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför " +"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från " +"menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet " +"av den här sektionen). Om du inte är nöjd kan du välja att " +"<guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem> och köra den " +"guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som " +"beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:893 +#: using-d-i.xml:919 #, no-c-format -msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." -msgstr "En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer manuell partitionering förutom att din existerande partitionstabell kommer att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av den här sektionen." +msgid "" +"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " +"manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown " +"and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and " +"the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the " +"remainder of this section." +msgstr "" +"En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer " +"manuell partitionering förutom att din existerande partitionstabell kommer " +"att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din " +"partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system " +"kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av den här sektionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." -msgstr "Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme på sig kommer du bli tillfrågad att skapa en ny partitionstabell (det behövs så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter den bör en ny rad visas med texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> under en valda disken." +#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " +"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " +"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " +"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme " +"på sig kommer du bli tillfrågad att skapa en ny partitionstabell (det behövs " +"så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter den bör en ny rad visas med " +"texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> under en valda disken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." -msgstr "Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, typ (primär eller logisk), och platsen (början eller slutet på det lediga utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din nya partition. Det finns alternativ såsom monteringspunkt, monteringsflaggor, startflagga eller användningssätt. Om du inte tycker om de förvalda standardvärdena, känn dig fri att ändra dem för att passa din smak. Exempelvis genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, kan du välja olika filsystem för den här partitionen inklusive möjligheten att använda partitionen som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM eller inte använda den alls. En annan trevlig funktion är möjligheten att kopiera data från en existerande partition till den nya. När du är nöjd med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar med partitionen</guimenuitem> och du kommer att skickas tillbaka till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command>." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +msgid "" +"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " +"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " +"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " +"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " +"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " +"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " +"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" +"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " +"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " +"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " +"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " +"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " +"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny " +"partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, " +"typ (primär eller logisk), och platsen (början eller slutet på det lediga " +"utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din " +"nya partition. Det finns alternativ såsom monteringspunkt, " +"monteringsflaggor, startflagga eller användningssätt. Om du inte tycker om " +"de förvalda standardvärdena, känn dig fri att ändra dem för att passa din " +"smak. Exempelvis genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd som:</" +"guimenuitem>, kan du välja olika filsystem för den här partitionen inklusive " +"möjligheten att använda partitionen som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, " +"LVM eller inte använda den alls. En annan trevlig funktion är möjligheten " +"att kopiera data från en existerande partition till den nya. När du är nöjd " +"med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar med partitionen</guimenuitem> " +"och du kommer att skickas tillbaka till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</" +"command>." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." -msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra något på din partition, välj helt enkelt partitionen som kommer att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för partitioner. Därför att det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny partition, kan du ändra samma uppsättning av alternativ. En sak som kanske inte är självklar vid första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på partitionen genom att välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem som är kända att fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap (växling). Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." +msgid "" +"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " +"select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " +"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " +"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " +"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " +"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " +"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " +"delete a partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra något på din partition, välj helt " +"enkelt partitionen som kommer att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för " +"partitioner. Därför att det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny " +"partition, kan du ändra samma uppsättning av alternativ. En sak som kanske " +"inte är självklar vid första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på " +"partitionen genom att välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem " +"som är kända att fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap " +"(växling). Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:938 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." -msgstr "Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har rättat till det." +msgid "" +"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and " +"one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root " +"filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you " +"correct this issue." +msgstr "" +"Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</" +"emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en " +"för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera " +"rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta " +"förrän du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." -msgstr "Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer <command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har allokerat en." +msgid "" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" +"command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer " +"<command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta " +"förrän du har allokerat en." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:952 +#: using-d-i.xml:978 #, no-c-format -msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." -msgstr "Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler (exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." +msgid "" +"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " +"modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't " +"see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e." +"g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or " +"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." +msgstr "" +"Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med " +"moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla " +"utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler " +"(exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</" +"filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." -msgstr "Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda filsystem." +msgid "" +"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " +"partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning " +"menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and " +"asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför " +"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från " +"partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar " +"gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda " +"filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:988 +#: using-d-i.xml:1014 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenhet (Programvaru-RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:989 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." -msgstr "Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> För att vara ärlig kan du bygga en MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men det kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, kan du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för ökad prestanda och/eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultat kallas för <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." +msgid "" +"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " +"construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, " +"but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your " +"computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for " +"increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is " +"called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous " +"variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." +msgstr "" +"Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> För att vara ärlig kan du " +"bygga en MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men " +"det kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, " +"kan du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för " +"ökad prestanda och/eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultat " +"kallas för <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest " +"kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format -msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." -msgstr "MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och kombinerade tillsammans för att forma en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. Den här enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i <command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, etc.)." +msgid "" +"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " +"combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device " +"can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</" +"command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och " +"kombinerade tillsammans för att forma en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. " +"Den här enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i " +"<command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, " +"etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format -msgid "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" -msgstr "Fördelen du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs/skriv-operationer men när en av diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allt</emphasis> (del av informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller flera), den andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </para><para> Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är ledordet. Den innehåller flera (normalt sett två) lika stora partitioner där varje partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För det första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha data speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast använda en liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är storleken på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, filläsningar är lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan på en server, såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler diskläsningar än skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i stripes och distribuerar dem jämnt på alla utan en disk (liknande RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0, beräknar även RAID5 <firstterm>paritetsinformation</firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående disken. Paritetsdisken är inte statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), men ändras periodvis, så att partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla diskar. När en av diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av information beräknas från återstående data och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla åtminstone tre aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para><para> Som du kan se, RAID5 har liknande tillförlitlighet som för RAID1 men erbjuder mindre redundans. På andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare på skrivningsoperationer än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Alltså:" +msgid "" +"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" +"term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " +"incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " +"equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " +"healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " +"disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " +"editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" +"term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " +"things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " +"on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " +"capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " +"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " +"loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " +"have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " +"in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " +"<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " +"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " +"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " +"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " +"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " +"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " +"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " +"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " +"of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " +"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" +"varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" +msgstr "" +"Fördelen du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande " +"stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är " +"huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i " +"<firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i " +"kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs/skriv-operationer men när en av " +"diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allt</emphasis> (del av " +"informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller flera), den " +"andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </para><para> " +"Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. </para></" +"listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> " +"Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är ledordet. Den " +"innehåller flera (normalt sett två) lika stora partitioner där varje " +"partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För det " +"första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha data " +"speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast använda en " +"liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är storleken " +"på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, filläsningar är " +"lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan på en server, " +"såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler diskläsningar än " +"skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer " +"att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para></" +"listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> " +"Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. " +"RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i stripes och distribuerar dem jämnt på " +"alla utan en disk (liknande RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0, beräknar även RAID5 " +"<firstterm>paritetsinformation</firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående " +"disken. Paritetsdisken är inte statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), men " +"ändras periodvis, så att partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla " +"diskar. När en av diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av information " +"beräknas från återstående data och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla " +"åtminstone tre aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som " +"kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </" +"para><para> Som du kan se, RAID5 har liknande tillförlitlighet som för RAID1 " +"men erbjuder mindre redundans. På andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare " +"på skrivningsoperationer än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av " +"paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> " +"Alltså:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1090 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minimum antal enheter" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1091 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Reservenhet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1092 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Överlever diskfel?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1093 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Tillgänglig plats" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1099 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1100 -#: using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1101 -#: using-d-i.xml:1102 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1129 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1109 -#: using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "valfri" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1110 -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1111 +#: using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 #, no-c-format -msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID minus en)" +msgid "" +"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " +"minus one)" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID " +"minus en)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Om du vill veta hela sanningen om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " +"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill veta hela sanningen om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format -msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" -msgstr "För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du få de önskade partitionerna som den ska innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i <command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" +msgid "" +"To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " +"consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</" +"command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should " +"select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume " +"for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" +msgstr "" +"För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du få de önskade partitionerna som den ska " +"innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i " +"<command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</" +"guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format -msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." -msgstr "Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installeraren. Du kan uppleva problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa starthanterare om du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). För erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del av problemen genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller installationssteg manuellt från ett skal." +msgid "" +"Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " +"experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some " +"bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) " +"filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of " +"these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps " +"manually from a shell." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installeraren. Du kan uppleva " +"problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa starthanterare om " +"du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). För " +"erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del av problemen " +"genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller installationssteg manuellt från " +"ett skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." -msgstr "Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i <command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst beror på den MD-typ du har valt." +msgid "" +"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " +"from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear " +"after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical " +"volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</" +"command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will " +"be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you " +"should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</" +"guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer " +"endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i " +"<command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</" +"guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som " +"stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst " +"beror på den MD-typ du har valt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." -msgstr "RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner och din enda funktion är att välja de partitioner som ska utgöra MD-enheten." +msgid "" +"RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " +"partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form " +"the MD." +msgstr "" +"RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista av tillgängliga RAID-" +"partitioner och din enda funktion är att välja de partitioner som ska utgöra " +"MD-enheten." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." -msgstr "RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste vara samma som antalet som angavs ett par sekunder sedan. Var lugn, om du gör ett misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det." +msgid "" +"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " +"active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, " +"you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that " +"will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected " +"partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't " +"worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the " +"&d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." +msgstr "" +"RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet " +"aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver " +"du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara " +"aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste " +"vara samma som antalet som angavs ett par sekunder sedan. Var lugn, om du " +"gör ett misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte " +"låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1182 +#: using-d-i.xml:1208 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." -msgstr "RAID5 har liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." +msgid "" +"RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " +"to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." +msgstr "" +"RAID5 har liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du " +"behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1190 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disk into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." -msgstr "Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har tre stycken hårddiskar på vardera 200 GB dedicerade till MD där varje disk innehåller två stycken partitioner på vardera 100 GB, kan du kombinera första partitionerna på alla tre diskar till en RAID0 (partition på 300 GB för snabb videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva och 1 reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig partition på 100 GB för <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgid "" +"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " +"you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 " +"GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disk into the " +"RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three " +"partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition " +"for <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgstr "" +"Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har " +"tre stycken hårddiskar på vardera 200 GB dedicerade till MD där varje disk " +"innehåller två stycken partitioner på vardera 100 GB, kan du kombinera " +"första partitionerna på alla tre diskar till en RAID0 (partition på 300 GB " +"för snabb videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva " +"och 1 reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig partition på 100 GB för " +"<filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1199 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." -msgstr "Efter du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystemen på dina nya MD-enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." +msgid "" +"After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" +"guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the " +"<command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and " +"assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." +msgstr "" +"Efter du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja " +"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå " +"till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystemen på dina nya MD-" +"enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Konfigurering av den logiska volymhanteraren (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1241 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition (oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</" +"quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition " +"(oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan " +"partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera " +"den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1249 #, no-c-format -msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks." -msgstr "För att undvika de beskrivna situationen kan du använda logisk volymhantering (LVM). Med LVM kan du kort sagt kombinera dina partitioner (<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>) som sedan kan delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar." +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical disks." +msgstr "" +"För att undvika de beskrivna situationen kan du använda logisk " +"volymhantering (LVM). Med LVM kan du kort sagt kombinera dina partitioner " +"(<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en " +"virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>) som sedan kan " +"delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). " +"Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande " +"volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora <filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din existerande volymgrupp och sedan förändra storleken på den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller filsystemet för <filename>/home</filename> och voilá — dina användare har lite plats igen på sin nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så klart lite väl förenklat. Om du inte har läst det än bör du konsultera <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora " +"<filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 " +"GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din existerande volymgrupp " +"och sedan förändra storleken på den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller " +"filsystemet för <filename>/home</filename> och voilá — dina användare " +"har lite plats igen på sin nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är " +"så klart lite väl förenklat. Om du inte har läst det än bör du konsultera " +"<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format -msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." -msgstr "LVM-konfiguration i &d-i; är ganska enkel och stöds fullständigt i <command>partman</command>. Först måste du markera de partitioner som ska användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. Det här görs i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du ska välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " +"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be " +"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " +"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" +"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"LVM-konfiguration i &d-i; är ganska enkel och stöds fullständigt i " +"<command>partman</command>. Först måste du markera de partitioner som ska " +"användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. Det här görs i menyn " +"<guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du ska välja <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#: using-d-i.xml:1279 #, no-c-format -msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:" -msgstr "När du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du att se ett nytt alternativ <guimenuitem>Konfigurera den logiska volymhanteraren</guimenuitem>. När du väljer den kommer du att först bli frågad om att bekräfta väntande ändringar till partitionstabellen (om det finns några) och sedan kommer LVM-konfigurationsmenyn att visas. Ovanför menyn visas en sammanfattning av LVM-konfigurationen. Själva menyn är sammanhangskänslig och visar endast giltiga åtgärder. De möjliga åtgärderna är:" +msgid "" +"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " +"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm " +"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM " +"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " +"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " +"valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" +"När du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du " +"att se ett nytt alternativ <guimenuitem>Konfigurera den logiska " +"volymhanteraren</guimenuitem>. När du väljer den kommer du att först bli " +"frågad om att bekräfta väntande ändringar till partitionstabellen (om det " +"finns några) och sedan kommer LVM-konfigurationsmenyn att visas. Ovanför " +"menyn visas en sammanfattning av LVM-konfigurationen. Själva menyn är " +"sammanhangskänslig och visar endast giltiga åtgärder. De möjliga åtgärderna " +"är:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#: using-d-i.xml:1290 #, no-c-format -msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" -msgstr "<guimenuitem>Visa konfigurationsdetaljer</guimenuitem>: visar LVM-enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat" +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " +"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" +"<guimenuitem>Visa konfigurationsdetaljer</guimenuitem>: visar LVM-" +"enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Skapa volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Skapa logisk volym" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Ta bort volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Ta bort logisk volym" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Utöka volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Minska volymgrupp" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format -msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen" -msgstr "<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem>: återvänd till huvudskärmen för <command>partman</command>" +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" +"command> screen" +msgstr "" +"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem>: återvänd till huvudskärmen för " +"<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it." -msgstr "Använd alternativen i den menyn för att först skapa en volymgrupp och sedan skapa dina logiska volymer i den." +msgid "" +"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " +"your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" +"Använd alternativen i den menyn för att först skapa en volymgrupp och sedan " +"skapa dina logiska volymer i den." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "Du kan även använda denna meny för att ta bort en existerande LVM-konfiguration från din hårddisk innan du väljer <quote>Guidad partitionering med LVM</quote>. Guidad partitionering med LVM är inte möjlig om det redan finns definierade volymgrupper men går att genomföra om du tar bort dem." +msgid "" +"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " +"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " +"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " +"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även använda denna meny för att ta bort en existerande LVM-" +"konfiguration från din hårddisk innan du väljer <quote>Guidad partitionering " +"med LVM</quote>. Guidad partitionering med LVM är inte möjlig om det redan " +"finns definierade volymgrupper men går att genomföra om du tar bort dem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1332 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)." -msgstr "Efter du återvänt till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du att se skapade logiska volymer på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du bör även behandla dem som det)." +msgid "" +"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " +"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " +"(and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" +"Efter du återvänt till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du " +"att se skapade logiska volymer på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du " +"bör även behandla dem som det)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Konfigurera krypterade volymer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." -msgstr "&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en <firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som slumpmässiga tecken." +msgid "" +"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " +"such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. " +"Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the " +"<firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was " +"originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case " +"your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access " +"to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the " +"hard drive will look like random characters." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver " +"på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad " +"form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en " +"<firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen " +"ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt " +"data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven " +"kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta " +"lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som " +"slumpmässiga tecken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format -msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." -msgstr "De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för <filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en krypterad partition." +msgid "" +"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " +"your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data " +"might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents " +"you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For " +"example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or " +"print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used " +"by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some " +"people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is " +"the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, " +"because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt " +"privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras " +"temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera " +"någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</" +"filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras " +"sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för " +"att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även " +"vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för " +"<filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att " +"det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en " +"krypterad partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1374 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." -msgstr "Observera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre än för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för varje läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." +msgid "" +"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " +"that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted " +"for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, " +"chosen cipher and a key length." +msgstr "" +"Observera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre " +"än för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för " +"varje läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din " +"processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format -msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." -msgstr "För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att välja en existerande partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk volym (LVM) eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställning</guimenu>, behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</guimenuitem> vid alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </menuchoice>. Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera krypteringsalternativ för partitionen." +msgid "" +"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " +"space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " +"partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " +"then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." +msgstr "" +"För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja " +"ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att " +"välja en existerande partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk volym " +"(LVM) eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställning</" +"guimenu>, behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</" +"guimenuitem> vid alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </" +"menuchoice>. Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera " +"krypteringsalternativ för partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." -msgstr "&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra annorlunda. " +msgid "" +"&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " +"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to " +"host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> " +"(older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have " +"compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är " +"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan " +"hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> " +"(äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att " +"du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra " +"annorlunda. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format -msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." -msgstr "Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts ut med tanke på säkerhet." +msgid "" +"First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " +"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As " +"always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully " +"chosen with security in mind." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer " +"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som " +"vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts " +"ut med tanke på säkerhet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1416 #, no-c-format -msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." -msgstr "Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av American National Institute of Standards and Technology som standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." +msgid "" +"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" +"firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; " +"currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, " +"<firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and " +"<firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to " +"discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help " +"your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by " +"the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard " +"encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st " +"century." +msgstr "" +"Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</" +"firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-" +"i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</" +"firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> " +"och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta " +"dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det " +"hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av " +"American National Institute of Standards and Technology som " +"standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Nyckellängd: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." -msgstr "Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är olika beroende på valt chiffer." +msgid "" +"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " +"size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other " +"hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on " +"performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar " +"generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på " +"nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är " +"olika beroende på valt chiffer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1422 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV-algoritm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1450 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." -msgstr "<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idéen är att förhindra en attackerare från att ta bort information från upprepade mönster i krypterat data." +msgid "" +"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" +"firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the " +"cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key " +"always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to " +"prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the " +"encrypted data." +msgstr "" +"<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-" +"algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret " +"på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid " +"producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idéen är att " +"förhindra en attackerare från att ta bort information från upprepade mönster " +"i krypterat data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format -msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." -msgstr "Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." +msgid "" +"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" +"userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other " +"alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously " +"installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." +msgstr "" +"Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls " +"är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de " +"andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade " +"system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Lösenfras</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1454 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Lösenfras" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format -msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." -msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." +msgid "" +"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " +"the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=" +"\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase " +"which you will be able to enter later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en " +"lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink " +"url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som " +"basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 -#: using-d-i.xml:1563 +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format -msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" -msgstr "En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår livstid.)" +msgid "" +"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " +"bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the " +"content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of " +"course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless " +"there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable " +"in our lifetime.)" +msgstr "" +"En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje " +"gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid " +"varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras " +"eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram " +"nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd " +"sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår " +"livstid.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1506 #, no-c-format -msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." -msgstr "Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." +msgid "" +"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " +"yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information " +"from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also " +"means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the " +"<quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels " +"as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended " +"data written to the swap partition." +msgstr "" +"Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du " +"inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig " +"information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock " +"betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda " +"funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-" +"kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att " +"återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1499 -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1527 #, no-c-format -msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." -msgstr "Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. I tillägg till det kommer det att göra det svårare att återskapa kvarliggande data från tidigare installationer<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att grabbarna från tre-bokstavs-myndigheter kan återskapa data även efter ett flertal överskrivning av magnetoptiska media. </para></footnote>." +msgid "" +"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " +"random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it " +"might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the " +"partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it " +"harder to recover any leftover data from previous " +"installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter " +"agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the " +"magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." +msgstr "" +"Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med " +"slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför " +"att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av " +"partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. I tillägg till det " +"kommer det att göra det svårare att återskapa kvarliggande data från " +"tidigare installationer<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att grabbarna " +"från tre-bokstavs-myndigheter kan återskapa data även efter ett flertal " +"överskrivning av magnetoptiska media. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" -msgstr "Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" +msgid "" +"If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu " +"changes to provide the following options:" +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn " +"att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1530 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format -msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." -msgstr "För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För ytterligare information, se sektionerna ovan angående chiffer och nyckellängder." +msgid "" +"For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " +"combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above " +"sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." +msgstr "" +"För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för " +"chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För " +"ytterligare information, se sektionerna ovan angående chiffer och " +"nyckellängder." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Nyckelfil (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1544 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Nyckelfil (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format -msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." -msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med <application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i processen)." +msgid "" +"The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " +"installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</" +"application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase " +"(you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." +msgstr "" +"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under " +"installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med " +"<application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den " +"korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i " +"processen)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Se sektionen ovan angående slumpmässiga nycklar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Se sektionen ovan angående radering av data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." -msgstr "Observera att den <emphasis>grafiska</emphasis> versionen av installeraren fortfarande har vissa begränsningar jämfört med den vanliga installeraren. För det kryptografiska betyder det att du endast kan ställa in volymer med <emphasis>lösenfraser</emphasis> som krypteringsnycklar." +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " +"still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For " +"cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using " +"<emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." +msgstr "" +"Observera att den <emphasis>grafiska</emphasis> versionen av installeraren " +"fortfarande har vissa begränsningar jämfört med den vanliga installeraren. " +"För det kryptografiska betyder det att du endast kan ställa in volymer med " +"<emphasis>lösenfraser</emphasis> som krypteringsnycklar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1594 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." -msgstr "När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta ta lite tid." +msgid "" +"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " +"partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a " +"new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After " +"you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on " +"partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a " +"new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." +msgstr "" +"När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, " +"återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost " +"som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer " +"den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de " +"partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder " +"såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta " +"ta lite tid." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." -msgstr "Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." +msgid "" +"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " +"use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a " +"mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain " +"common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as " +"birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner " +"som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 " +"tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken " +"och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information " +"som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, " +"namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1614 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." -msgstr "Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid prompten. Detta ser till att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att försöka mata in en lösenfras med ett qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du använder en azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera orsaker. Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under installationen, eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har ställts in ännu när lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." +msgid "" +"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " +"keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If " +"you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some " +"text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by " +"trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an " +"azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several " +"causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the " +"installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet " +"when entering the passphrase for the root file system." +msgstr "" +"Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är " +"konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker " +"kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid " +"prompten. Detta ser till att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att " +"försöka mata in en lösenfras med ett qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du " +"använder en azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera " +"orsaker. Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under " +"installationen, eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har " +"ställts in ännu när lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1627 +#: using-d-i.xml:1653 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." -msgstr "Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än en lösenord för att skapa krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte att samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt in i installationen, kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." +msgid "" +"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " +"keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a " +"sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the " +"process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by " +"generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the " +"shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk " +"traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</" +"filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än en lösenord för att skapa " +"krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte " +"att samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt in i " +"installationen, kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba " +"på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka " +"slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra " +"virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några " +"filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta " +"kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n" +"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " +"volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as " +"ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The " +"first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-" +"mapper\n" " #1 115.1 GB F ext3\n" "\n" "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 keyfile\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not suit you." +"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the " +"volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not " +"suit you." msgstr "" -"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras på sammasätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n" +"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att " +"se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras " +"på sammasätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika " +"volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-" +"mapper\n" " #1 115.1 GB F ext3\n" "\n" "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 nyckelfil\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet inte passar för dig." +"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter " +"till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet " +"inte passar för dig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1656 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format -msgid "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." -msgstr "En sak att notera här är identifierarna i paranteserna (<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> i detta fall) och monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad volym. Du kommer att behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya systemet. Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en uppstartsprocess med kryptering kommer att beskrivas senare i <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." +msgid "" +"One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " +"(<replaceable>crypt0</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in " +"this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You " +"will need this information later when booting the new system. The " +"differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption " +"involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"En sak att notera här är identifierarna i paranteserna (<replaceable>crypt0</" +"replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> i detta fall) och " +"monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad volym. Du kommer att " +"behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya systemet. " +"Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en uppstartsprocess med " +"kryptering kommer att beskrivas senare i <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-" +"volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." +msgid "" +"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " +"installation." msgstr "När du är nöjd med partitioneringsplanen, fortsätt med installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Ställ in systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1678 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format -msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install." -msgstr "Efter partitioneringen ställer installeraren ett par frågor som kommer att användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera." +msgid "" +"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " +"to set up the system it is about to install." +msgstr "" +"Efter partitioneringen ställer installeraren ett par frågor som kommer att " +"användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1690 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1718 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." -msgstr "Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli frågad någonting och systemet kommer att anta att det är rätt tidszon." +msgid "" +"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " +"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. " +"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and " +"the system will assume that time zone." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du " +"kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om " +"din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli frågad någonting och " +"systemet kommer att anta att det är rätt tidszon." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Konfigurera klockan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1710 +#: using-d-i.xml:1736 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." -msgstr "Installeraren kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till UTC. Normalt sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och installeraren försöker lista ut om klockan är inställd till UTC baserat på saker såsom vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade." +msgid "" +"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " +"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out " +"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating " +"systems are installed." +msgstr "" +"Installeraren kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till UTC. Normalt " +"sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och installeraren försöker lista ut " +"om klockan är inställd till UTC baserat på saker såsom vilka andra " +"operativsystem som är installerade." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1717 +#: using-d-i.xml:1743 #, no-c-format -msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" -msgstr "I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">System som (även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " +"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are " +"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time " +"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or " +"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " +"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till " +"UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är " +"vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, " +"välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">System som " +"(även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du " +"vill använda dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC." -msgstr "Observera att installeraren för närvarande inte låter dig att faktiskt ställa in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till aktuell tid efter du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den tidigare inte var inställd till UTC." +msgid "" +"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " +"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time " +"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set " +"to UTC." +msgstr "" +"Observera att installeraren för närvarande inte låter dig att faktiskt " +"ställa in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till aktuell tid " +"efter du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den tidigare inte var " +"inställd till UTC." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Skapa användare och lösenord" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1773 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ställa in ett lösenord för root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." -msgstr "Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas under en så kort tid som möjligt." +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" +"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your " +"system. The root account should only be used to perform system " +"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." +msgstr "" +"Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</" +"emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. " +"Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas " +"under en så kort tid som möjligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1783 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." -msgstr "Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig information som lätt kan gissas." +msgid "" +"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " +"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation " +"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " +"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " +"information which could be guessed." +msgstr "" +"Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla " +"både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du " +"ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. " +"Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig " +"information som lätt kan gissas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1765 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format -msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." -msgstr "Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." +msgid "" +"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " +"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " +"administering a machine with more than one system administrator." +msgstr "" +"Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt " +"försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte " +"administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1777 +#: using-d-i.xml:1803 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." -msgstr "Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." +msgid "" +"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " +"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your " +"personal login." +msgstr "" +"Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt " +"användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga " +"personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för " +"dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1810 #, no-c-format -msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." -msgstr "Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en <emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> — det är ett program som utnyttjar krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här ämnet mer i detalj — om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa en sådan bok." +msgid "" +"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " +"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might " +"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — " +"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to " +"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on " +"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — " +"consider reading one if it is new to you." +msgstr "" +"Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier " +"är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att " +"rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en " +"<emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> — det är ett program som utnyttjar " +"krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system " +"bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här " +"ämnet mer i detalj — om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa " +"en sådan bok." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." -msgstr "Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för kontot." +msgid "" +"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " +"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " +"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " +"prompted for a password for this account." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan " +"kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett " +"ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även " +"standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för " +"kontot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format -msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." -msgstr "Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." +msgid "" +"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " +"use the <command>adduser</command> command." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter " +"installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." -msgstr "Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det här ta en stund." +msgid "" +"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " +"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole " +"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could " +"take some time." +msgstr "" +"Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del " +"av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela " +"grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det " +"här ta en stund." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan komma åt den här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "" +"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " +"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " +"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " +"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan komma åt den " +"här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</" +"keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); " +"gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med " +"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1866 #, no-c-format -msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over a serial console." -msgstr "De olika meddelandena om uppackning/inställning som genereras av grundinstallationen sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> när installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." +msgid "" +"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " +"a serial console." +msgstr "" +"De olika meddelandena om uppackning/inställning som genereras av " +"grundinstallationen sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> när " +"installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1846 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format -msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." -msgstr "Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid standardprioritet kommer installeraren att välja en åt dig som bäst passar din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor." +msgid "" +"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " +"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches " +"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a " +"list of available kernels." +msgstr "" +"Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid " +"standardprioritet kommer installeraren att välja en åt dig som bäst passar " +"din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja från en lista " +"av tillgängliga kärnor." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1860 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network." -msgstr "Efter att grundsystemet är installerat kommer du ha ett användbart men begränsat system. De flesta användare vill lägga till ytterligare programvara till systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och installeraren låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." +msgid "" +"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " +"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " +"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Efter att grundsystemet är installerat kommer du ha ett användbart men " +"begränsat system. De flesta användare vill lägga till ytterligare " +"programvara till systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och " +"installeraren låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än " +"installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Konfigurera apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1876 +#: using-d-i.xml:1902 #, no-c-format -msgid "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface." -msgstr "Det huvudsakliga sättet som folk använder för att installera paket på sina system är via ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från paketet <classname>apt</classname>.<footnote> <para> Observera att det faktiska programmet som installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</command>. Dock är det här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-get</command> är ett verktyg på högre nivå eftersom det anropar <command>dpkg</command> som lämpligast och även på grund av att den känner till andra paket att installera som är nödvändiga för det paket som du försöker installera, såväl som hur paketet hämtas från din cd, nätverket, eller varifrån. </para> </footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, såsom <command>aptitude</command> och <command>synaptic</command> används också och är beroende av <command>apt-get</command>. De här gränssnitten rekommenderas för nybörjare eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner (sökning av paket och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +msgid "" +"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " +"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" +"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " +"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " +"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " +"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " +"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " +"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " +"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " +"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" +"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " +"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " +"a nice user interface." +msgstr "" +"Det huvudsakliga sättet som folk använder för att installera paket på sina " +"system är via ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från " +"paketet <classname>apt</classname>.<footnote> <para> Observera att det " +"faktiska programmet som installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</" +"command>. Dock är det här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-" +"get</command> är ett verktyg på högre nivå eftersom det anropar " +"<command>dpkg</command> som lämpligast och även på grund av att den känner " +"till andra paket att installera som är nödvändiga för det paket som du " +"försöker installera, såväl som hur paketet hämtas från din cd, nätverket, " +"eller varifrån. </para> </footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, " +"såsom <command>aptitude</command> och <command>synaptic</command> används " +"också och är beroende av <command>apt-get</command>. De här gränssnitten " +"rekommenderas för nybörjare eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner " +"(sökning av paket och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." -msgstr "<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta paket ifrån. Installeraren tar i stora drag automatiskt hand om det här baserat på vad den vet om ditt installationsmedia. Resultat av den här konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dig efter att installationen är färdig." +msgid "" +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " +"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " +"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " +"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " +"is complete." +msgstr "" +"<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta " +"paket ifrån. Installeraren tar i stora drag automatiskt hand om det här " +"baserat på vad den vet om ditt installationsmedia. Resultat av den här " +"konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> " +"och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dig efter att " +"installationen är färdig." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1942 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Val av och installation av programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1918 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." -msgstr "Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." +msgid "" +"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " +"additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software " +"packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of " +"the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined " +"collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various " +"tasks." +msgstr "" +"Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare " +"programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella " +"programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga " +"fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och " +"installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in " +"din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1953 #, no-c-format -msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." -msgstr "Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, och sedan lägga till fler individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill göra med din dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör veta att för att visa den här listan, anropar installeraren helt enkelt programmet <command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1952 +msgid "" +"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " +"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a " +"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such " +"as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or " +"<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present " +"this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> " +"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) " +"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as " +"<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single " +"package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude " +"install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where " +"<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are " +"looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " +"lists the space requirements for the available tasks." +msgstr "" +"Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, " +"och sedan lägga till fler individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna " +"representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill göra med din " +"dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, " +"eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör veta att för " +"att visa den här listan, anropar installeraren helt enkelt programmet " +"<command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen " +"för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett " +"mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter " +"ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt " +"enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></" +"userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du " +"letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " +"listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1978 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." -msgstr "När du har valt dina funktioner, välj <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Vid den här punkten, kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera de paket du har valt." +msgid "" +"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " +"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." +msgstr "" +"När du har valt dina funktioner, välj <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Vid den här " +"punkten, kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera de paket du har " +"valt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." -msgstr "I standardanvändargränssnittet för installeraren kan du använda mellanslag för att växla val av en funktion." +msgid "" +"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " +"to toggle selection of a task." +msgstr "" +"I standardanvändargränssnittet för installeraren kan du använda mellanslag " +"för att växla val av en funktion." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:1992 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." -msgstr "Observera att vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna för datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du avmarkera funktionerna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner alls." +msgid "" +"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " +"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can " +"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this " +"point." +msgstr "" +"Observera att vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna " +"för datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du " +"avmarkera funktionerna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några " +"funktioner alls." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format -msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." -msgstr "Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här processen." +msgid "" +"Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " +"unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and " +"<command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more " +"information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." +msgstr "" +"Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp " +"och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> " +"och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer " +"information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här " +"processen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Konfigurera din e-postserver (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format -msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn." -msgstr "I dag är e-post en mycket viktig del av många personers liv, så det är ingen överraskning att Debian låter dig konfigurera ditt e-postsystem som en del av installationsprocessen. Standardagenten för att transportera e-post i Debian är <command>exim4</command>, som är relativt liten, flexibel och enkel att lära sig." +msgid "" +"Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " +"surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the " +"installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is " +"<command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to " +"learn." +msgstr "" +"I dag är e-post en mycket viktig del av många personers liv, så det är ingen " +"överraskning att Debian låter dig konfigurera ditt e-postsystem som en del " +"av installationsprocessen. Standardagenten för att transportera e-post i " +"Debian är <command>exim4</command>, som är relativt liten, flexibel och " +"enkel att lära sig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2019 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." -msgstr "Du kanske undrar om det här verkligen är nödvändigt om din dator inte är ansluten till ett nätverk. Det korta svaret är: Ja. Den längre förklaringen: Vissa systemverktyg (som <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) kan skicka dig viktiga meddelanden via e-post." +msgid "" +"You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " +"network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system " +"utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " +"<command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." +msgstr "" +"Du kanske undrar om det här verkligen är nödvändigt om din dator inte är " +"ansluten till ett nätverk. Det korta svaret är: Ja. Den längre förklaringen: " +"Vissa systemverktyg (som <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " +"<command>aide</command>, …) kan skicka dig viktiga meddelanden via e-" +"post." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2001 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format -msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" -msgstr "På den första skärmen kommer du att bli presenterad med flera vanliga e-postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:" +msgid "" +"So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " +"scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" +msgstr "" +"På den första skärmen kommer du att bli presenterad med flera vanliga e-" +"postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "internetsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail." -msgstr "Ditt system är anslutet till ett nätverk och din e-post skickas och tas emot direkt via SMTP. På de efterföljande skärmarna kommer du bli frågad en del enkla frågor, såsom postnamnet för din maskin, eller en lista på domäner för vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post." +msgid "" +"Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " +"directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic " +"questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you " +"accept or relay mail." +msgstr "" +"Ditt system är anslutet till ett nätverk och din e-post skickas och tas emot " +"direkt via SMTP. På de efterföljande skärmarna kommer du bli frågad en del " +"enkla frågor, såsom postnamnet för din maskin, eller en lista på domäner för " +"vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2022 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "e-post skickad av smart värd" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2023 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users." -msgstr "I det här scenariot blir din utgående post vidaresänd till en annan maskin kallad en <quote>smart värd</quote>, som gör det faktiska jobbet åt dig. En smart värd lagrar även inkommande e-post som är adresserad till din dator så du inte behöver vara permanent uppkopplad. Det betyder även att du måste hämta din post från den smarta värden via program som fetchmail. Det här alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare." +msgid "" +"In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " +"a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost " +"also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't " +"need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your " +"mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable " +"for dial-up users." +msgstr "" +"I det här scenariot blir din utgående post vidaresänd till en annan maskin " +"kallad en <quote>smart värd</quote>, som gör det faktiska jobbet åt dig. En " +"smart värd lagrar även inkommande e-post som är adresserad till din dator så " +"du inte behöver vara permanent uppkopplad. Det betyder även att du måste " +"hämta din post från den smarta värden via program som fetchmail. Det här " +"alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "endast lokal leverans" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2063 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions." -msgstr "Ditt system är inte anslutet till ett nätverk och posten skickas eller tas emot endast mellan lokala användare. Även om du inte planerar att skicka några meddelanden rekommenderas det här alternativet varmt därför att vissa systemverktyg kan skicka dig olika larm då och då (exempelvis omtyckta <quote>Diskkvot överstigen</quote>). Det här alternativet är också bekvämt för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor." +msgid "" +"Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " +"local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is " +"highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various " +"alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). " +"This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any " +"further questions." +msgstr "" +"Ditt system är inte anslutet till ett nätverk och posten skickas eller tas " +"emot endast mellan lokala användare. Även om du inte planerar att skicka " +"några meddelanden rekommenderas det här alternativet varmt därför att vissa " +"systemverktyg kan skicka dig olika larm då och då (exempelvis omtyckta " +"<quote>Diskkvot överstigen</quote>). Det här alternativet är också bekvämt " +"för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2050 +#: using-d-i.xml:2076 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "ingen konfiguration för närvarande" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2051 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities." -msgstr "Välj den här om du är absolut säker på att du vet vad du gör. Det innebär att du kommer att ha ett okonfigurerat e-postsystem — tills du konfigurerar det, du kommer inte att kunna ta emot eller skicka någon post och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg." +msgid "" +"Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " +"This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you " +"configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss " +"some important messages from your system utilities." +msgstr "" +"Välj den här om du är absolut säker på att du vet vad du gör. Det innebär " +"att du kommer att ha ett okonfigurerat e-postsystem — tills du " +"konfigurerar det, du kommer inte att kunna ta emot eller skicka någon post " +"och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2088 #, no-c-format -msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." -msgstr "Om ingen av de här scenarierna passar dina behov eller om du behöver en mer anpassad konfiguration kan du behöva redigera konfigurationsfilerna under katalogen <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> efter att installationen är färdig. Mer information om <command>exim4</command> kan hittas under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." +msgid "" +"If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " +"you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</" +"filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information " +"about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/" +"exim4</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om ingen av de här scenarierna passar dina behov eller om du behöver en mer " +"anpassad konfiguration kan du behöva redigera konfigurationsfilerna under " +"katalogen <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> efter att installationen är " +"färdig. Mer information om <command>exim4</command> kan hittas under " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2079 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" -msgstr "Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, så klart, starta upp på den lokala disken är inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer att hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " +"local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, så klart, starta upp på den " +"lokala disken är inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer " +"att hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot " +"att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" +"select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information." -msgstr "Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det här dokumentet försöker inte ens att dokumentera de olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan arkitekturerna och även för underarkitekturerna. Du bör se dokumentationen för din startshanterare för mer information." +msgid "" +"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande " +"är lite av svart magi. Det här dokumentet försöker inte ens att dokumentera " +"de olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan arkitekturerna och även för " +"underarkitekturerna. Du bör se dokumentationen för din startshanterare för " +"mer information." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." -msgstr "Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installeraren att försöka att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på maskinen. Om den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli informerad om det under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn kommer att bli konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i tillägg till Debian." +msgid "" +"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " +"other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a " +"supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot " +"loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this " +"other operating system in addition to Debian." +msgstr "" +"Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installeraren att försöka " +"att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på maskinen. Om " +"den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli informerad om det " +"under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn kommer att bli " +"konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i tillägg till " +"Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2112 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." -msgstr "Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer information." +msgid "" +"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +"something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up " +"boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even " +"by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot " +"manager's documentation for more information." +msgstr "" +"Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande " +"är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och " +"inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem " +"varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte " +"fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer " +"information." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2156 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>aboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." -msgstr "Om du har startat upp från SRM; om du valt detta alternativ, kommer installeraren att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första sektorn på disken på vilken du installerade Debian. Var <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> försiktig — det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att starta upp flera operativsystem (exempelvis GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 även känd som Digital Unix även känd som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från samma disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken där du har installerat Debian, kommer du istället behöva starta upp GNU/Linux från en diskett." +msgid "" +"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " +"installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " +"GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or " +"OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system " +"installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot " +"GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." +msgstr "" +"Om du har startat upp från SRM; om du valt detta alternativ, kommer " +"installeraren att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första sektorn på " +"disken på vilken du installerade Debian. Var <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> " +"försiktig — det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att starta upp " +"flera operativsystem (exempelvis GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 även " +"känd som Digital Unix även känd som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från samma " +"disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken där du " +"har installerat Debian, kommer du istället behöva starta upp GNU/Linux från " +"en diskett." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2151 +#: using-d-i.xml:2177 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2152 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format -msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." -msgstr "Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." +msgid "" +"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " +"similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few " +"exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any " +"kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> " +"can actually read Linux partitions." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> " +"är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett " +"fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri " +"kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</" +"command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2161 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( behöver mer info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2199 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format -msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike." -msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna." +msgid "" +"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " +"flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and " +"old hands alike." +msgstr "" +"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</" +"quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra " +"standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2181 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." -msgstr "Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualsidan för grub för mer komplett information." +msgid "" +"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " +"it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you " +"can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." +msgstr "" +"Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den " +"kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan " +"du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualsidan för grub för mer komplett " +"information." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." -msgstr "Om du inte vill installera grub alls, använd Tillbaka-knappen för att komma till huvudmenyn och därifrån välj den starthanterare du vill använda." +msgid "" +"If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " +"main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vill installera grub alls, använd Tillbaka-knappen för att komma " +"till huvudmenyn och därifrån välj den starthanterare du vill använda." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2227 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " +"an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, " +"Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in " +"the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special " +"needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. " +"Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av " +"funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga " +"igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> " +"om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-" +"HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2239 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." -msgstr "För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." +msgid "" +"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " +"operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This " +"means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like " +"GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för " +"andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det " +"betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som " +"GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" -msgstr "&d-i; visar dig tre val var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska installeras:" +msgid "" +"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"command> boot loader:" +msgstr "" +"&d-i; visar dig tre val var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska " +"installeras:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Huvudstartsektor (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format -msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." -msgstr "På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen." +msgid "" +"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " +"process." +msgstr "" +"På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över " +"uppstartsprocessen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "Ny Debianpartition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." -msgstr "Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." +msgid "" +"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " +"will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will " +"serve as a secondary boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</" +"command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-" +"partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Annat val" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format -msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." -msgstr "Användbar för avancerade användare som vill installera <command>LILO</command> någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli frågad efter önskad plats. Du kan använda devfs-liknande namn, såsom de som börjar med <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename> och <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, såväl som traditionella namn som <filename>/dev/hda</filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgid "" +"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " +"somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can " +"use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</" +"filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</" +"filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Användbar för avancerade användare som vill installera <command>LILO</" +"command> någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli frågad efter " +"önskad plats. Du kan använda devfs-liknande namn, såsom de som börjar med " +"<filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename> och <filename>/" +"dev/discs</filename>, såväl som traditionella namn som <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2256 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." -msgstr "Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) — det här betyder dock att du behöver använda något sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian! För mer information om det här, läs <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " +"need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /" +"mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — " +"however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into " +"Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=" +"\"reactivating-win\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här " +"steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och " +"använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-" +"DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) — det här betyder dock att du behöver " +"använda något sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian! För mer information om " +"det här, läs <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2273 +#: using-d-i.xml:2299 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2301 #, no-c-format -msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." -msgstr "Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i firmware för att peka till filerna på EFI-partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> är egentligen i två delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> hanterar partitionen och kopierar filer till den. Programmet <filename>elilo.efi</filename> kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och starta Linux-kärnan." +msgid "" +"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " +"on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " +"similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition " +"boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT " +"formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</" +"guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " +"partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " +"The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " +"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är " +"designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och " +"använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR " +"eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna " +"till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar <guimenuitem>EFI " +"Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i firmware för att peka till filerna på EFI-" +"partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> är egentligen i två " +"delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> hanterar partitionen " +"och kopierar filer till den. Programmet <filename>elilo.efi</filename> " +"kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</" +"quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och starta Linux-kärnan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2291 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." -msgstr "Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." +msgid "" +"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " +"step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present " +"you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for " +"an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the " +"installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your " +"<emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista " +"steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att " +"visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga " +"för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i " +"installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt " +"<emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2303 +#: using-d-i.xml:2329 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2305 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format -msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" -msgstr "Villkoret för val av partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa flera val beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökning av alla diskar på systemet inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera partitionen under installationen, radera allt tidigare innehåll!" +msgid "" +"The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " +"with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " +"depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " +"including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " +"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" +msgstr "" +"Villkoret för val av partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem " +"med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa flera val " +"beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökning av alla diskar på systemet " +"inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-" +"diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera " +"partitionen under installationen, radera allt tidigare innehåll!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2348 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." -msgstr "EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att läsa in systemet och installerarens del av <command>elilo</command> skriver till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</filename> på EFI-partitionen under installationen. Observera att <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan även finnas andra filer i detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om." +msgid "" +"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " +"disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it " +"is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and " +"the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem " +"directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the " +"following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the " +"EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot " +"Manager</quote> would find these files using the path " +"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may " +"be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated " +"or re-configured." +msgstr "" +"EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i " +"systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</" +"emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande " +"system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att " +"läsa in systemet och installerarens del av <command>elilo</command> skriver " +"till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> " +"skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</filename> på EFI-" +"partitionen under installationen. Observera att <quote>EFI Boot Manager</" +"quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen <filename>fs<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan även finnas andra filer i " +"detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2344 +#: using-d-i.xml:2370 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." -msgstr "Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." +msgid "" +"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " +"a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-" +"written to refer to files in the EFI partition." +msgstr "" +"Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. " +"Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen " +"omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2380 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." -msgstr "Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." +msgid "" +"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian " +"GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"command menu." +msgstr "" +"Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör " +"för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten " +"<guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI " +"Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2392 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." -msgstr "Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " +"the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a " +"standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</" +"filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp " +"kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</" +"filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i " +"<filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/" +"initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." -msgstr "Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." +msgid "" +"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " +"managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be " +"lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." +msgstr "" +"Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen " +"hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer " +"att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2415 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2416 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." -msgstr "Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " +"the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation " +"it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the " +"symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som " +"omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av " +"Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den " +"symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n" +"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " +"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by " +"the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up " +"in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique " +"name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. " +"After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by " +"setting some firmware environment variables entering " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</" +"replaceable>)</userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing <command>boot</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing " +"<command>boot</command>." msgstr "" -"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installeraren). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter arcboot har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ställa in några miljövariabler i firmware genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n" +"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste " +"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av " +"installeraren). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i " +"<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt " +"namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av installeraren är <quote>linux</" +"quote>. Efter arcboot har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från " +"hårddisken genom att ställa in några miljövariabler i firmware genom att " +"ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</" +"replaceable>)</userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange <command>boot</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange " +"<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2430 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2431 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" -msgstr "är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för inbyggda kontrollrar" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " +"onboard controllers" +msgstr "" +"är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för " +"inbyggda kontrollrar" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2439 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2440 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" -msgstr "är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2448 -#: using-d-i.xml:2517 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2449 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" -msgstr "är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> finns" +msgid "" +"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename> resides" +msgstr "" +"är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> " +"finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2483 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "konfig" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2458 +#: using-d-i.xml:2484 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." -msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." +msgid "" +"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." +msgstr "" +"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, " +"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2480 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " +"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by " +"the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in " +"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, " +"the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After " +"DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt." msgstr "" -"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installeraren). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste " +"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av " +"installeraren). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i " +"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, " +"standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. " +"Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom " +"att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2500 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" -msgstr "är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda kontrollrar" +msgid "" +"is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " +"<userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" +msgstr "" +"är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är " +"det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda kontrollrar" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2508 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" -msgstr "är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns installerad" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" +msgstr "" +"är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns " +"installerad" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2518 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides" -msgstr "är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns" +msgid "" +"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " +"resides" +msgstr "" +"är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2552 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "namn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2527 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." -msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." +msgid "" +"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" +"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." +msgstr "" +"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, " +"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2537 +#: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" -msgstr "Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda" +msgid "" +"In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " +"disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" +msgstr "" +"Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken " +"och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2569 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2580 #, no-c-format -msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." -msgstr "Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</command> som sin starthanterare. Installeraren kommer att ställa in <command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten 820k stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp &debian;." +msgid "" +"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " +"boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> " +"automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named " +"<quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> " +"created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes " +"successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be " +"set to boot &debian;." +msgstr "" +"Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</" +"command> som sin starthanterare. Installeraren kommer att ställa in " +"<command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten 820k " +"stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen " +"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i " +"partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk " +"nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp " +"&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2599 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." -msgstr "Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installeraren kommer att försöka att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. Konfigurationen är känd att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på vissa Power Computing-kloner." +msgid "" +"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" +"command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up " +"<command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on " +"7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</" +"command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installeraren kommer att försöka " +"att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. Konfigurationen är känd " +"att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på vissa Power Computing-" +"kloner." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2615 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." -msgstr "Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." +msgid "" +"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; " +"Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks " +"web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" +"command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, " +"med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device " +"Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida " +"om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2633 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2635 #, no-c-format -msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." -msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att <command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera GNU/Linux vid sidan av en existerande installation av SunOS/Solaris." +msgid "" +"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " +"documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to " +"boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/" +"etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can " +"actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is " +"read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> " +"after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. " +"<command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can " +"boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install " +"GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." +msgstr "" +"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</" +"quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. " +"<command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som " +"<command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</" +"command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den " +"inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att " +"<command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, " +"<filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns " +"inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny " +"kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</" +"command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta " +"upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera " +"GNU/Linux vid sidan av en existerande installation av SunOS/Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2660 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Fortsätt utan starthanterare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format -msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" -msgstr "Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den existerande starthanteraren). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för Macintosh, Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet måste hållas kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " +"loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide " +"one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). " +"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, " +"and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on " +"the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även " +"om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att " +"arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen " +"önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den existerande starthanteraren). " +"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för " +"Macintosh, Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet " +"måste hållas kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</" +"phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." -msgstr "Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." +msgid "" +"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " +"of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should " +"also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your " +"bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and " +"partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if " +"you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, " +"also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du " +"kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</" +"filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en " +"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera " +"din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är " +"disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem " +"och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat " +"partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2663 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format -msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." -msgstr "De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." +msgid "" +"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " +"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det " +"består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2675 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen och starta om systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2703 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system." -msgstr "Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, etc) som du använde för att starta upp installeraren. Installeraren kommer att göra sista-minuten-funktioner och sedan starta om in i ditt nya Debian-system." +msgid "" +"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " +"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot " +"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot " +"into your new Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för " +"Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, " +"etc) som du använde för att starta upp installeraren. Installeraren kommer " +"att göra sista-minuten-funktioner och sedan starta om in i ditt nya Debian-" +"system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2684 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." -msgstr "Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer att stänga ner systemet därför att omstarter stöds inte på &arch-title; i detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen." +msgid "" +"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " +"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-" +"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you " +"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." +msgstr "" +"Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer " +"att stänga ner systemet därför att omstarter stöds inte på &arch-title; i " +"detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du " +"valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2698 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Blandat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2725 #, no-c-format -msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." -msgstr "Komponenterna som listas i den här sektionen är normalt sett inte inblandade i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren om något går fel." +msgid "" +"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " +"installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in " +"case something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"Komponenterna som listas i den här sektionen är normalt sett inte inblandade " +"i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren " +"om något går fel." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Spara installationsloggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2714 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." -msgstr "Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." +msgid "" +"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " +"installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under " +"installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." -msgstr "Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga dem i en installationsrapport." +msgid "" +"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " +"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or " +"other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the " +"installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to " +"an installation report." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn " +"låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat " +"media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under " +"installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga " +"dem i en installationsrapport." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2741 +#: using-d-i.xml:2767 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2770 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." -msgstr "Det finns en post kallad <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i menyn. Om menyn inte är tillgänglig när du behöver använda skalet, tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (på ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) för att byta till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</emphasis>. Det är <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av <keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap>, på samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av skalet Bourne som kallas <command>ash</command>." +msgid "" +"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " +"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " +"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " +"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" +"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " +"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en post kallad <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i menyn. " +"Om menyn inte är tillgänglig när du behöver använda skalet, tryck " +"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (på " +"ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +"keycombo>) för att byta till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</" +"emphasis>. Det är <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av " +"<keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap>, på " +"samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av skalet Bourne som " +"kallas <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history." -msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. Textredigeraren är <command>nano</command>. Skalet har några trevliga funktioner som automatisk färdigställning och historik." +msgid "" +"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " +"of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " +"available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " +"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"autocompletion and history." +msgstr "" +"Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en " +"begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka " +"program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/" +"bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. " +"Textredigeraren är <command>nano</command>. Skalet har några trevliga " +"funktioner som automatisk färdigställning och historik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." -msgstr "Använd menyerna för att genomföra de funktioner som de kan göra — skalet och kommandona är endast där om något skulle på fel. Speciellt bör du alltid använda menyerna, inte skalet, för att aktivera din växlingspartition, på grund av att programvaran i menyn inte kan identifiera att du har gjort det från skalet. Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att komma tillbaka till menyerna, eller skriv <command>exit</command> om du använt en menypost för att öppna skalet." +msgid "" +"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " +"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " +"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " +"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " +"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " +"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " +"to open the shell." +msgstr "" +"Använd menyerna för att genomföra de funktioner som de kan göra — " +"skalet och kommandona är endast där om något skulle på fel. Speciellt bör du " +"alltid använda menyerna, inte skalet, för att aktivera din " +"växlingspartition, på grund av att programvaran i menyn inte kan identifiera " +"att du har gjort det från skalet. Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att komma tillbaka till menyerna, " +"eller skriv <command>exit</command> om du använt en menypost för att öppna " +"skalet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2784 +#: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Installation över nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2812 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" -msgstr "En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" +msgid "" +"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" +"firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the " +"network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the " +"first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of " +"setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref " +"linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" +msgstr "" +"En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</" +"firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket " +"via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första " +"stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där " +"nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=" +"\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2822 #, no-c-format -msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja <guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " +"you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need " +"to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu " +"and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and " +"from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: " +"Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is " +"indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation " +"remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." +msgstr "" +"Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste " +"specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta " +"upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja " +"<guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från " +"listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: " +"Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad " +"inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt " +"installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2809 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." -msgstr "För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter konfiguration av nätverket." +msgid "" +"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " +"up the network." +msgstr "" +"För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter " +"konfiguration av nätverket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." -msgstr "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." +msgid "" +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " +"<phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be " +"used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. " +"That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login " +"remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you " +"just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the " +"fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to " +"the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</" +"phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt " +"lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för " +"att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att " +"göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med " +"lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här " +"skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra " +"fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att " +"fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2826 +#: using-d-i.xml:2852 #, no-c-format -msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." -msgstr "Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja en annan komponent." +msgid "" +"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " +"press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can " +"select another component." +msgstr "" +"Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid " +"trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja " +"en annan komponent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you will have to confirm that it is correct." +"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " +"to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the " +"installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still " +"possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed " +"dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection " +"with the installation system is as simple as typing: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</" +"replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is " +"either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the " +"actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you " +"will have to confirm that it is correct." msgstr "" -"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning " +"behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av " +"att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer " +"fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga " +"skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är " +"ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som " +"att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer " +"<replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> " +"är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före " +"den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas " +"och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again." -msgstr "Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen." +msgid "" +"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " +"address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such " +"host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is " +"usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, " +"you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</" +"filename> and try again." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress " +"eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en " +"sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, " +"vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så " +"inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/" +"known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2884 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." -msgstr "Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till huvudmenyn i installeraren, där du kan fortsätta med installationen som vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du kan undersöka och möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." +msgid "" +"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " +"two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and " +"<guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main " +"installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The " +"latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote " +"system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but " +"may start multiple sessions for shells." +msgstr "" +"Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två " +"möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och " +"<guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till " +"huvudmenyn i installeraren, där du kan fortsätta med installationen som " +"vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du kan undersöka och " +"möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en SSH-session för " +"installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." -msgstr "Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation eller problem med det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " +"back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may " +"corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in " +"turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå " +"tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du " +"gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya " +"systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation " +"eller problem med det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2902 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." -msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts." +msgid "" +"Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " +"resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." +msgstr "" +"Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte " +"förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " +#~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " +#~ "data that is currently on the selected hard disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du väljer den guidade partitioneringen med LVM är det inte möjligt att " +#~ "ångra ändringar gjorda i partitionstabellen. Detta raderar effektivt all " +#~ "data som för närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken." #~ msgid "" #~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " @@ -2339,12 +4679,16 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "volymgrupper (VG)</guimenuitem>. Efter det ska du skapa logiska volymer " #~ "på toppen av volymgrupper från menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera logiska " #~ "volymer (LV)</guimenuitem>." + #~ msgid "Desktop machine" #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsdator" + #~ msgid "Multi-user workstation" #~ msgstr "Arbetsstation med flera användare" + #~ msgid "Running <command>base-config</command> From Within &d-i;" #~ msgstr "Kör <command>base-config</command> från &d-i;" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to configure the base system within the first stage " #~ "installer (before rebooting from the hard drive), by running " @@ -2357,8 +4701,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "<command>base-config</command> i en <firstterm>chroot</firstterm>-miljö. " #~ "Det här är huvudsakligen användbart för att testa installeraren och bör " #~ "normalt sett undvikas." + #~ msgid "languagechooser" #~ msgstr "languagechooser" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will " #~ "display messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that " @@ -2369,14 +4715,18 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket " #~ "inte är komplett. När en översättning inte är komplett kommer meddelanden " #~ "på engelska att visas." + #~ msgid "countrychooser" #~ msgstr "countrychooser" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Visar en lista på länder. Användaren kan välja det land han/hon bor i." + #~ msgid "base-config" #~ msgstr "base-config" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to " #~ "user preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it " @@ -2385,10 +4735,13 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "Ger dialogrutor för att ställa in paket för grundsystemet enligt " #~ "användarens egenskaper. Detta görs normalt sett efter omstart av datorn; " #~ "det är den <quote>första körningen</quote> av det nya Debian-systemet." + #~ msgid "bugreporter" #~ msgstr "bugreporter" + #~ msgid "Language selection" #~ msgstr "Språkval" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " #~ "process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If " @@ -2402,8 +4755,9 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "valda språket kommer installeraren att gå över till engelska. Det valda " #~ "språket kommer också användas för att hjälpa till att välja ett lämpligt " #~ "tangentbordsarrangemang. " + #~ msgid "Country selection" #~ msgstr "Val av land" + #~ msgid "Finishing the First Stage" #~ msgstr "Färdigställande av första steget" - diff --git a/po/vi/installation-howto.po b/po/vi/installation-howto.po index 7f4d31c79..4199faa69 100644 --- a/po/vi/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/vi/installation-howto.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-howto\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-16 18:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-10 21:42+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com\n" @@ -446,12 +446,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " -"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space " -"on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if " -"you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available " +"free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new " +"users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "Đây là thời gian cần phân vùng đĩa. Trước tiên, bạn sẽ có dịp phân vùng tự " "động hoặc một đĩa hoàn toàn, hoặc sức chứa còn rảnh trên một đĩa. Tùy chọn " @@ -459,7 +460,7 @@ msgstr "" "không muốn tự động phân vùng, hãy chọn « Thủ công » trong trình đơn." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -475,7 +476,7 @@ msgstr "" "kích cỡ mới cho nó." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:265 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -497,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" "về cách tạo phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:275 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -507,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr "" "cơ bản, mà có thể hơi lâu. Sau đó, hạt nhân sẽ được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:280 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -525,7 +526,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt GRUB vào nơi khác. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:290 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -539,7 +540,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt, được diễn tả trong <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:297 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -549,13 +550,13 @@ msgstr "" "i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:306 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Gởi báo cáo cài đặt cho chúng tôi" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:307 +#: installation-howto.xml:308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -569,7 +570,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:315 +#: installation-howto.xml:316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -584,13 +585,13 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt thất bại hoàn toàn, xem <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:327 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "Vậy cuối cùng..." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:328 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " diff --git a/po/vi/preseed.po b/po/vi/preseed.po index 52012659a..c456cc279 100644 --- a/po/vi/preseed.po +++ b/po/vi/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-16 16:59+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -1223,9 +1223,8 @@ msgid "" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" "\n" -"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" -"# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format. If the method\n" -"# supports it, you can specify several disks separated by spaces.\n" +"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name\n" +"# can be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" "# For example, to use the first disk:\n" "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" "# In addition, you'll need to specify the method to use.\n" @@ -1236,6 +1235,8 @@ msgid "" "# contains an old LVM configuration, the user will normally receive a\n" "# warning. This can be preseeded away...\n" "d-i partman-auto/purge_lvm_from_device boolean true\n" +"# And the same goes for the confirmation to write the lvm partitions.\n" +"d-i partman-lvm/confirm boolean true\n" "\n" "# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" @@ -1337,12 +1338,100 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Partitioning using RAID" +msgstr "Phân vùng" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:654 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " +"Supported are RAID levels 0, 1 and 5, creating degraded arrays and " +"specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to " +"install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootloader\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:664 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " +"new component that may still have some bugs or missing error handling. The " +"responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and " +"don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</" +"filename> if you run into problems." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:672 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " +"component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded arrays or " +"spare devices has only been tested lightly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:680 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" +"\n" +"# The method should be set to \"raid\".\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/method string raid\n" +"# Specify the disks to be partitioned. They will all get the same layout,\n" +"# so this will only work if the disks are the same size.\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc /dev/discs/disc1/disc\n" +"\n" +"# Next you need to specify the physical partitions that will be used. \n" +"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" +"# multiraid :: \\\n" +"# 1000 5000 4000 raid \\\n" +"# $primary{ } method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 64 512 300% raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 500 10000 1000000000 raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# Last you need to specify how the previously defined partitions will be\n" +"# used in the RAID setup. Remember to use the correct partition numbers\n" +"# for logical partitions.\n" +"# Parameters are:\n" +"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <mountpoint> \\\n" +"# <devices> <sparedevices>\n" +"# RAID levels 0, 1 and 5 are supported; devices are separated using \"#\"\n" +"#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 ext3 / \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part1#/dev/discs/disc1/part1 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 swap - \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part5#/dev/discs/disc1/part5 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 0 2 0 ext3 /home \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part6#/dev/discs/disc1/part6 \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" +"d-i partman-md/confirm boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" +" select Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" +"d-i partman/confirm boolean true" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "Thiết lập đồng hồ và múi giờ" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:655 +#: preseed.xml:687 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1361,13 +1450,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:660 +#: preseed.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "Thiết lập apt" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:661 +#: preseed.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1381,7 +1470,7 @@ msgstr "" "năng thêm kho phần mềm (cục bộ) khác." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:669 +#: preseed.xml:701 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1415,13 +1504,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:674 +#: preseed.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "Thiết lập tài khoản" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:675 +#: preseed.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1434,7 +1523,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD5." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:682 +#: preseed.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1450,7 +1539,7 @@ msgstr "" "truy cập băm MD5 cho phép người khác tấn công bằng sức mạnh vũ phu." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1496,7 +1585,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [băm MD5]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:694 +#: preseed.xml:726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1516,7 +1605,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>sudo</command>)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:704 +#: preseed.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." @@ -1524,19 +1613,19 @@ msgstr "Băm MD5 cho mật khẩu có thể được tạo ra bằng lệnh theo # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:708 +#: preseed.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:714 +#: preseed.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "Cài đặt hệ thống cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:715 +#: preseed.xml:747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1547,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "" "cách cài đặt hạt nhân." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:722 +#: preseed.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1558,13 +1647,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:727 +#: preseed.xml:759 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:729 +#: preseed.xml:761 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1610,13 +1699,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:734 +#: preseed.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Chọn gói phần mềm" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1626,73 +1715,73 @@ msgstr "" "lúc viết câu này, các công việc sẵn sàng gồm:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:744 +#: preseed.xml:776 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "chuẩn" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:747 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "môi trường làm việc" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:750 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "môi trường làm việc Gnome" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "môi trường làm việc KDE" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:756 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "trình phục vụ Mạng" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:759 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "trình phục vụ in" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:762 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "trình phục vụ DNS" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "trình phục vụ tập tin" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:768 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "trình phục vụ thư tín" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:771 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "co sở dữ liệu SQL" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:774 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "máy tính xách tay" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1704,7 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>chuẩn</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1718,7 +1807,7 @@ msgstr "" "cách, vậy dễ dàng dùng trên dòng lệnh." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:794 +#: preseed.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1749,13 +1838,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "Làm xong giai đoạn cài đặt thứ nhất" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:801 +#: preseed.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1773,13 +1862,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:806 +#: preseed.xml:838 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình trình thư" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:807 +#: preseed.xml:839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1789,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" "cách tránh ngay cả vài câu đó. Có khả năng chèn trước một cách phức tạp hơn." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:814 +#: preseed.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1805,13 +1894,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:819 +#: preseed.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình X" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:820 +#: preseed.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1823,7 +1912,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian không cấu hình tự động đầy đủ mọi thứ." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:828 +#: preseed.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1873,13 +1962,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:833 +#: preseed.xml:865 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "Chèn trước gói khác" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:835 +#: preseed.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1898,19 +1987,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:841 +#: preseed.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Tùy chọn cấp cao" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:844 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Lệnh trình bao" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:846 +#: preseed.xml:878 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1950,13 +2039,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "Tải dây chuyền tập tin định cấu hình sẵn" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:852 +#: preseed.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -1972,7 +2061,7 @@ msgstr "" "để thiết lập chi tiết hơn cho một số cấu hình riêng trong các tập tin khác." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:862 +#: preseed.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/vi/using-d-i.po b/po/vi/using-d-i.po index c846c8a13..76a816115 100644 --- a/po/vi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/vi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-07 22:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-16 16:59+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -359,8 +359,8 @@ msgstr "iso-scan" msgid "" "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." msgstr "" -"Thành phần này tìm hệ thống tập tin kiểu ISO, mà có thể nằm hoặc trên đĩa CD-ROM " -"hoặc trên đĩa cứng." +"Thành phần này tìm hệ thống tập tin kiểu ISO, mà có thể nằm hoặc trên đĩa CD-" +"ROM hoặc trên đĩa cứng." # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: term @@ -428,7 +428,8 @@ msgid "" "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the " "chosen mirror or CD." msgstr "" -"APT: thành phần này cài đặt gói được lấy từ máy nhân bản đã chọn, hay từ đĩa CD." +"APT: thành phần này cài đặt gói được lấy từ máy nhân bản đã chọn, hay từ đĩa " +"CD." # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: term @@ -1258,12 +1259,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " -"entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</" -"quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " -"<guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." +"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called " +"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, " +"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "Trước tiên, bạn sẽ nhận dịp phân vùng tự động hoặc toàn bộ đĩa, hoặc sức " "chứa còn rảnh trên đĩa. Tiến trình này cũng được gọi như là sự phân vùng " @@ -1271,15 +1272,14 @@ msgstr "" "mục <guimenuitem>Tự sửa đổi bảng phân vùng</guimenuitem> trong trình đơn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " -"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " -"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " -"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " -"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " -"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " +"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " +"LVM. Note: the options to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " +"architectures." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn chọn khả năng phân vùng đã hướng dẫn, có lẽ bạn có hai tùy chọn nữa: " "tạo phân vùng một cách trực tiếp trên đĩa cứng (phương pháp truyền thống) " @@ -1290,28 +1290,68 @@ msgstr "" "lẽ không phải sẵn sàng trên mọi kiến trúc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:791 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " -"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " -"is currently on the selected hard disk." +"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " +"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions " +"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the " +"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing " +"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" -"Nếu bạn chọn công việc phân vùng đã hướng dẫn bằng LVM, không thể hủy bước " -"thay đổi nào trong bảng phân vùng. Việc này có kết quả là xoá sạch mọi dữ " -"liệu hiện thời nằm trên đĩa cứng." +"Nếu bạn chọn khả năng phân vùng đã hướng dẫn, có lẽ bạn có hai tùy chọn nữa: " +"tạo phân vùng một cách trực tiếp trên đĩa cứng (phương pháp truyền thống) " +"hoặc dùng khả năng quản lý khối tin hợp lý (LVM). Trong trường hợp thứ hai, " +"trình cài đặt sẽ tạo phần lớn phân vùng bên trong cùng một phân vùng lớn; " +"phương pháp này hữu ích vì lúc sau có thể thay đổi hơi dễ dàng kích cỡ của " +"những phân vùng bên trong phân vùng lớn này. Ghi chú : tùy chọn dùng LVM có " +"lẽ không phải sẵn sàng trên mọi kiến trúc." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " -"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " -"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" -"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " -"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " -"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " -"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " +"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while " +"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is " +"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them " +"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before " +"they are written to disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " +"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " +"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " +"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " +"differ from what you are used too. The size of the disks may help to " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " +"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " +"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " +"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in " +"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space " +"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends " +"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "Sau khi bạn chọn công việc phân vùng đã hướng dẫn (hoặc truyền thống hoặc " "bằng LVM), lúc đó bạn có khả năng chọn trong các bố trí được liệt kê trong " @@ -1323,73 +1363,73 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ bị lỗi." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Bố trí phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Chỗ tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Phân vùng đã tạo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:823 +#: using-d-i.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Mọi tập tin trên một phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:824 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Phân vùng /home riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:828 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:859 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Các phân vùng /home, /usr, /var, và /tmp riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:834 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:835 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1399,19 +1439,20 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:844 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " -"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " +"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other " +"partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM " +"partition." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn chọn công việc phân vùng đã hướng dẫn bằng LVM, trình cài đặt sẽ " "cũng tạo một phân vùng <filename>/boot</filename> riêng. Những phân vùng " "khác, trừ phân vùng trao đổi, sẽ được tạo bên trong phân vùng LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1426,7 +1467,7 @@ msgstr "" "động EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1438,7 +1479,7 @@ msgstr "" "riêng sức chứa này cho bộ tải khởi động « aboot »." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:864 +#: using-d-i.xml:890 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1449,7 +1490,7 @@ msgstr "" "gồm có thông tin về trạng thái kiểu định dạng và gắn kết của mỗi phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1505,7 +1546,7 @@ msgstr "" "có thể được đạt khi tự phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1521,12 +1562,12 @@ msgstr "" "vùng xong và ghi các thay đổi vào đĩa</guimenuitem> trong trình đơn, để thực " "hiện bảng phân vùng mới (như được diễn tả tại cuối phần này). Còn nếu bạn " "chưa thỏa chí, bạn có thể chọn mục <guimenuitem>Hủy các bước thay đổi phân " -"vùng</guimenuitem> để chay lại tiến trình phân vùng đã hướng dẫn, " -"hoặc sửa đổi các thay đổi đã đề nghị (như được diễn tả bên dưới) cho việc tự " -"phân vùng." +"vùng</guimenuitem> để chay lại tiến trình phân vùng đã hướng dẫn, hoặc sửa " +"đổi các thay đổi đã đề nghị (như được diễn tả bên dưới) cho việc tự phân " +"vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:893 +#: using-d-i.xml:919 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1541,13 +1582,13 @@ msgstr "" "lập bảng phân vùng và cách sử dụng phân vùng cho hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " -"space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is " -"needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled " -"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " +"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " +"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " +"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn chọn một đĩa rỗng, mà không có phân vùng, cũng không có sức chứa " "rảnh, lúc đó bạn sẽ có dịp tạo một bảng phân vùng mới (cần thiết để tạo phân " @@ -1555,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr "" "rảnh) nên xuất hiện trong bảng bên dưới đĩa đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1587,7 +1628,7 @@ msgstr "" "màn hình chính của chương trình <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1608,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr "" "khả năng xoá bỏ phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:938 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1624,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ không cho phép bạn tiếp tục, cho đến khi bạn sửa trường hợp này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1636,7 +1677,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục, cho đến khi bạn cấp phát một điều." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:952 +#: using-d-i.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1652,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, hay <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1666,13 +1707,13 @@ msgstr "" "các hệ thống tập tin nên được tạo như được yêu cầu." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:988 +#: using-d-i.xml:1014 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Cấu hình thiết bị đa đĩa (RAID phần mềm)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:989 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1692,7 +1733,7 @@ msgstr "" "biến nhất, <firstterm>RAID phần mềm</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1707,7 +1748,7 @@ msgstr "" "lắp v.v.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1784,97 +1825,97 @@ msgstr "" "tắt:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Kiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1090 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Thiết bị tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1091 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Thiết bị phụ tùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1092 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Vẫn còn hoạt động sau khi đĩa thất bại ?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1093 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Chỗ sẵn sàng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1099 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>không</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1129 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhân số thiết bị trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "tùy chọn" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>có</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1111 +#: using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1883,7 +1924,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhận (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ một)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1893,7 +1934,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nào <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1909,7 +1950,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1927,7 +1968,7 @@ msgstr "" "hệ vỏ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1949,7 +1990,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1). Kết quả phụ thuộc vào kiểu thiết bị đa đĩa bạn đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1961,7 +2002,7 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị đa đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1981,7 +2022,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi bạn sửa vấn đề." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1182 +#: using-d-i.xml:1208 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1991,7 +2032,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhất <emphasis>ba</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1190 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2009,7 +2050,7 @@ msgstr "" "hơi tin cậy cho <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1199 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2023,13 +2064,13 @@ msgstr "" "mới, và gán cho chúng những thuộc tính thường như điểm lắp." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Cấu hình Bộ Quản lý Khối Tin Hợp Lý (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2045,7 +2086,7 @@ msgstr "" "chuyển các thứ, tạo liên kết tượng trưng v.v." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2065,7 +2106,7 @@ msgstr "" "qua vài đĩa vật lý." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2085,7 +2126,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nào <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2102,7 +2143,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#: using-d-i.xml:1279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2121,7 +2162,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngữ cảnh, chỉ hiển thị những hành động hợp lệ. Những hành động có thể là:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#: using-d-i.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2131,43 +2172,43 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị LVM, các tên và kích cỡ của khối tin hợp lý, v.v." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Tạo nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Tạo khối tin hợp lệ" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Xóa bỏ nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Xóa bỏ khối tin hợp lệ" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kéo dài nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Giảm nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2177,7 +2218,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> chính" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2187,7 +2228,7 @@ msgstr "" "tạo các khối tin hợp lý bên trong nó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -2202,7 +2243,7 @@ msgstr "" "để bắt đầu tươi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2214,13 +2255,13 @@ msgstr "" "thao tác nó như vậy)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Cấu hình khối tin được mật mã" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2242,7 +2283,7 @@ msgstr "" "thôi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2268,7 +2309,7 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng tải hạt nhân từ phân vùng được mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2282,7 +2323,7 @@ msgstr "" "của khoá." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2303,7 +2344,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2319,7 +2360,7 @@ msgstr "" "pháp mặc định, nếu bạn không bắt buộc phải làm khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2333,13 +2374,13 @@ msgstr "" "theo bảo mật." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2365,13 +2406,13 @@ msgstr "" "hai mươi mốt." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Dài khoá:<userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2384,13 +2425,13 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá sẵn sàng phụ thuộc vào thuật toán mật mã." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1422 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Thuật toán IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1450 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2407,7 +2448,7 @@ msgstr "" "suy luận thông tin nào ra mẫu xảy ra nhiều lần trong dữ liệu đã mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2421,25 +2462,25 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng dùng thuật toán mới hơn." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Cụm từ mật khẩu</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu khoá mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1454 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Cụm từ mật khẩu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2453,13 +2494,13 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Khoá ngẫu nhiên" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2477,7 +2518,7 @@ msgstr "" "không thể thành công trong đời sống của bạn.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2496,13 +2537,13 @@ msgstr "" "được ghi vào phân vùng trao đổi, khi khởi động lại." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Xoá bỏ dữ liệu : <userinput>có</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2523,7 +2564,7 @@ msgstr "" "lần.</para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2535,13 +2576,13 @@ msgstr "" "đơn thay đổi để cung cấp những tùy chọn này:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1530 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2554,25 +2595,25 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1544 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2586,19 +2627,19 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Xem tiết đoạn bên trên diễn tả khoá ngẫu nhiên." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Xem tiết đoạn bên trên diễn tả cách xoá sạch dữ liệu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2612,7 +2653,7 @@ msgstr "" "khoá mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1594 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2630,7 +2671,7 @@ msgstr "" "mới. Đối với phân vùng lớn, có thể kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2649,7 +2690,7 @@ msgstr "" "đoán.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1614 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2674,7 +2715,7 @@ msgstr "" "phím nào được dùng, trước khi nhập mật khẩu kiểu nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1627 +#: using-d-i.xml:1653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2696,7 +2737,7 @@ msgstr "" "được lặp lại cho mỗi phân vùng cần mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2732,7 +2773,7 @@ msgstr "" "kiểu hệ thống tập tin nếu giá trị mặc định không phải thích hợp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1656 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2751,7 +2792,7 @@ msgstr "" "trong <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2759,13 +2800,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Một khi bạn thấy sơ đồ phân vùng là ổn thoả, hãy tiếp tục cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Thiết lập Hệ thống" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1678 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2775,13 +2816,13 @@ msgstr "" "hệ thống nó sắp cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1690 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Cấu hình Múi giờ Cục bộ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1718 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2794,13 +2835,13 @@ msgstr "" "múi giờ, trình cài đặt sẽ không hỏi gì và hệ thống sẽ giả sử múi giờ đó." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Cấu hình Đồng hồ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1710 +#: using-d-i.xml:1736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2814,7 +2855,7 @@ msgstr "" "(UTC) dựa vào thứ như hệ điều hành khác đã được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1717 +#: using-d-i.xml:1743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2833,7 +2874,7 @@ msgstr "" "(hay UTC).</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2846,19 +2887,19 @@ msgstr "" "đặt, nếu nó không đúng, hay nếu nó chưa được đặt thành giờ UTC." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Thiết lập Người và Mật khẩu" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1773 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Đặt mật khẩu chủ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2872,7 +2913,7 @@ msgstr "" "trong thời lượng càng ngắn càng có thể." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2887,7 +2928,7 @@ msgstr "" "chọn từ nằm trong bất kỳ từ điển hay thông tin cá nhân có thể được đoán." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1765 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2898,13 +2939,13 @@ msgstr "" "cho ai biết mật khẩu chủ, trừ bạn quản lý máy có nhiều quản trị hệ thống." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Tạo người dùng chuẩn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1777 +#: using-d-i.xml:1803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2918,7 +2959,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngày hay như là sự đăng nhập cá nhân." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2938,7 +2979,7 @@ msgstr "" "này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2952,7 +2993,7 @@ msgstr "" "tài khoản này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2962,13 +3003,13 @@ msgstr "" "sử dụng lệnh <command>adduser</command> (thêm người dùng)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Cài đặt Hệ thống Cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2982,13 +3023,13 @@ msgstr "" "kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Việc cài đặt hệ thống cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -3004,7 +3045,7 @@ msgstr "" "chính bằng <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -3016,7 +3057,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi việc cài đặt được thực hiện qua bàn điều khiển nối tiếp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1846 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3030,13 +3071,13 @@ msgstr "" "hạt nhân có sẵn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Cài đặt phần mềm thêm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1860 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -3052,13 +3093,13 @@ msgstr "" "nếu bạn có máy tính hay mạng chạy chậm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Cấu hình apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1876 +#: using-d-i.xml:1902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -3089,7 +3130,7 @@ msgstr "" "có ích (tìm kiếm gói và kiểm tra trạng thái) trong giao diện người dùng đẹp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3106,13 +3147,13 @@ msgstr "" "xem lại nó và sửa đổi nó sau khi cài đặt xong." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1942 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Lựa chọn và Cài đặt Phần mềm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1918 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3129,7 +3170,7 @@ msgstr "" "tác vụ khác nhau." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3161,7 +3202,7 @@ msgstr "" "sức chứa cần thiết cho các công việc có sẵn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1952 +#: using-d-i.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3172,7 +3213,7 @@ msgstr "" "gói đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3182,7 +3223,7 @@ msgstr "" "dài để (bỏ) chọn công việc nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3196,7 +3237,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngay cả không cài đặt gì." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3210,13 +3251,13 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ nhắc bạn trong tiến trình này." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Cấu hình tác nhân truyền thư tín" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3231,7 +3272,7 @@ msgstr "" "học hiểu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2019 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3245,7 +3286,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể gởi cho bạn thông báo quan trọng bằng thư điện tử." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2001 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3255,13 +3296,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khớp trường hợp của bạn một cách gần nhất:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "nơi Mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3275,13 +3316,13 @@ msgstr "" "chuyển tiếp lại thư tín." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2022 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "thư được gởi bởi máy thông minh" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2023 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3299,13 +3340,13 @@ msgstr "" "chọn này thích hợp với người dùng quay số." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "chỉ phát cục bộ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3323,13 +3364,13 @@ msgstr "" "câu thêm nữa." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2050 +#: using-d-i.xml:2076 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "chưa cấu hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2051 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3343,7 +3384,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích hệ thống." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3359,13 +3400,13 @@ msgstr "" "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Cho hệ thống khả năng khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2079 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3379,7 +3420,7 @@ msgstr "" "select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3394,13 +3435,13 @@ msgstr "" "tài liệu hướng dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Phát hiện hệ điều hành khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3416,7 +3457,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2112 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3432,13 +3473,13 @@ msgstr "" "dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2156 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>aboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3460,13 +3501,13 @@ msgstr "" "thế." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2151 +#: using-d-i.xml:2177 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Trình cài đặt <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2152 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3482,19 +3523,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> thật có thể đọc phân vùng Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2161 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa SỬA ĐI (cần thông tin thêm)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2199 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>Grub</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3506,7 +3547,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích cho cả người dùng mới lẫn nhà chuyên môn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2181 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3518,7 +3559,7 @@ msgstr "" "nơi khác. Xem sổ tay GRUB để tìm thông tin đầy đủ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3528,13 +3569,13 @@ msgstr "" "chính, và từ đó, chọn bộ tải khởi động đã muốn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2227 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>LILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3551,7 +3592,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2239 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3565,7 +3606,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3575,13 +3616,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mục ghi khởi động cái (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3591,13 +3632,13 @@ msgstr "" "động." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "phân vùng Debian mới" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3609,13 +3650,13 @@ msgstr "" "việc như bộ tảo khởi động phụ." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3633,7 +3674,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2256 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3651,13 +3692,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2273 +#: using-d-i.xml:2299 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>ELILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3685,7 +3726,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> thật để làm việc tải và khởi chạy hạt nhân Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2291 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3703,13 +3744,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>gốc</emphasis> của máy tính." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2303 +#: using-d-i.xml:2329 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Chọn phân vùng đúng đi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2305 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3727,13 +3768,13 @@ msgstr "" "trong khi cài đặt, thì xoá bỏ hoàn toàn nội dung đã có !" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Nội dung phân vùng EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3764,13 +3805,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2344 +#: using-d-i.xml:2370 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3783,13 +3824,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2380 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3804,13 +3845,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3826,13 +3867,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3845,13 +3886,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2415 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3865,13 +3906,13 @@ msgstr "" "bởi liên kết tượng trưng <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3915,13 +3956,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2430 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2431 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3931,13 +3972,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2439 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "đĩa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2440 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3947,13 +3988,13 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "số_phân" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2449 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3963,13 +4004,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2483 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "cấu_hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2458 +#: using-d-i.xml:2484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3979,13 +4020,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, mà là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2480 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4014,13 +4055,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2500 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4030,13 +4071,13 @@ msgstr "" "nó là <userinput>3</userinput> cho bộ điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2508 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>mã</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -4045,7 +4086,7 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2518 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4055,13 +4096,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2552 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "tên" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2527 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4071,7 +4112,7 @@ msgstr "" "là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2537 +#: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4082,19 +4123,19 @@ msgstr "" "là dùng" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2569 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>mã</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Yaboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4114,13 +4155,13 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Quik</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2599 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4134,13 +4175,13 @@ msgstr "" "PowerMac 7200, 7300, và 7600, và trên một số máy bắt chước Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2615 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4157,13 +4198,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2633 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>SILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4194,13 +4235,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux kế bên bản cài đặt SunOS/Solaris đã có." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2660 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Tiếp tục không có bộ tải khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4218,7 +4259,7 @@ msgstr "" "đó và được dùng để khởi động hệ điều hành GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4239,13 +4280,13 @@ msgstr "" "vùng riêng, tên hệ thống tập tin <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt xong" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2663 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4255,13 +4296,13 @@ msgstr "" "chính là làm sạch theo sau &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2675 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Cài đặt xong và khởi động lại" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2703 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4275,7 +4316,7 @@ msgstr "" "lại vào hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2684 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4290,13 +4331,13 @@ msgstr "" "tập tin gốc trong những bước đầu tiên của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2698 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Lặt vặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2725 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4308,13 +4349,13 @@ msgstr "" "khó khăn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Lưu bản ghi cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2714 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4326,7 +4367,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> trong hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4342,13 +4383,13 @@ msgstr "" "kèm báo cáo cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2741 +#: using-d-i.xml:2767 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Sử dụng hệ vỏ và xem bản ghi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4371,7 +4412,7 @@ msgstr "" "chạy một sự mô phỏng hệ vỏ Bourne có tên <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4389,7 +4430,7 @@ msgstr "" "như khả năng gõ xong tự động và lược sử." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4409,13 +4450,13 @@ msgstr "" "(thoát) nếu bạn đã sử dụng trình đơn để mở hệ vỏ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2784 +#: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Cài đặt qua mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2812 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4432,7 +4473,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể tự động hoá phần đó bằng phần <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4454,7 +4495,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục lại cài đặt từ xa bằng SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2809 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4464,7 +4505,7 @@ msgstr "" "mặc định sau khi thiết lập mạng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4486,7 +4527,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ tiếp tục cài đặt từ xa</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2826 +#: using-d-i.xml:2852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4498,7 +4539,7 @@ msgstr "" "khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4528,7 +4569,7 @@ msgstr "" "nếu nó là đúng không." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4546,7 +4587,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> rồi thử lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4566,7 +4607,7 @@ msgstr "" "cho các hệ vỏ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4582,7 +4623,7 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4590,3 +4631,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Hơn nữa, nếu bạn làm phiên chạy SSH từ thiết bị cuối X, bạn không nên thay " "đổi kích cỡ của cửa sổ, vì làm như thế sẽ gây ra sự kết nối bị kết thúc." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " +#~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " +#~ "data that is currently on the selected hard disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nếu bạn chọn công việc phân vùng đã hướng dẫn bằng LVM, không thể hủy " +#~ "bước thay đổi nào trong bảng phân vùng. Việc này có kết quả là xoá sạch " +#~ "mọi dữ liệu hiện thời nằm trên đĩa cứng." diff --git a/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po b/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po index 4be2509f0..2042dcc6d 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-16 18:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-29 14:12+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -366,7 +366,12 @@ msgid "" "<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the " "default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a " "floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" -msgstr "一旦安装程序运行，会有一个初始画面迎接您。按 &enterkey; 启动系统；或者先看一下其它的启动方式以及各种参数(参阅 <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)。<phrase arch=\"i386\"> 如果您打算使用 2.4 的内核，在 <prompt>boot:</prompt> 提示符之后键入 <userinput>install24</userinput>。<footnote><para> 在多数启动方式下，默认使用 2.6 内核，但用软盘启动时不可用。</para></footnote> </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"一旦安装程序运行，会有一个初始画面迎接您。按 &enterkey; 启动系统；或者先看一" +"下其它的启动方式以及各种参数(参阅 <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)。<phrase " +"arch=\"i386\"> 如果您打算使用 2.4 的内核，在 <prompt>boot:</prompt> 提示符之" +"后键入 <userinput>install24</userinput>。<footnote><para> 在多数启动方式下，" +"默认使用 2.6 内核，但用软盘启动时不可用。</para></footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:227 @@ -416,19 +421,20 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " -"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space " -"on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if " -"you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available " +"free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new " +"users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "好，现在该对您的硬盘分区了。首先，您可以选择对整个驱动器或是驱动器上的空闲空" "间进行自动分区。我们推荐新手或者手头有急事的朋友使用自动分区。不过要是您不想" "用自动分区的话，请在菜单中选择手动分区。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -442,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr "" "装空间：只需选择该分区，并指定它的新尺寸。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:265 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -462,7 +468,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/> 有更多关于分区方面的信息。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:275 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -472,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr "" "装内核。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:280 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -488,7 +494,7 @@ msgstr "" "它这样做，而是把 GRUB 装在其它什么地方。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:290 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -501,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr "" "个阶段，在 <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> 有对它的详尽说明。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:297 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -509,13 +515,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "如果您想要更多的安装过程相关信息，请看 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:306 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "请给我们发一份安装报告" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:307 +#: installation-howto.xml:308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -528,7 +534,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>reportbug installation-report</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:315 +#: installation-howto.xml:316 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -543,13 +549,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"problem-report\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:327 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "末了……" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:328 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " diff --git a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po index 044fc2ee9..4a15a0ed4 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-29 14:14+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang <jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@debian.org>\n" @@ -1099,16 +1099,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:648 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" "\n" -"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" -"# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format. If the method\n" -"# supports it, you can specify several disks separated by spaces.\n" +"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name\n" +"# can be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" "# For example, to use the first disk:\n" "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" "# In addition, you'll need to specify the method to use.\n" @@ -1119,6 +1118,8 @@ msgid "" "# contains an old LVM configuration, the user will normally receive a\n" "# warning. This can be preseeded away...\n" "d-i partman-auto/purge_lvm_from_device boolean true\n" +"# And the same goes for the confirmation to write the lvm partitions.\n" +"d-i partman-lvm/confirm boolean true\n" "\n" "# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes.\n" "# Note: this must be preseeded with a localized (translated) value.\n" @@ -1225,12 +1226,100 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:653 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Partitioning using RAID" +msgstr "分区" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:654 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " +"Supported are RAID levels 0, 1 and 5, creating degraded arrays and " +"specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to " +"install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootloader\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:664 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " +"new component that may still have some bugs or missing error handling. The " +"responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and " +"don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</" +"filename> if you run into problems." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:672 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " +"component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded arrays or " +"spare devices has only been tested lightly." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:680 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" +"\n" +"# The method should be set to \"raid\".\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/method string raid\n" +"# Specify the disks to be partitioned. They will all get the same layout,\n" +"# so this will only work if the disks are the same size.\n" +"#d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc /dev/discs/disc1/disc\n" +"\n" +"# Next you need to specify the physical partitions that will be used. \n" +"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" +"# multiraid :: \\\n" +"# 1000 5000 4000 raid \\\n" +"# $primary{ } method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 64 512 300% raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 500 10000 1000000000 raid \\\n" +"# method{ raid } \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# Last you need to specify how the previously defined partitions will be\n" +"# used in the RAID setup. Remember to use the correct partition numbers\n" +"# for logical partitions.\n" +"# Parameters are:\n" +"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <mountpoint> \\\n" +"# <devices> <sparedevices>\n" +"# RAID levels 0, 1 and 5 are supported; devices are separated using \"#\"\n" +"#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 ext3 / \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part1#/dev/discs/disc1/part1 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 1 2 0 swap - \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part5#/dev/discs/disc1/part5 \\\n" +"# . \\\n" +"# 0 2 0 ext3 /home \\\n" +"# /dev/discs/disc0/part6#/dev/discs/disc1/part6 \\\n" +"# .\n" +"\n" +"# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" +"d-i partman-md/confirm boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" +"d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" +" select Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" +"d-i partman/confirm boolean true" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "时钟与时区设置" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:655 +#: preseed.xml:687 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1248,13 +1337,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:660 +#: preseed.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "设置 apt" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:661 +#: preseed.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1267,7 +1356,7 @@ msgstr "" "仓库。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:669 +#: preseed.xml:701 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1301,13 +1390,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:674 +#: preseed.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "帐号设置" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:675 +#: preseed.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1318,7 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis> 值。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:682 +#: preseed.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1331,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD5 哈西表相对安全一些，但也会造成安全的假象，MD5 哈西表也可以被暴力破解。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1377,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:694 +#: preseed.xml:726 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1394,26 +1483,26 @@ msgstr "" "root 登录(例如使用 SSH key 认证或 sudo)。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:704 +#: preseed.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "密码的 MD5 hash 可以用下面命令产生。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:708 +#: preseed.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:714 +#: preseed.xml:746 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "基本系统安装" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:715 +#: preseed.xml:747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1422,7 +1511,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "本阶段的安装并没有多少东西需要预置。仅有一个与内核安装相关的问题。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:722 +#: preseed.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1434,13 +1523,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:727 +#: preseed.xml:759 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "安装引导加载器" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:729 +#: preseed.xml:761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1488,13 +1577,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:734 +#: preseed.xml:766 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "选择软件包" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1502,73 +1591,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "您可以选择安装存在的任务的组合。写这篇文章时已有的任务是：" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:744 +#: preseed.xml:776 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "标准" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:747 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "桌面" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:750 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "gnome 桌面" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "kde 桌面" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:756 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "web 服务器" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:759 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "打印服务器" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:762 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "dns 服务器" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "文件服务器" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:768 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "邮件服务器" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:771 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "SQL 数据库" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:774 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "便携机" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1579,7 +1668,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 任务。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1591,7 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "" "include</classname>。该参数的值可以用逗号或空格分开，便于在内核命令行上使用。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:794 +#: preseed.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1621,13 +1710,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:831 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "完成第一阶段安装" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:801 +#: preseed.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1645,13 +1734,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:806 +#: preseed.xml:838 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "邮件设置" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:807 +#: preseed.xml:839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1660,7 +1749,7 @@ msgstr "" "普通安装方式下，exim 会问一些问题。这里是避免的方法。也可以有更多的预置内容。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:814 +#: preseed.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1676,13 +1765,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:819 +#: preseed.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "设置 X" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:820 +#: preseed.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1693,7 +1782,7 @@ msgstr "" "的 X 配置工具无法自动设置每一件事。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:828 +#: preseed.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1741,13 +1830,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:833 +#: preseed.xml:865 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "预置其他的软件包" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:835 +#: preseed.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1767,19 +1856,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:841 +#: preseed.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "高级选项" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:844 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "shell 命令" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:846 +#: preseed.xml:878 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1817,13 +1906,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:883 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "预置文件链" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:852 +#: preseed.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -1837,7 +1926,7 @@ msgstr "" "另外的文件里面。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:862 +#: preseed.xml:894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po index 7d8358652..96b11bb36 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-07 22:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-15 12:18+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1102,27 +1102,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " -"entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</" -"quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " -"<guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." +"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called " +"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, " +"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "首先您可以选择对整块硬盘或是其上的空闲空间进行自动分区。这也被称为 <quote>向" "导式</quote> 分区。倘若您不愿自动分区，那么也可以选择菜单中的 <guimenuitem>手" "动编辑分区表</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " -"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " -"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " -"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " -"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " -"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " +"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " +"LVM. Note: the options to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " +"architectures." msgstr "" "如果您选择向导式分区，可以有两种选择：直接在硬盘上创建分区(经典方式)或使用逻" "辑卷管理(LVM)。第二种方式下，安装程序将在一个大分区上创建很多分区，这种方式的" @@ -1130,25 +1129,65 @@ msgstr "" "在所有体系下都可用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:791 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " -"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " -"is currently on the selected hard disk." -msgstr "如果您选择使用 LVM 向导式分区，将无法取消分区表里面做的修改。它会立即删除当前所选择硬盘上的数据。" +"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " +"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions " +"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the " +"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing " +"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." +msgstr "" +"如果您选择向导式分区，可以有两种选择：直接在硬盘上创建分区(经典方式)或使用逻" +"辑卷管理(LVM)。第二种方式下，安装程序将在一个大分区上创建很多分区，这种方式的" +"优点在于该大分区内的分区以后改变尺寸相对比较容易。注意：使用 LVM 的选项并不是" +"在所有体系下都可用。" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " -"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " -"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" -"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " -"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " -"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " -"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " +"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while " +"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is " +"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them " +"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before " +"they are written to disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " +"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " +"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " +"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " +"differ from what you are used too. The size of the disks may help to " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " +"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " +"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " +"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in " +"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space " +"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends " +"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "倘若您选择了向导式分区(经典或使用 LVM)，那么就要从下表所列的几个方式中选择其" "一。每个方式都各有利弊，其中的一些讨论见 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。如" @@ -1157,73 +1196,73 @@ msgstr "" "式而不同)，那么向导式分区将以失败告终。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分区方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:823 +#: using-d-i.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有文件在同一分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:824 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "建立 /home 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:828 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:859 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "分别建立 /home，/usr，/var 和 /tmp 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:834 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:835 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1233,16 +1272,19 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:844 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " -"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." -msgstr "如果您选择使用 LVM 的向导式分区，安装程序还会创建一个单独的 <filename>/boot</filename> 分区。其他的分区，除了交换分区，都会建在 LVM 分区之内。" +"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " +"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other " +"partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"如果您选择使用 LVM 的向导式分区，安装程序还会创建一个单独的 <filename>/boot</" +"filename> 分区。其他的分区，除了交换分区，都会建在 LVM 分区之内。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1255,7 +1297,7 @@ msgstr "" "的一项，可以让您手动把某个分区作为 EFI 引导分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1266,7 +1308,7 @@ msgstr "" "始处，为 aboot boot loader 的保留空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:864 +#: using-d-i.xml:890 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1277,7 +1319,7 @@ msgstr "" "区是否将被格式化，将以何种方式格式化，以及它们将被挂载到哪里的相关信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1325,7 +1367,7 @@ msgstr "" "创建这些特殊的设置，但使用手动方式分区的结果会有所不同。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1335,10 +1377,15 @@ msgid "" "happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" "guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " "changes as described below for manual partitioning." -msgstr "接下来，向导式分区就要完成了。如果您对上面生成的分区信息表感到满意，那么请在菜单中选择 <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> 一项来创建新分区表(本节末将会对此进行解释)。如果您认为分区设置不如愿，那么可以选择 <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem>，然后再次运行向导式分区，或者按照下面将要介绍进行手动分区。" +msgstr "" +"接下来，向导式分区就要完成了。如果您对上面生成的分区信息表感到满意，那么请在" +"菜单中选择 <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</" +"guimenuitem> 一项来创建新分区表(本节末将会对此进行解释)。如果您认为分区设置不" +"如愿，那么可以选择 <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem>，然" +"后再次运行向导式分区，或者按照下面将要介绍进行手动分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:893 +#: using-d-i.xml:919 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1353,20 +1400,20 @@ msgstr "" "本节的后面谈到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " -"space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is " -"needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled " -"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " +"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " +"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " +"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" "倘若您选用的是一块全新的硬盘，它还没有被分过区，上面也没有空闲空间。那么 系统" "会要求您新建一个分区表(只有这样，您才能创建新的分区)。分区表建好之后，在被选" "中的磁盘条目下会出现一个新行，上面写着 <quote>空闲空间</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1395,7 +1442,7 @@ msgstr "" "会自动退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1414,7 +1461,7 @@ msgstr "" "这个菜单中，您还可以删除分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:938 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1429,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" "的步骤，直到您改正了这个错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1440,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" "点，不让您继续操作，直到您划分出这样一个分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:952 +#: using-d-i.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1456,7 +1503,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 或者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1469,13 +1516,13 @@ msgstr "" "盘上进行的所有操作。此时，安装程序会让您确认 是否就照此分区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:988 +#: using-d-i.xml:1014 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁盘设备(Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:989 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1493,7 +1540,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1506,7 +1553,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 格式化，分配挂载点，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1571,101 +1618,101 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> 总结：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1090 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1091 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "备用设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1092 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "幸免于磁盘损坏？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1093 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1099 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1129 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以 RAID 设备数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可选" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1111 +#: using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量为 RAID 最小分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1673,7 +1720,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减一)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1683,7 +1730,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1698,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "" "volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1713,7 +1760,7 @@ msgstr "" "验的用户，从 shell 手动地处理一些配置和安装步骤，也许会绕开这些问题" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1733,7 +1780,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1)。后续操作会根据您选择的 MD 类型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1744,7 +1791,7 @@ msgstr "" "组成 MD 的分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1761,7 +1808,7 @@ msgstr "" "将不会允许您继续下去，直到纠正错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1182 +#: using-d-i.xml:1208 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1771,7 +1818,7 @@ msgstr "" "区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1190 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1787,7 +1834,7 @@ msgstr "" "当可靠的 100 GB 分区用于 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1199 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1800,13 +1847,13 @@ msgstr "" "的新 MD 设备并分配挂载点这样的属性。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置逻辑卷管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1820,7 +1867,7 @@ msgstr "" "移到或符号链接等方法来折腾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1830,10 +1877,14 @@ msgid "" "partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " "logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " "several physical disks." -msgstr "为了避免上面描述的情况，您可以采用逻辑卷管理(LVM)。简而言之，使用 LVM 您可以组合您的分区(<firstterm>物理卷</firstterm>，LVM 术语)形成一个虚拟盘(称为<firstterm>卷组</firstterm>)，它可以被分割成虚拟分区(<firstterm>逻辑卷</firstterm>)。逻辑卷(当然底层是卷组)的亮点在于它可以跨越多个物理磁盘。" +msgstr "" +"为了避免上面描述的情况，您可以采用逻辑卷管理(LVM)。简而言之，使用 LVM 您可以" +"组合您的分区(<firstterm>物理卷</firstterm>，LVM 术语)形成一个虚拟盘(称为" +"<firstterm>卷组</firstterm>)，它可以被分割成虚拟分区(<firstterm>逻辑卷</" +"firstterm>)。逻辑卷(当然底层是卷组)的亮点在于它可以跨越多个物理磁盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1843,10 +1894,15 @@ msgid "" "your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " "example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " "should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "当您认觉得需要给更多的空间给已有的 160 GB <filename>/home</filename> 分区时，只需加一个新的 300GB 磁盘到计算机，添加进已经存在的卷组，然后为 <filename>/home</filename> 分区的逻辑卷重新设置尺寸，瞧 — 您的用户在更新的 460GB 分区上又有了空间。这个例子当然过于简单。如果您还还没有读过，应该查阅 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" +msgstr "" +"当您认觉得需要给更多的空间给已有的 160 GB <filename>/home</filename> 分区时，" +"只需加一个新的 300GB 磁盘到计算机，添加进已经存在的卷组，然后为 <filename>/" +"home</filename> 分区的逻辑卷重新设置尺寸，瞧 — 您的用户在更新的 460GB " +"分区上又有了空间。这个例子当然过于简单。如果您还还没有读过，应该查阅 <ulink " +"url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -1854,10 +1910,14 @@ msgid "" "used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " "settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" "</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." -msgstr "在 &d-i; 里面设置 LVM 很简单，<command>partman</command> 完全支持。首先，您必须为 LVM 标记您的分区为物理卷。这在 <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> 菜单里完成，那里您应该选择 <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" +msgstr "" +"在 &d-i; 里面设置 LVM 很简单，<command>partman</command> 完全支持。首先，您必" +"须为 LVM 标记您的分区为物理卷。这在 <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> 菜" +"单里完成，那里您应该选择 <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#: using-d-i.xml:1279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -1867,62 +1927,69 @@ msgid "" "configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " "configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " "valid actions. The possible actions are:" -msgstr "当您返回 <command>partman</command> 主界面，将看到一个新选项 <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>。选择它，首先会被要求确认修改分区表(如果有的话)，然后 LVM 配置菜单才显示出来。菜单上部显示了 LVM 配置的小结。菜单项本身是与内容相关，只显示可用的操作。可能的操作有：" +msgstr "" +"当您返回 <command>partman</command> 主界面，将看到一个新选项 " +"<guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>。选择它，首先" +"会被要求确认修改分区表(如果有的话)，然后 LVM 配置菜单才显示出来。菜单上部显示" +"了 LVM 配置的小结。菜单项本身是与内容相关，只显示可用的操作。可能的操作有：" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#: using-d-i.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " "structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" -msgstr "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: 显示 LVM 设备结构，名称和逻辑卷尺寸等" +msgstr "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: 显示 LVM 设备结构，" +"名称和逻辑卷尺寸等" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "创建卷组" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "创建逻辑卷" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "删除卷组" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "删除逻辑卷" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "扩充卷组" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "裁减卷组" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" "command> screen" -msgstr "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: 返回 <command>partman</command> 主界面" +msgstr "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: 返回 <command>partman</command> 主界面" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -1930,32 +1997,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "使用该菜单内的选项首先创建卷组，然后在里面创建逻辑卷。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " "hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " "Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " "groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "您可以在选择 <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote> 之前，使用该菜单删除硬盘上已经存在的 LVM 配置。如果已经有卷组，将无法使用 LVM 的向导式分区，删除它们就可以了。" +msgstr "" +"您可以在选择 <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote> 之前，使用该菜单删" +"除硬盘上已经存在的 LVM 配置。如果已经有卷组，将无法使用 LVM 的向导式分区，删" +"除它们就可以了。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " "logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " "(and you should treat them as such)." -msgstr "返回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面之后，可以看到新建的逻辑卷与其他普通的分区一样(您也应该这样对待它们)。" +msgstr "" +"返回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面之后，可以看到新建的逻辑卷与其他普" +"通的分区一样(您也应该这样对待它们)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "配置加密卷" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -1973,7 +2045,7 @@ msgstr "" "许可以访问硬盘，但是没有正确的口令，硬盘上的数据看起来就像是随机的字符。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -1996,7 +2068,7 @@ msgstr "" "加载内核。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2008,7 +2080,7 @@ msgstr "" "密和解密。性能将与您的 CPU 速度、选择的加密算法和密钥长度紧密相关。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2026,7 +2098,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu> </menuchoice> 选项。菜单将包含分区的加密选项。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2041,7 +2113,7 @@ msgstr "" "使用默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2054,13 +2126,13 @@ msgstr "" "的安全考虑的选择。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2083,13 +2155,13 @@ msgstr "" "息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2101,13 +2173,13 @@ msgstr "" "加长度自然会降低性能。cipher 决定可用的密钥长度。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1422 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1450 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2123,7 +2195,7 @@ msgstr "" "复模板推断信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2136,25 +2208,25 @@ msgstr "" "才使用其他的算法。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择所使用的加密密钥类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1454 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Passphrase" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2167,13 +2239,13 @@ msgstr "" "使用时要求输入。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Random key" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2188,7 +2260,7 @@ msgstr "" "面临暴力破解，但是除非加密算法中有未知的弱点，这辈子也不会被攻破。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2205,13 +2277,13 @@ msgstr "" "复写入到交换分区的数据。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2229,7 +2301,7 @@ msgstr "" "备上的数据。</para></footnote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2241,13 +2313,13 @@ msgstr "" "下面内容：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1530 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2258,25 +2330,25 @@ msgstr "" "时选取。请查阅前面关于 cipher 和密钥长度的章节了解更多信息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1544 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择加密密钥的类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2288,19 +2360,19 @@ msgstr "" "application> 加密。要使用它，您需要输入正确的 passphrase (在以后会要求提供)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关随机密钥的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关删除数据的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2312,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" "对于加密，您将只能使用 <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> 作为加密密钥建立卷。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1594 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2327,7 +2399,7 @@ msgstr "" "标记分区上的数据，以及写新分区表等动作。对于大的分区，这会花一些时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2341,7 +2413,7 @@ msgstr "" "生日、爱好、宠物的名字、以及家里其他成员的名字，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1614 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2361,7 +2433,7 @@ msgstr "" "所选择的键盘布局未能正确建立，而且是在为根文件系统输入 passphrase 的时候。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1627 +#: using-d-i.xml:1653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2380,7 +2452,7 @@ msgstr "" "程在每个要加密的分区重复进行。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2411,7 +2483,7 @@ msgstr "" "合适，可以进行修改。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1656 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2428,7 +2500,7 @@ msgstr "" "程的差异，将在后面的 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> 说明。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2436,13 +2508,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "当您满意分区之后，可以继续安装过程。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "建立系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1678 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2450,13 +2522,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区之后，安装程序还会询问一些问题用于建立系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1690 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "配置您的时区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1718 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2468,13 +2540,13 @@ msgstr "" "您的位置只对应一个时区，那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "配置时钟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1710 +#: using-d-i.xml:1736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2486,7 +2558,7 @@ msgstr "" "装程序依据是否有其他系统已经安装这类事情，来决定时钟要不要设为 UTC。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1717 +#: using-d-i.xml:1743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2495,10 +2567,14 @@ msgid "" "instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or " "Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " "local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" -msgstr "在 expert 模式下，您总是可以选择时钟是否设为 UTC。<phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh 硬件时钟一般设为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">(同时)运行 Dos 或 Windows 的系统通常设为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"在 expert 模式下，您总是可以选择时钟是否设为 UTC。<phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc" +"\">Macintosh 硬件时钟一般设为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不" +"是 GMT。</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">(同时)运行 Dos 或 Windows 的系统通常设" +"为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2510,19 +2586,19 @@ msgstr "" "或者以前没有设为 UTC 时，设置时钟到当前的时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "设置用户和密码" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1773 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "设置 root 密码" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2535,7 +2611,7 @@ msgstr "" "管理，而且使用时间应该尽可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2549,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。请避免采用能够在字典中查到的单词或者很容易猜测的个人信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1765 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2560,13 +2636,13 @@ msgstr "" "理员，否则您通常不应该将超级用户密码交给别人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "创建一个普通用户" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1777 +#: using-d-i.xml:1803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2579,7 +2655,7 @@ msgstr "" "用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2597,7 +2673,7 @@ msgstr "" "这方面的内容，建议您找一本进行学习。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2609,7 +2685,7 @@ msgstr "" "要求，并为缺省值。最后，您将要求输入该帐号的密码。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2619,13 +2695,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安装基本系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2637,13 +2713,13 @@ msgstr "" "果您用较慢的计算机或网络，这要花费好一会儿时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "基本系统安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2658,7 +2734,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2669,7 +2745,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1846 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2681,13 +2757,13 @@ msgstr "" "您硬件最匹配的内核。在较低的优先级下，您可以从列表中选择一个有效的内核。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安装额外的软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1860 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2701,13 +2777,13 @@ msgstr "" "许比安装基本系统还要花时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "配置 apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1876 +#: using-d-i.xml:1902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2736,7 +2812,7 @@ msgstr "" "的用户界面下集成了一些其他特性(搜索包与状态检验)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2751,13 +2827,13 @@ msgstr "" "list</filename> 文件里面，安装完成后您可以检查它并编辑成自己喜欢的地方。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1942 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "选择和安装软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1918 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2772,7 +2848,7 @@ msgstr "" "算机应对各种任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2802,7 +2878,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"tasksel-size-list\"/> 列出各任务所需的空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1952 +#: using-d-i.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2812,7 +2888,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 将安装您选中的软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2820,7 +2896,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在安装程序的标准用户界面下，您可以使用空格键切换任务的选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2832,7 +2908,7 @@ msgstr "" "择。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2845,13 +2921,13 @@ msgstr "" "序需要用户提供信息，它会在此过程中给出提示。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "配置您的邮件传输代理(MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2865,7 +2941,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command>。这是一个非常小巧、灵活并且容易理解的工具。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2019 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2879,7 +2955,7 @@ msgstr "" "送的。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2001 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2889,13 +2965,13 @@ msgstr "" "的。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "互联网站" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2907,13 +2983,13 @@ msgstr "" "会询问您一些基本问题，如：您的机器的邮件名称、您接受或转发邮件的域等等。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2022 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "用 smarthost 发信" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2023 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2929,13 +3005,13 @@ msgstr "" "将邮件从 smarthost 下载回来。这一选项通常适合拨号用户。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "仅在本地投递" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2951,13 +3027,13 @@ msgstr "" "题，因此这一选项也非常适合新手。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2050 +#: using-d-i.xml:2076 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "现在不进行配置" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2051 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2970,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr "" "工具发来的重要信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2985,13 +3061,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的资料。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "创建启动系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2079 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3004,7 +3080,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3017,13 +3093,13 @@ msgstr "" "它们会依系统甚至是子系统而变化。您应该参考启动引导器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "检测其他的操作系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3037,7 +3113,7 @@ msgstr "" "计算机也将配置为可以启动其他操作系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2112 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3051,13 +3127,13 @@ msgstr "" "理器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2156 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>aboot</command> 到硬盘上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3077,13 +3153,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2151 +#: using-d-i.xml:2177 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2152 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3098,19 +3174,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地读 Linux 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2161 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2199 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3121,7 +3197,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot loader，它对新手来说是个不错的缺省选择。对老鸟来说，它也同样适合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2181 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3133,7 +3209,7 @@ msgstr "" "息，请参阅 grub 的手册。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3143,13 +3219,13 @@ msgstr "" "动引导器。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2227 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3165,7 +3241,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2239 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3178,7 +3254,7 @@ msgstr "" "统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3186,13 +3262,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供给您三种选择来安装 <command>LILO</command> 启动加载器：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主引导区(MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3200,13 +3276,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这种方式 <command>LILO</command> 将完全控制启动过程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3217,13 +3293,13 @@ msgstr "" "新 Debian 分区的起始位置，并能作为第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它选择" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3240,7 +3316,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2256 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3256,13 +3332,13 @@ msgstr "" "息，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2273 +#: using-d-i.xml:2299 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3287,7 +3363,7 @@ msgstr "" "和启动 Linux 内核的工作。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2291 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3302,13 +3378,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 文件系统相同的磁盘。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2303 +#: using-d-i.xml:2329 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "选择正确的分区！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2305 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3324,13 +3400,13 @@ msgstr "" "有内容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分区内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3356,13 +3432,13 @@ msgstr "" "间，系统更新或重新配置，文件系统中也许会有其他文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2344 +#: using-d-i.xml:2370 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3373,13 +3449,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的复制，其文件名重写成 EFI 分区上的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2380 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3392,13 +3468,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 命令菜单。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3411,13 +3487,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符号链接 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3428,13 +3504,13 @@ msgstr "" "任何本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 运行时将丢失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2415 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3447,13 +3523,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3493,13 +3569,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然后键入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2430 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2431 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3507,13 +3583,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是启动的 SCSI 总线，<userinput>0</userinput> 为板载控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2439 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2440 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3522,13 +3598,13 @@ msgstr "硬盘的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安装在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2449 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3536,13 +3612,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 处于该分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2483 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2458 +#: using-d-i.xml:2484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3552,13 +3628,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2480 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3584,13 +3660,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2500 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3600,20 +3676,20 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2508 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "硬盘上的 SCSI ID，<command>DELO</command> 安装在其上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2518 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3621,13 +3697,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 处于此分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2552 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2527 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3637,7 +3713,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2537 +#: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3647,19 +3723,19 @@ msgstr "" "认的设置，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2569 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3677,13 +3753,13 @@ msgstr "" "设为启动 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Quik</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2599 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3696,13 +3772,13 @@ msgstr "" "以工作在 7200，7300 和 7600 Powermacs，以及一些 Power Computing 克隆。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2615 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3717,13 +3793,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位于 IBM 的 developerWorks 网站<command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2633 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3750,13 +3826,13 @@ msgstr "" "区启动。这对于安装 GNU/Linux 到一个已经存在 SunOS/Solaris 的系统很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2660 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用启动引导器继续进行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3772,7 +3848,7 @@ msgstr "" "护，以用于启动 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3791,13 +3867,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一个独立的分区，还需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2663 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3805,13 +3881,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这是在您启动新系统之前的最后一些工作。主要进行一些 &d-i; 之后的清理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2675 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安装并重启" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2703 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3823,7 +3899,7 @@ msgstr "" "等)。安装程序将做最后几分钟的任务，然后启动到您的新 Debian 系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2684 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3836,13 +3912,13 @@ msgstr "" "安装步骤第一步里选做根文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2698 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2725 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3853,13 +3929,13 @@ msgstr "" "题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安装记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2714 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3870,7 +3946,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3884,13 +3960,13 @@ msgstr "" "其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2741 +#: using-d-i.xml:2767 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3911,7 +3987,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ash</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3927,7 +4003,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自动完成与历史纪录。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3944,13 +4020,13 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>，或者键入 <command>exit</command> 返回菜单。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2784 +#: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "通过网络安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2812 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3965,7 +4041,7 @@ msgstr "" "先建立网络。(您可以使用 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 做这部分工作。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3985,7 +4061,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2809 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3993,7 +4069,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上安装，建立网络之后这是默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4013,7 +4089,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2826 +#: using-d-i.xml:2852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4024,7 +4100,7 @@ msgstr "" "他的组件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4052,7 +4128,7 @@ msgstr "" "确认是否正确。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4068,7 +4144,7 @@ msgstr "" "再重新来过。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4085,7 +4161,7 @@ msgstr "" "的系统。在安装菜单只能打开一个 SSH 会话，但 shell 可以打开多个。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4098,7 +4174,7 @@ msgstr "" "配置的数据库。结果可能导致安装失败或者安装完成的系统出现问题。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4106,3 +4182,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "另外，如果您在 X 终端下运行 ssh 会话，也不要改变窗口大小，它可能会造成连接中" "止。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " +#~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " +#~ "data that is currently on the selected hard disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您选择使用 LVM 向导式分区，将无法取消分区表里面做的修改。它会立即删除" +#~ "当前所选择硬盘上的数据。" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po b/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po index c3bfd299a..c43886201 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-16 18:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-10 01:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Lin Shu-Fen<satashiohno@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -423,19 +423,20 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:251 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " -"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space " -"on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if " -"you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available " +"free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new " +"users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "現在該對硬碟分割磁區了。首先，您可以選擇對整個硬碟或是硬碟上的空間進行自動分" "割。我們建議新手或者趕時間的使用者使用自動分區。要是您不想用自動分割磁區的" "話，請在選單中選擇手動分割。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -449,7 +450,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 更多的安裝空間：只需選擇該分區，並指定新的大小。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:265 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -469,7 +470,7 @@ msgstr "" "的資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:275 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -479,7 +480,7 @@ msgstr "" "安裝核心。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:280 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -495,7 +496,7 @@ msgstr "" "不讓它這樣做，而是把 GRUB 裝在其它地方。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:290 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -508,7 +509,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> 有對它的詳盡說明。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:297 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -516,13 +517,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "如果您想要更多的安裝過程相關資訊，請看 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:306 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "請寄給我們一份安裝報告" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:307 +#: installation-howto.xml:308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -532,7 +533,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:315 +#: installation-howto.xml:316 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -547,13 +548,13 @@ msgstr "" "了，請參閱 <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:327 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "最後......" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:328 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po index fa1f2136b..96761e070 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-07 22:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-12 17:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1101,49 +1101,84 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:773 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " -"entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</" -"quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " -"<guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." +"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called " +"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, " +"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" "首先您可以選擇對整塊硬碟或是其上的未使用空間進行自動分割區。這也被稱為 " "<quote>嚮導式</quote> 分割區。倘若您不願自動分割區，那麼也可以選擇選單中的 " "<guimenuitem>手動編輯磁碟分割表</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:781 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have two options: to create " -"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method) or to use Logical " -"Volume Management (LVM). In the second case, the installer will create most " -"partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that " -"partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. " -"Note: the option to use LVM may not be available on all architectures." +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " +"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " +"LVM. Note: the options to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " +"architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:791 +#: using-d-i.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to undo " -"changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all data that " -"is currently on the selected hard disk." +"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " +"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions " +"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the " +"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing " +"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:798 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " +"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while " +"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is " +"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them " +"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before " +"they are written to disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " +"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " +"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " +"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " +"differ from what you are used too. The size of the disks may help to " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " +"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " +"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:825 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"After you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using LVM), you will " -"be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes " -"have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=" -"\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind " -"that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to " -"operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on " -"chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " +"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in " +"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space " +"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends " +"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" "倘若您選擇了嚮導式分割，那麼就要從下表所列的幾個方式中選擇其一。每個方式都各" "有利弊。在 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> 中對它們中的有這幾個方式的評價。" @@ -1152,73 +1187,73 @@ msgstr "" "的方式而不同)，那麼嚮導式分割區將以失敗告終。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:815 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:823 +#: using-d-i.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有檔案在同一分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:824 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:827 +#: using-d-i.xml:853 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:828 +#: using-d-i.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:833 +#: using-d-i.xml:859 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:834 +#: using-d-i.xml:860 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:835 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1228,16 +1263,17 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:844 +#: using-d-i.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, the installer will also create " -"a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, " -"except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." +"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " +"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other " +"partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM " +"partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1250,7 +1286,7 @@ msgstr "" "外的一項，可以讓您手動把某個分割區作為 EFI 開機分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:858 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1261,7 +1297,7 @@ msgstr "" "處，作為 aboot boot loader 的保留空間。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:864 +#: using-d-i.xml:890 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1273,7 +1309,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:896 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1320,7 +1356,7 @@ msgstr "" "區大小、可選的旗標、採用的檔案系統，及其掛載點 (如果有的話)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:883 +#: using-d-i.xml:909 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1339,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" "區的辦法來完成自己所設想的分割規劃。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:893 +#: using-d-i.xml:919 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1354,20 +1390,20 @@ msgstr "" "內容將會在本節的後面談到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:901 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " -"space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is " -"needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled " -"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " +"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " +"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " +"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" "倘若您選用的是一塊全新的硬碟，它還沒有被分割過，上面也沒有未使用空間。那麼系" "統會要求您新建一個分割區表 (只有這樣，您才能建立新的分割區)。分割區表建好之" "後，在被選中的磁碟下會出現一個新行，上面寫著<quote>未使用空間</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1396,7 +1432,7 @@ msgstr "" "自動退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主畫面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1415,7 +1451,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap。在這個選單中，您還可以刪除分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:938 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1430,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr "" "下面的步驟，直到您改正了這個錯誤。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1441,7 +1477,7 @@ msgstr "" "一點，不讓您繼續操作，直到您劃分出這樣一個分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:952 +#: using-d-i.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1457,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr "" "者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:960 +#: using-d-i.xml:986 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1470,13 +1506,13 @@ msgstr "" "硬碟上進行的所有操作。此時，安裝程式會讓您確認是否就照此設定進行分割。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:988 +#: using-d-i.xml:1014 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁碟設備 (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:989 +#: using-d-i.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1494,7 +1530,7 @@ msgstr "" "(或者更有名的 <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1029 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1507,7 +1543,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command> 格式化，分配掛載點，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1572,101 +1608,101 @@ msgstr "" "訊。 </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 總結：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1115 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1090 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1091 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "備用設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1092 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "倖免於磁碟損壞？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1093 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1099 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1100 using-d-i.xml:1108 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1101 using-d-i.xml:1102 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1129 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量為最小分割區容量乘以 RAID 設備數" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1107 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1109 using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可選" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1110 using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1111 +#: using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量為 RAID 中的最小分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1141 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1674,7 +1710,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1684,7 +1720,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1132 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1699,7 +1735,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1714,7 +1750,7 @@ msgstr "" "於有經驗的使用者，從介殼手動地處理一些配置和安裝步驟，也許能避開這些問題" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1150 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1732,7 +1768,7 @@ msgstr "" "從其中選擇一項 (如 RAID1)。後續操作會根據您選擇的 MD 類型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1163 +#: using-d-i.xml:1189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1743,7 +1779,7 @@ msgstr "" "要組成 MD 的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1170 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1760,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i; 將不會允許您繼續下去，直到錯誤被改正為止。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1182 +#: using-d-i.xml:1208 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1770,7 +1806,7 @@ msgstr "" "區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1190 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1786,7 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 (相當可靠的 100 GB 分割區用於 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1199 +#: using-d-i.xml:1225 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1799,13 +1835,13 @@ msgstr "" "案系統並分配掛載點。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1214 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置邏輯容量管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1819,7 +1855,7 @@ msgstr "" "移動檔案或符號鏈結等方法所困擾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1249 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1837,7 +1873,7 @@ msgstr "" "優點在於它可以跨越多個物理磁碟。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1259 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1855,7 +1891,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您還沒有讀過，您應該查閱 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1244 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -1870,7 +1906,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1253 +#: using-d-i.xml:1279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -1883,7 +1919,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1264 +#: using-d-i.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -1891,43 +1927,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1269 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1272 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1275 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#: using-d-i.xml:1304 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1281 +#: using-d-i.xml:1307 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1284 +#: using-d-i.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1286 +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -1935,7 +1971,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -1943,7 +1979,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1324 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -1953,7 +1989,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1306 +#: using-d-i.xml:1332 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -1964,13 +2000,13 @@ msgstr "" "與其他普通分割區一樣的新建的邏輯容量 (您也應該這樣看待它們)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1320 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -1984,7 +2020,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#: using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2001,7 +2037,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1348 +#: using-d-i.xml:1374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2011,7 +2047,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1355 +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2024,7 +2060,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2035,7 +2071,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1378 +#: using-d-i.xml:1404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2045,13 +2081,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2067,13 +2103,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#: using-d-i.xml:1434 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1410 +#: using-d-i.xml:1436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2083,13 +2119,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1422 +#: using-d-i.xml:1448 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1450 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2101,7 +2137,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2111,25 +2147,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1474 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1454 +#: using-d-i.xml:1480 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1455 +#: using-d-i.xml:1481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2139,13 +2175,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1470 using-d-i.xml:1563 +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2157,7 +2193,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2170,13 +2206,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1499 using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1527 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2190,7 +2226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2199,13 +2235,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1530 +#: using-d-i.xml:1556 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1532 +#: using-d-i.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2214,25 +2250,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1544 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1550 +#: using-d-i.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1551 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2242,19 +2278,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1564 +#: using-d-i.xml:1590 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1578 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2264,7 +2300,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1594 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2276,7 +2312,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2287,7 +2323,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1614 +#: using-d-i.xml:1640 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2302,7 +2338,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1627 +#: using-d-i.xml:1653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2316,7 +2352,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1643 +#: using-d-i.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2336,7 +2372,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1656 +#: using-d-i.xml:1682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2349,7 +2385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1666 +#: using-d-i.xml:1692 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2357,13 +2393,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1677 +#: using-d-i.xml:1703 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1678 +#: using-d-i.xml:1704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2371,13 +2407,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1690 +#: using-d-i.xml:1716 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "設定您的時區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1718 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2387,13 +2423,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1708 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1710 +#: using-d-i.xml:1736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2403,7 +2439,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1717 +#: using-d-i.xml:1743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2415,7 +2451,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1728 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2425,19 +2461,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "設定使用者和密碼" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1773 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "設定 root 密碼" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1749 +#: using-d-i.xml:1775 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2450,7 +2486,7 @@ msgstr "" "系統管理，而且使用時間應該盡可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1757 +#: using-d-i.xml:1783 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2464,7 +2500,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。請避免採用能夠在字典中查到的單詞或者很容易猜測的個人資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1765 +#: using-d-i.xml:1791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2475,13 +2511,13 @@ msgstr "" "理員，否則您通常不應該將超級使用者密碼交給別人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "建立一個普通使用者" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1777 +#: using-d-i.xml:1803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2493,7 +2529,7 @@ msgstr "" "記，平時<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帳戶登陸或者將其作為個人帳號使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1784 +#: using-d-i.xml:1810 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2511,7 +2547,7 @@ msgstr "" "容，建議您找一本書進行學習。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2523,7 +2559,7 @@ msgstr "" "可，並且會成為預設值。最後，您將要求輸入該帳號的密碼。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2533,13 +2569,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1839 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:1840 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2551,13 +2587,13 @@ msgstr "" "件。如果您用較慢的電腦或網路連接，這要花費好一會兒時間。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1828 +#: using-d-i.xml:1854 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "基本系統安裝" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1830 +#: using-d-i.xml:1856 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2572,7 +2608,7 @@ msgstr "" "左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1866 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2583,7 +2619,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/messages</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1846 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2595,13 +2631,13 @@ msgstr "" "個與您硬體最匹配的核心。在較低的優先級下，您可以從列表中選擇一個有效的核心。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1859 +#: using-d-i.xml:1885 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1860 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2612,13 +2648,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1874 +#: using-d-i.xml:1900 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1876 +#: using-d-i.xml:1902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2638,7 +2674,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2650,13 +2686,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1916 +#: using-d-i.xml:1942 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1918 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2668,7 +2704,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2688,7 +2724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1952 +#: using-d-i.xml:1978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2698,7 +2734,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:1985 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2706,7 +2742,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1966 +#: using-d-i.xml:1992 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2716,7 +2752,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1974 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2726,13 +2762,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1983 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "設定您的郵件傳輸代理 (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:2011 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2746,7 +2782,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command>。這是一個非常小巧、靈活並且容易理解的工具。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1993 +#: using-d-i.xml:2019 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2759,7 +2795,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>, <command>aide</command> 等) 的重要通知都是透過郵件發送的。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2001 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2769,13 +2805,13 @@ msgstr "" "的。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2010 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "網際網路站" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2037 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2787,13 +2823,13 @@ msgstr "" "詢問您一些基本問題，如：您的機器的郵件名稱、您接受或轉發郵件的網域名稱等等。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2022 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "用 smarthost 發信" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2023 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2809,13 +2845,13 @@ msgstr "" "程式將郵件從 smarthost 下載回來。這一選項通常適合撥號使用者。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2062 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "僅在本地發送" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2831,13 +2867,13 @@ msgstr "" "問題，因此這一選項也非常適合新手。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2050 +#: using-d-i.xml:2076 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "現在不進行設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2051 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2850,7 +2886,7 @@ msgstr "" "具發出的重要資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2865,13 +2901,13 @@ msgstr "" "料。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2103 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "使系統可開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2079 +#: using-d-i.xml:2105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2884,7 +2920,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2898,13 +2934,13 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "偵測其他的作業系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2130 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2918,7 +2954,7 @@ msgstr "" "腦也將設定為可以啟動其他作業系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2112 +#: using-d-i.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2932,13 +2968,13 @@ msgstr "" "boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2156 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>aboot</command> 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2131 +#: using-d-i.xml:2157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2957,13 +2993,13 @@ msgstr "" "您在安裝 Debian 的磁碟上裝有不同的作業系統，您將不得不從軟碟啟動 GNU/Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2151 +#: using-d-i.xml:2177 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2152 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2978,19 +3014,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地讀 Linux 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2161 +#: using-d-i.xml:2187 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2199 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2175 +#: using-d-i.xml:2201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3001,7 +3037,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot-loader，它對新手來說是個不錯的預設選擇。對老鳥來說，它也同樣適合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2181 +#: using-d-i.xml:2207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3013,7 +3049,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊，請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3024,13 +3060,13 @@ msgstr "" "請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2227 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2203 +#: using-d-i.xml:2229 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3046,7 +3082,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2239 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3059,7 +3095,7 @@ msgstr "" "統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2221 +#: using-d-i.xml:2247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3067,13 +3103,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供給您三種選擇來安裝 <command>LILO</command> boot-loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主開機區 (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2228 +#: using-d-i.xml:2254 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3081,13 +3117,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "這種方式 <command>LILO</command> 將完全控制開機過程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分割區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2235 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3098,13 +3134,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 分割區的起始位置，並能作為第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它選擇" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3121,7 +3157,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2256 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3137,13 +3173,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2273 +#: using-d-i.xml:2299 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3168,7 +3204,7 @@ msgstr "" "行以掛載和啟動 Linux 核心。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2291 +#: using-d-i.xml:2317 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3183,13 +3219,13 @@ msgstr "" "是與 <emphasis>root</emphasis> 檔案系統相同的磁碟。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2303 +#: using-d-i.xml:2329 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "選擇正確的分割區！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2305 +#: using-d-i.xml:2331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3205,13 +3241,13 @@ msgstr "" "割區，這將清除以前的所有內容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2320 +#: using-d-i.xml:2346 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分割區內容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2322 +#: using-d-i.xml:2348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3237,13 +3273,13 @@ msgstr "" "間，系統更新或重新設定，檔案系統中也許會有其他檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2344 +#: using-d-i.xml:2370 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3254,13 +3290,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 以同檔名複製到 EFI 分割區的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2354 +#: using-d-i.xml:2380 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2355 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3273,13 +3309,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 指令選單。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2365 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2366 +#: using-d-i.xml:2392 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3292,13 +3328,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符號鏈結 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2378 +#: using-d-i.xml:2404 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2379 +#: using-d-i.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3309,13 +3345,13 @@ msgstr "" "本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 執行時將丟失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2389 +#: using-d-i.xml:2415 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2390 +#: using-d-i.xml:2416 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3328,13 +3364,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2410 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2411 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3374,13 +3410,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然後鍵入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2430 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2431 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3388,13 +3424,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是啟動的 SCSI 匯流排， <userinput>0</userinput> 為主機板內建控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2439 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2440 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3403,13 +3439,13 @@ msgstr "是硬碟的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安裝在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2448 using-d-i.xml:2517 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2449 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3417,13 +3453,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 所處分割區編號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2483 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2458 +#: using-d-i.xml:2484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3433,13 +3469,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2479 +#: using-d-i.xml:2505 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2480 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3465,13 +3501,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2500 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3481,20 +3517,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2508 +#: using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2509 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "<command>DELO</command> 所處的硬碟的 SCSI ID。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2518 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3502,13 +3538,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 所處的分割區號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2552 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2527 +#: using-d-i.xml:2553 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3518,7 +3554,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2537 +#: using-d-i.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3528,19 +3564,19 @@ msgstr "" "預設的開機設定，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2569 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2554 +#: using-d-i.xml:2580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3558,13 +3594,13 @@ msgstr "" "將設為啟動 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Quik</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2573 +#: using-d-i.xml:2599 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3578,13 +3614,13 @@ msgstr "" "作。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2589 +#: using-d-i.xml:2615 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2590 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3599,13 +3635,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位於 IBM 的 developerWorks 網站 <command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2633 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3633,13 +3669,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris 的系統很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2634 +#: using-d-i.xml:2660 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot-loader 繼續進行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2636 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3655,7 +3691,7 @@ msgstr "" "存在於機器上，以用於啟動 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2645 +#: using-d-i.xml:2671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3674,13 +3710,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一個獨立的分割區，還需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2688 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2663 +#: using-d-i.xml:2689 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3688,13 +3724,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在啟動新 Debian 之前還有一些最後工作，主要是 &d-i; 之後的整理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2675 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2677 +#: using-d-i.xml:2703 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3706,7 +3742,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟等)。安裝程式將完成最後的工作，然後啟動您的新 Debian 系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2684 +#: using-d-i.xml:2710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3719,13 +3755,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux，它在安裝步驟第一步裡被選做根檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2698 +#: using-d-i.xml:2724 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "雜項" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2725 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3736,13 +3772,13 @@ msgstr "" "題。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安裝記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2714 +#: using-d-i.xml:2740 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3753,7 +3789,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2721 +#: using-d-i.xml:2747 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3767,13 +3803,13 @@ msgstr "" "用於報告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2741 +#: using-d-i.xml:2767 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3794,7 +3830,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ash</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2756 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3810,7 +3846,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自動完成與歷史紀錄。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3828,13 +3864,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> 指令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2784 +#: using-d-i.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2786 +#: using-d-i.xml:2812 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3846,7 +3882,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2796 +#: using-d-i.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3860,7 +3896,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2809 +#: using-d-i.xml:2835 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3868,7 +3904,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3882,7 +3918,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2826 +#: using-d-i.xml:2852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3891,7 +3927,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3910,7 +3946,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3922,7 +3958,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3935,7 +3971,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2894 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3946,7 +3982,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2876 +#: using-d-i.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " |